Vo 7 ■P ^ )US -£<*£ MEMOIR, DESCRIPTIVE AND EXPLANATORY, OF THE NORT II E R N ATLANTIC OCEAN, AND COMPKISING INSTRUCTIONS, GENERAL AND PARTICULAR, THE NAVIGATION OF THAT SEA. FOURTEENTH EDITION. BY ALEXANDER GEORGE FINDLAY, F.R.G.S., Honorary Member of the Societa Geografica Itultana. LONDON : PUBLISHED BY RICHARD HOLMES LAURIE, 53, FLEET STREET, E.G. 1879. " O'er the glad waters of the dark blue Sea, Our thoughts as boundless, and our 60uls as free, Far as the breeze can bear, the billows foam, Survey our Empire, and behold our home." — Lord Byron. ENTERED AT STATIONERS' HALL. PREFACE TO THE THIRTEENTH EDITION. The present work has been before the Public for more than half a century — a period that has witnessed, a total change in the aspect and requirements of Hydrography, as in most other departments of knowledge. Professing to deal with the subject in its present condition, this Edition bears no resemblance to the Work in its original form, except in the title it bears; every topic and every page have been changed by the gradual or sudden accession of facts which modern history and refinement bring to bear upon every branch of inquiry. There has been no greater advance made during any portion of the long time that has elapsed since its first appearance, than has taken place during the last twenty years ; arid to represent that advance this Edition has been entirely remodelled, and may be considered rather as a new Work upon the- former arrangement, than as a revised production. The great distinction between modern progress and that which the various Editions in former years had to record, is, that each branch of Science is now elaborately in- vestigated by Government, and to these labours the painstaking individual can scarcely hope to add anything. The examination of the bottom of the ocean, almost a new subject, and yet in its infancy, has already dispelled many of those dangers which were formerly believed to exist. The beautiful Lighthouse systems ; the various features which have been eliminated in the Wind and Current systems, and their bearings upon the best routes for traversing the Ocean ; the more exact acquaintance with the magnetical con- dition of the Earth, and the most important connection this has with the increasing number of iron ships, with many other subjects, will be duly discussed in the ensuing pages. To enumerate the authorities to which we are indebted would be to offer a long list: we have duly acknowledged them throughout the work ; and we trust that this Thirteenth Edition may do good service to the mariner in its quiet utility, as has been done by those which have preceded it. A. G. Findlav. LONDON, February, 1873. The Fourteenth Edition contains a Diagram of the Winds, thr Anti-Trade Regions of which recent publications of the Meteorologal Office hav:; enabled us to illustrate for the first time. The Depth of the North Atlantic is also shown by a Chart ; this subject having been so fully made known for the first time by the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger ; on this Chart the positions of the various telegraphic cables are shown. Captain Toynbee's proposed Best Monthly Routes across the Equator have been materially altered, and deserve especial attention. In the body of the book, each section has been carefully gone over, and every available authority utilized for its improvement. London, December, 1878. ADDENDA Winds.— In the illustrative diagram at the commencement of this Volume is shown the routes of areas of low barometrical pressure, around and towards the southern side of which the winds of Atlantic gales have been observed to blow. These are given from Captain Toynbee's works on the Meteoroloy of the North Atlantic for the month of August, 1873, and for the eleven days ending February 8th, 1870. The gales do not appear to be true revolving storms, such as the tropical hurri- canes, for the reason that very few observations for easterly winds are recorded. It may be that these easterly winds would be found to the northward of the ordinary tracks of ships ; but, as shown in the diagram, the winds have been observed to blow around the southern side of the centre of low pressure, from the N.W., West, and S.W. From the area of low pressure (barometer 29-3 to 29 6 inches) to the southern side of these gales (barometer 30 to 30*2 in.) the average observed distance is about 500 miles, speaking very roughly. (See Rotary Gales, in Index, at end of this volume). The Cyclone, August 14th to August 26th, appeared to be broken up on reaching Newfoundland. The area of high pressure near the Azores is liable to but little variation throughout the year, and the winds blow around, and out of, it with watch-hands, thus following the principles of Buys Ballot's Law. In each of the great oceans there appears to be a similar spot, which may be considered an axis around which, not only the winds, but the waters also, revolve. Best Monthly Routes across the Equator.— By Captain Toynbee's wish we add the following to his remarks: — "The navigator must remember that it is impossible to lay down fixed tracks for him to follow, because the winds are not always the same at the same time of year. The tracks given on the chart (p. 467) are those which it is probable the wind will permit him to follow. Sometimes he will be able to do better than to strictly follow these tracks; at others he may be driven to do worse. He should not go out of his way to follow them, neither should he be guided by them alone, but by reading the remarks (pp. 467 — 475), form an independent opinion. " To the Outward bounder the tracks indicate the best routes for wind, and a safe longitude for crossing the Equator into the region of the S.E. Trades, keeping clear ot the coast of South America. To the Homeward bounder they indicate the best routes for wind across the Equator aud up to the southern limit of the N.E. Trades." CONTENTS. SECTION I. GENERAL REMARKS, WITH TABLES OF DETERMINED POSI- TIONS AND THE AUTHORITIES, ETC., INCLUDING THE VARIATION OF THE COMPASS. tage General Remarks 1 Limits of the Atlantic, 1 ; Remarks on the Charts, 2, 3 ; Length of Coast Line, 5, 6. 1. England and Wales — Positions of Places, 7 ; notes 10 2. Islands and Coasts of Scotland — Positions, 10 ; notes 12 3. Coasts of Ireland, <&c. — Positions of Places, 13 ; notes 15 4. Norway and Sweden — Positions of Places, 16 ; notes 19 5. Denmark, Germany, Holland, Belgium — Positions of Plae* s, 20 ; notes .... 23 6. Coasts of Prance, &c. — Positions of Places, 24 : notes 26 7. Spain and Portugal — Positions of Places, 27 ; notes 30 8. Coasts of Africa — Positions of Places, 31 ; notes 36 9. The Azores or Western Islands — Positions 38 10. The Madeira and Canary Islands — Positions . 40 11. The Cape Verde Islands — Positions 42 12. The Frcroe Islands, Iceland, Greenland, Labrador, and Newfoundland — Positions, 43 ; notes 48 13. Gulf and River of St. Lawrence, with C"pe Breton Island — Positions .... 50 14. No va Scotia, &c, Southern Coasts — Positions, 57 ; New Brunswick 58 15. The United States — Positions, 59 ; notes 65 16. The Bermuda Islands — Positions (><) 17. The Bahama and Passage Islands — Positions, 70 ; notes ; . 72 18. Cuba, Jamaica, &c. — Positions, 74 ; notes 76 19. St. Domingo or Hayti, Porto Rico, and the Virgin Islands — Positions, 79; notes , 81 iiO. The Caribbee and Leeward Islands — Positions, 83 ; notes 85 21. The Coasts of Guyana, Colombia, &c, to the Mexican Sea, inclusive — Positions, 87 ; notes 90 vi CONTENTS. SECTION II. DESCRIPTION AND LIST OF LIGHTHOUSES. PAGB Lighthouses and their Illumination ........ 91 Lighthouses and Lightvessels, 91 ; Lamps, 91 ; Oil and Gas, 92 ; Electric Light, 92 ; Catoptric or Reflector System, 93 ; Dioptric or Lens System, 94 ; Revolving Light, 94 ; Fixed Light, 95 ; Holophotal System, 96 ; Orders of Lens Lights, 96; Range and Character of Lights, 96-7; Peciiption of Tables, 98. List or Lighthouses. England, River Thames, 99; South-east and South Coasts, 100 — 102; South-west Coasts, 103; West Coast, 104—107; Isle of Man, 107, 108. Scotland, Shetland and Hebrides Islands, 109, 110; West Coast, 111. Ireland, South Coast, 113; East Coast, 114; North and West Coasts, 115, 116. White Sea, 117; Norway, West Coast, 117—119; South-west Coast, 120; South Coast, 121. France, North Coast, 122—127; North-west Coast, 128; West Coast, 129, 133. Spain, North Coast, 134, 135 ; West Coast, 136. Portugal, West Coast, 137 ; South Coast, 138. Atlantic Islands, Madeira, Canary Isles, Azores, 139 ; Africa, West Coast, 140. British America, Newfoundland, 141, 142; Gulf of St. Lawrence, 142; Cape Breton Island, 143 ; Nova Scotia, 144 ; Bay of Fundy, 145-6. United States, Maine, 147 — 149; New Hampshire, 149; Massachusetts, 149 — 152; Rhode Island, 153; Connecticut, 154, 155; New York, 156 ; New Jersey, 157 ; Virginia, 158, 159 ; Maryland, 159, 160 ; North Carolina, 161; South Carolina, 162; Georgia, 163; Florida, 164; Alabama, 165; Mississippi, 166; Texas, 167. West Indies, Bahama Islands, 168; Cuba, 169; Jamaica, 170; Caribbee 171,172. CONTENTS. SECTION III. GENERAL OBSEEVATIONS ON THE WINDS, TIDES, AND CUE- RENTS, AND ON THE DIFFERENT PASSAGES OVER THE NORTH ATLANTIC OCEAN. PAGE I.— Of the WINDS , 173 1. General Remarks, 173; Halley's and Hadley's Theories, 174, 175; Wind System, 175 — 177 ; Aqueous Vapours, 177 ; Force of Winds, 178, 179; Table of Force and Velocity, 180; Land and Sea Breezes, &c, 181. 2. Tee Motions and Pressure of the Atmosphere, 183; Use of the Barometer, 183 ; Buys Ballot's Law, 184 ; Description of the Law, 184; Remarks by Captain Henry Toynbee, 184 — 186; Barometric Waves, 186; Birt's Researches, 187; Barometric Gradients and Dia- grams, 188; Methods of foretelling Storms, 189 ; Remarks by Mr. Birt on the Weather Charts of the Meteorological Office, 193 — 195. 3. The Trade Wind, 195; N.E. Trades, 195; Force of the Trade Wind, 196, 197 ; Mean Kates of Vessels, 196, 197 ; North Limit, 202 ; Equa- torial Limit, Table, 199 ; Direction, 199 ; Prevalence, 200, 201 ; Sum- mary, 202 ; Captain Toynbee's remarks on the wind during each month, in the region between 0^ N. and 10° S., from 10° W. to 40° W., 203—207. Winds on the Altantic Isles, 207 ; West Indies in general, 208 ; at Ja- maica, 209; Bahama Islands, 210; the Bayamos, near Cuba, 210; Guyana, Cumana, &c, 211, 212; Gulf of Mexico, 212; the Norths 212 ; Gulf of Mexico, North Coast, 214. 4. Equatorial Winds and Calms, 217; Limits Defined, 217; Table of Extent, 219; the Cloud- ring and Rains, 220. 5. The African Monsoons, 221 ; Extent of the Monsoons, 222 ; Winds and Seasons, by Capt. Midgley, 223 ; Coast from Cape Blanco to Cape Palmas, 224,225; Windward Coast, 225; the Harmattan, &c, 225— 229. 6. Winds and Calms on the Tropic, 229 ; at the Bermudas, 230. 7. The Anti-Trades, or Passage Winds, 231 ; Definitions, 231 ; The Winds between 55" and 40° N., 233 ; Tables of the prevalence of Wind for each of the Eight Points of the Compass, &c, 234 — 238 ; Captain H. Toynbee's Remarks on Eight Logs, kept by Captain J. A. Martyn, in Passages over the Atlantic, 238 ; Notes by Captain R. Inglis, 239 ; Effect of Sea Temperature on the Passage Winds, 241 ; Professor Buys Ballot on the Passage Winds, 241 ; Winds of the British Isles, 249; Cyclones and Anti-cylones, 249 ; Winds at Liverpool, 250 ; English Channel, 252 ; Diagrams explained, 253 ; Bay of Biscay, 254 ; North Coast of Spain, 256 ; America, Gulf and River St. Lawrence, 256 ; Nova Scotia, &c, 258 ; South Carolina, 258. viii CONTENTS. PAGE 8. Hurricanes, 259; Defined, 260; Law of Storms, 2G0; Dr. Milne Home on the Spiral Theory, 261 ; Rules for Avoiding, 263 ; Seasons, 264; Barometer Indications, 264; Prognostics, 266; Storm Card, by- Lieut. Evans, 266 ; Rules to be Obseiwed, 267 ; Explanation of Card, 267 — 274 ; Remarks by Captain Leighton, 274 ; Examples, 275— 283 ; On Making Use of Hurricanes, 284. 9. Waterspouts, 285 ; Definition, 285 ; Description by Malte Brun, 285 ; by Mr. M. Downie, 286 ; by Mr. G. Maxwell, 287 ; by the Hon. Capt: Napier, 289. II.— Of the TIDES 290 Explanation of Tidal Phenomena : — The Action of the Moon, 291 ; Of the Sun. 292 ; The Tidal Wave, and its Velocity, 293 ; The Establish- ment, and the Corrected Establishment of the Port, 294 ; The Semi- monthly Inequality, 294; The Age of the Tide and Difference of Two Diurnal Tides, 295 : Height of Mean Water, 295 ; Various Phenomena, 295. Tide Table, River Thames, and England South and West Coast, 298 ; Scotland, &c, 298, 299 ; England, East Coast, 299 ; Ireland, 299, 300 ; Norway, France, Spain, and Portugal, 300, 301 ; Atlantic Isles and Africa, 301 ; Newfoundland and the St. Lawrence, 301 ; New Bruns- wick and Nova Scotia, 302 ; United States, 302, 303 ; Gulf of Mexico and West Indies, 3U3; Remarks on the Tide Table, 304 — 312. III.— Of the CTTERENTS 312 General Remarks, 312; Drift of Bottles, 313; Depths of Current, 315; Definitions, 316. 1. Of Rennell's Current; or the Current Athwart the entrance of the English Channel 318 2. The North African Current, an Easterly and S.E. Drift to the Coasts of Europe and Africa 327 3. The Guinea Current, being an Easterly Stream Across the Atlantic, and along the Coast of Africa, into the Bights of Benin and Biafra. . . . 339 4. The Sargasso Sea 347 5. The Equatorial Currents 355 6. Currents of the Caribbean Sea and the Mexican Gulf 364 7. The Gulf Stream 381 8. North- Fasterly Set to the Coasts of Europe, &c 416 9. The Arctic or Labrador Current 424 Icebergs, Ice Islands, and Drift Ice in the Arctic L urreut 434 IV.— MAGNETIC VARIATION, with a Chart 442 V.— Of PASSAGES OVER THE ATLANTIC 445 1. General Remarks 445 2. To and from the English Channel 448 3. To and from the St. Geoige's Channel 452 CONTENTS. IX PAGE 4. Of Ships bound Across the Equator — To and from the East Indies, &c. . 460 Leaving the Channel, 462 ; Passage to Madeira, 463 ; Approaching and Crossing the Equator, 465 ; The Return toward England, 484. 5. Routes to and from the Senegal and Gambia 484 6. Sailing Directions for the Navigation to and of Western Africa 486 7. Of Ships bound to and from the West Indies, with Instructions for Navigating therein 493 Directions for Sailing to and from the West Indies and North America, from the Derrotero de las Antillas 497 Particular Instructions for the Navigation of the Windward Islands, &c. 503 General Remarks on the Navigation of the Caribbean Sea, from Lee- ward to Windward, by Lieutenant Greevelink 507 Steam Navigation between Tobago and Demerara 508 Navigation to Jamaica via St. Juan, Porto Rico, Cape Haytien and St. Jago de Cuba 509 Between Grenada and Jamaica 511 Jamaica to the bar of Maracaybo, by Edw. Dunsterville, Esq 512 The Channels of Providence 514 Directions for Proceeding to Demerara, &c, from the N.E 514 8. Of ships bound to and from the Northern Ports of America 516 The Great Cirele Track, 516 ; Remarks by Captain Charles Hare, 517; Gulf of St. Lawrence 520 9. Between Europe and New York, &c 522 Tables of Crossings from Maury, 524, 525. 10. Steam Tracks to and from America 526 11. Routes between Northern Europe and the United States 534 12. From the United States to the Equator 537 SECTION IV. PARTICULAR DESCRIPTIONS OF THE COASTS AND ISLANDS OF THE ATLANTIC ; WITH DIRECTIONS FOR SAILING, ETC. 1. England, Ireland, France, Spain, and Portugal 540 The English Channel, 540 ; Description of the Coasts, &c, 540—556 ; St. George's Channel, 556 ; Ireland, South Coast, 557 — 564 ; Coast of France, 564—572. Bay of Biscay, 567 ; Coast of Spain, 572 ; Portugal, 575. N. a. o. b x CONTENTS. PAGE 2. The Coasts of Africa, from Tangier to Cape Mesurado 577 Cautionary Notice, 577 ; Tangier, &c,, 577 ; Cape Spartel, 578 ; Coast of Maroceo, 578 — 590 ; Wedinoon, or Noon, 591 ; Currents along Shore, between Cape Spartel and Cape Boiador, 591. Cape Boiador to Cape Blanco, 592 ; Cape Boiador, 593 ; Cape Blanco, 598. Bank of Arguin, &c, 600 ; Portandic, 602 ; Senegal, 603 ; Cape Verde, 606 ; Goree, 608 ; Dakar, 609. River Gambia, 612; Bissagos and Bljooga Islands, 617; Bulama or Boolam, 623 ; Rio Nunez, 626 ; River Compoonee, 630. Cape Verga, 630 ; Rio Pongo, 631 ; Isles de Los, 632 ; Isles de Los to Sierra Leone, 636. Sierra Leone, &c, 640 ; Freetown, 642 ; Sherboro' Inlet, 646 ; Shoals of St. Anne, 647; Cape Mount, 648 ; Cape Mesurado, 649. 3. The Azores, or Western Islands 650 St. Michael's, 653 ; Isle of St. Mary, 662 ; Formigas Bank and Rocks, 664 ; Dollabarats Shoal, &c., 665 ; Terceira, 668 ; Pico, 673 ; Fayal, 674 ; St. George, 677 ; Graciosa, 678 ; Flores, 679 ; Corvo, 683. . 4. The Islands of Madeira and Porto Santo 685 Porto Santo, 685—687 ; Desertas, 687 ; Madeira, 688—699 ; Funchal, 692. 5. The Canaries, or Canary Islands 699 The Salvages, 701 ; Lanzarote, 702 ; Fuertaventura, 704 ; Canaria, or Grand Canary, 706; Tenerife, 708 ; Palma, 712; Gomera, 713; Ferro, or Hierro, 714 ; Directions for Sailing among the Islands, 715 ; Of the Calms of the Canary Islands, 715. 7. The Cape Verde Islands 716 Ilha de Sal, or Salt Island, 717 ; Bonavista, 718 ; Bonetta Rock, 719; Lctok Rock, 721 ; Isle of Mayo, 721 ; St. Iago, 722 ; Fuego, or Fogo, 725 ; Brava, 726 ; St. Nicolas, 726 ; Raza, Branco, and Sta. Lucia, 727 ; San Vicente, 728 ; St. Antonio, 731. 8. Bermudas, or Somers' Islands 732 Bermuda Squalls, 735 ; Gibbs' Hill Lighthouse, 735 ; The Reef, 736 ; Ireland Island, 739 ; Great Bermuda Island, 740 ; St. George's Island, 743 ; Remarks and Directions, 745 — 751. 9. Rockall 751 1 0. Sable Island, off Nova Scotia 753 11. Penedo de S. Pedro, or St, Paul's Islets 754 12. The Rocas, &c 756 13. The Coasts and Islands of America in general 758 The Newfoundland Banks, 758 ; St. John's, Newfoundtand, 759 ; Cape Race, 761 ; Halifax. 763 ; Cape Sable, 765 ; Boston, 766 ; Nantucket, 771 ; New York, 772 ; Delaware, 775 ; The Chesapeake, 778 ; Cape Lookout, Cape Fear, 781 ; Cape Roman, 782 ; Charleston, 782. CONTENTS. x i SECTION V, ACCOUNT OF THE ROCKS, SHOALS, AND VIGIAS IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC. PAGE General Remarks 785 Shoals, &c, to the Northward of Latitude 40° 788 between the Equator and Latitude 40° 795 Tables of Rocks in the North Atlantic 800 Table A, Rocks whose existence is very doubtful, 800 ; Table B, Rocks, &c, reported, but do not exist, 801—804. Volcanic Region 804 Discoloured Water 807 Depth, Temperature, &c, of the North Atlantic 812 Sounding, 812 ; Deep Sea Exploring Expeditions, 813; Soundings in connection with laying the Atlantic Cables, 815 — 816; Cruise of H.M.S. Challenger, 817—818. Depth of the Atlantic and Chart, 818; Table of Soundings between 40° and 50° N., 819 ; Between 30° and 40" N.,.820 ; Between 20° and 30" N., 821 ; Between the Equator and 20° N., 821 ; Temperature, 822 ; Of the Surface Water, 822—823 ; Of the Deep Sea, 824—825 ; Saltness and Density of the Ocean, 825 — 828; Circulation of Ocean Water, 828—830 ; Animal Life, 830—831. Account of the Fine Dust which often falls on Vessels in the Atlantic Ocean. . 831 On Magnetism and the Compass 835 History and Principles, 835 ; Terrestrial Magnetism, 836 ; Variation, 838 ; Dip, 838 ; Intensity, 839 ; Local Deviation, 840 ; Dr. Scoresby on the Changes which take place in the Magnetism of Iron Ships, 841 — 843; Extracts from the Reports of Captain F. J. Evans on the Compass, its best Position in an Iron Ship, &c, 843 — 847. Classification of the Clouds, chiefly by Luke Howard 847 Squalls 851 Marine Thermometers 853 Remarks on the Barometer, by Admiral FitzRoy and others 855 Alphabetical Index 861 xii CONTENTS. ILLUSTRATIONS. PAGE 1. Chart of the Winds to face Title page. 2. Chart of the British Isles, showing the Barometric Readings, &c 188 3. Diagrams of the Trade Wind .201 4. Anti-Trade or Passage Winds 231 5. Winds at Liverpool 250 6. Chart of the Courses of Various Hurricanes 259 7. The Currents of the North Atlantic 312 '8. Chart of the Magnetic Variation in 1879 445 9. Routes over the Atlantic Ocean 445 10. Chart Illustrating the Best Monthly Routes across the Equator, by Captain Toynbee 466 11. St. Michael's Island, Azores 659 1 2. The Island of Madeira 689 13. Grassy Bay, Bermudas 720 14. Bottom Chart Illustrating the Depths of the Atlantic 818 THE NOETH ATLANTIC OCEAN. SECTION I. TABLES OF DETERMINED POSITIONS, AND THE AUTHORITIES, THE VARIATION OF THE COMPASS, ETC. The North Atlantic Ocean is the smallest of all the great divisions of the Ocean, but it has ever been of far greater importance to man than all others collectively. It owes this great maritime superiority to the great proportionate length of its varied coast line, which perhaps nearly equals all other navigable seas, and to the vast area drained by the rivers falling into it, which give ready access and intercommunication to seats of dense and inland population. It is from these causes that the inhabitants of its maritime countries have, in all ages, applied themselves to navigation ; and it is more than probable that the facilities thus afforded by it for commerce and travel has caused the nations who inhabit the vicinities of those vast inland seas and bays which distinguish the Atlantic to make greater progress in civilization than those in any other part of the globe. The area of the North Atlantic does not comprise more than about one-eleventh part of the entire ocean. From its having been the great highway for so many ages, its history, features, and phenomena are better known than any other, and we are now enabled to give a far more perfect view of it — in every aspect — than of the rest of the world of waters. It may be important in some mercantile questions to define the boundaries of the various divisions of the Ocean, but this has not.been authoritively done for the whole of the world. In 1845, the Royal Geographical Society of London appointed a committee to define the limits of the various oceans ; and their report defines : — " The limits of Arctic and Antarctic Oceans, respectively to be the Arctic and Antarctic Circles ; that the limits of the Atlantic on the North and South, be the Arctic and Antarctic Circles ; that its western limit be the coast of America, as far South as Cape Horn, and thence prolonged on the meridian of that Cape, until it meets the Antarctic Circle ; that its eastern limit be the shores of Europe and Africa, as far South as the Cape of Good Hope, and thence prolonged on the meridian of Cape Agulhas, till that meridian cuts the Antarctic Circle." N. A. O. B 2 INTRODUCTION. Our present work deals exclusively with the northern portion of the area thus defined, or that part which is separated from the southern by the Equator. The length of the coast lines which bound the North Atlantic and its chief bays, (except the Mediterranean), measured around their principal sinuosities, is not less than 02,000 miles; if more minutely estimated it would amount to much more. A table is given presently, which will show the numbers which make up this sum, and which are relatively equal. Of these coasts about 7,000 miles, or one-ninth, remain unsurveyed; but they are the Arctic regions, unfrequented by commerce. Of the remainder, two-fifths have been surveyed by the British Government, and three-fifths by foreign powers. The coasts of the Atlantic are now represented with the most minute accuracy in nearly all places of interest to the sailor. The elaborate surveys which have nearly approached completion have been in progress during a greater portion of the present century ; and in some cases, as the coasts of Spain, and some parts of our own shores, at the latter part of the last century. The first portion of this volume consists of a selection of the principal geographical points established in these operations, and appended to them are some notes, which will sufficiently explain their nature. In former editions we were led to discuss the merits of various authorities and the discrepancies between them, which were often considerable in amount ; but now these differences have been so removed, and such minute exactness attained, that whatever notes there may be on this topic, must be rather taken as subjects of cariosity than of practical utility. It is therefore manifestly impossible that the seaman in the ordinary pursuit of his calling can hope to improve what has cost so much labour, and such refined appliances. Almost every point in the geographic tables which follow may be taken as a point of departure by which he may correct his reckoning or rate his chronometer ; and the explanatory notes appended will serve to give him confidence, and afford information upon this important section of hydrography. The first chart of the Atlantic, upon a large scale, was published in Amsterdam by the predecessors in the still existing house of Van Keulen, in the middle of the last century. It was issued under the title of the Spanish or West Indian Sea ; it con- tained some useful details, amidst a thousand errors. The second, entitled a Chart of the Atlantic Ocean, was engraved at London, on the circular projection, invented by Mr. Murdoch, but was found to be extremely inaccurate, and the constructor added to the Archipelago of Cape Veide, two islands, under the names of St. Philip and St. John, neither of which existed ; these games being sometimes given by the Portuguese to the Islands Fogo and Brava. The next, which was the first of the kind published in this country, was con- structed by M. de la llochette, a painstaking and talented hydrographer, in 1777; and was published by the house whence the present work issues, in that year. It was drawn upon the basis of the observations of M. Fleurieu, and for many years was in large demand ; of which some degiee of proof may arise from its having been during the period repeatedly copied, and illegally published. In the course of time many improvements were obtained, and it was superseded, in 1S12, by another of the same scale and size, constructed by Mr. John Purdy, a name well known to mariners for many years. This chart, in its various editions, did good service to seamen for a long INTRODUCTION. 3 period, and still is deserving of confidence, as representing most of the features requisite, with sufficient accuracy, to ensure the safety of navigation. These charts in their turn, having required many improvements, from the "Teat acquisition of exact knowledge which characterizes the present day, it was deemed necessary to supersede them by the new charts which have been published by the proprietor of this work, as compiled from the now nearly perfect geographical data. They moreover exhibit, at one view, a summary, in a graphic form, of all that range of phenomena with which hydrography has of late been enriched. But there is one drawback to the great increase of observation. Each department of hydrography is overloaded for practical every-day use,and the seaman would waste much time in endeavouring to elicit some system from the multifarious authorities he has now before him. A system of mean results has therefore been adopted, as will be hereafter explained, under the various sections which follow. Hydrography, as at present understood, commenced with Captain Cook, in his celebrated first voyage to the South Seas, in 1768. Previous to this, our coasts were represented and corrected by the rude draughts and imperfect reckonings of pains- taking mariners, in the pursuit of their profession ; but the extended practice of lunars, and the use of chronometers, soon made great improvements in geographic representation. Captain Cook, prior to his appointment to the great Exploring Ex- pedition, was employed in surveying portions of the Gulf of St. Lawrence ; and the first work which he published was a series of charts of the South and West Coasts of Newfoundland. It is very interesting to know that the great circumnavigator's earliest works have outlived all their contemporaries. His charts, published by the predecessor of the proprietor of this work, are still in demand, and have been till recently the onty faithful representations extant. Our present object is not to give a history of the progress of charts, or we might here present a long catalogue of those worthy observers, who, by patient investigation, and multiplied observation, made the geography of the ocean nearly as good, for the mariner's use, as the far more elaborate public surveys which have superseded them. These last have the exclusive merit of being connected, and each portion placed in exact relation to every other portion — a feature which is owing to the magnificent systems of triangulation, which are now extended over the most important portions of the civilized world. The degree of accuracy, and the extent of these, may be understood, when it is asserted that the whole of the positions hereafter given on the coasts of Europe, between Norway and Spain, do not vary from the absolute truth more than a few feet, * It is the defect of detached observations that they do not exactly accord with those by different individuals. It was the discrepancies arising from this source, which necessitated the discussions formerly given on Atlantic geography. But still there is much that was useful in the older works, which is too often forgotten in the mul- tiplicity of detail collected by modern surveyors, which overload as it were the sub- jects they embrace with too great a mass of knowledge for general use. Toward the end of last century, there were several names which deserve especial mention here, as their works will bear every comparison with those of their more favoured suc- cessors. Among these was Murdoch Mackenzie, who surveyed a large portion of the western shores of Scotland, and all the coasts in the North of Ireland. Grccrae 4 INTRODUCTION. Spence, an admirable surveyor, surveyed the southern coasts of England, between 1772 and 1812. The coasts of Spain and Portugal laid down in accordance with the valuable sur- veys of Tofifio, Franzini, &c, and in the delineation of the African Coasts, with the islands off the same, the positions afforded by Messrs. Fleurieu, Verdun de la Crenne, Borda, Pingre, and Roussin of France, were the authorities for our charts. The American Coasts were originally exhibited according to the observations and surveys of our illustrious countryman, Captain Cook, as before mentioned; those of Lieutenant Michael Lane, of Mr. Dcs Barres, of Captain Holland, of Messrs. "Wright, Mason, Dixon, and de Mayne, rectified with the observations of Dr. Rittenhouse, Mr. Ellicott, Mr. Hassler, and other astronomers. &c, of the United States. For the correct delineation of the West India Islands, much of our earlier in- formation was derived from the labours of Messrs. Puysegur, Verdun, Borda, Pingre and other foreign officers, whose names will be for ever entitled to respect. They w r ere the pioneers who were followed by the skilful observers acting under the orders of the Hydrographic Directors of Madrid ; particularly the Capts. Joaquin Fr. Fidalgo, Cosme de Churruca, and Jose del Rio ; to whom, and to the Baron von Humboldt, Messrs. Oltmanns ,&c, we were indebted for the proximate situations of many puints of Spanish America. These have again been adjusted by British Officers. Tho numerous surveyors who have seconded these scientific leaders in the com- pletion of our hydrographic representations, will be alluded to in connection with their respective labours hereafter. While we can refer with confidence to the charts of the various coast lines, as beiii"- so perfect, that no possible alteration will be made in the fixed features of the land, that could be rendered applicable upon a general chart, there is one branch that is not so satisfactory. This is the list of detached dangers, as rocks or shoals, which have been from time to time reported, and which, unless disproved, are a con- stant and daily source of great anxiety to those who have to pass their vicinity. To deal with the conflicting and ambiguous statements recorded, is most perplexing. Still it is most essential that no danger should remain unmarked, although its exis- tence or situation may be involved in great doubt. It is of the utmost importance to the facility and safety of navigation, that these dangers should be correctly placed and characterized, and in the case of a fresh discovery, some test, as by the sounding lead, ought to be applied, to determine its absolute existence. This is now most im- perative ; without such guarantee, any such announcement is next to worthless, as being authentic, and most mischievous, as leading to distrust and anxiety. All that we know of this subject is recorded in a later part of this work, and in the chart, but it may be stated that of late the extended practice of deep-sea soundings, has actually disproved the existence of many apparently well-authenticated dangers, and thrown very great doubt upon others. It has been above stated that the length of the coast line of the North Atlantic Ocean, between the Arctic Circle, and the Equator (excluding the Mediterranean), is about 62,000 miles, more or less. This estimate is higher than has been usually attributed, but it is the result of a measurement around the present surveyed coasts, omitting the minor sinuosities and smaller islets. If these were taken into the ac- count the sum would be much greater, as may be supposed, upon an examination, for INTRODUCTION. 5 example, of the vast range of islets which front the coasts of Norway and Finland, hut it is the length of line over which the patient marine surveyor has had to toil in the execution of his arduous but most important duties. These numbers, however, but faintly express, as indeed anything we could say here would fall short of telling, how much has been done to bring the hydrography of this ocean to its present con- dition. It is enough here to draw the seaman's attention to a few of the results of those costly and laborious surveys which he benefits by. Of the 62,834 miles of sea coast, the English Government have surveyed about 2-3,600 miles; foreign governments about 31,600 miles, the remaining being un- surveyed. Of the coasts of Europe, the English Admiralty and Ordnance have only sur- veyed about 4,000 miles out of 19,000 miles. The following Table of the details of the length, &c, of each country, is therefore given rather as a matter of curiosity than material utility, and will form a fitting introduction to the Geographic Tables which follow. England ; South Coast and Channel Islands „ East Coast „ West Coast Scotland ; East and North Coasts, and Islands „ West Coast and Ids. Ireland Total British Isles Norway ; West & South Coasts Denmark ; East Coast and Ids. Prussia Russia and Finland ...... .... Sweden Total Baltic, §c Denmark ; West Coast and Fasroe Islands Hanover Holland Belgium France Spain (to Gibraltar) Portugal Total Coasts of Europe Marocco, &c. Agadir to Equator Total Africa Total Atlantic Islands Iceland Greenland Hudson's Bay, &c. Labrador ; East Coast Total Arctic Lands, §e. . . SURVEYED BY British Ordnance and Admiralty. Dan. & Norw. Gts. Danish Govmnt. Prus. & Dan. Govt. Buss. & Swed. Gt. Swedish Govmnt. Danish Govmnt. Dutch Govment. French Govment. Spanish Govment. Various Fr. and Brit. Gts. British Govment. British Govment. Danish Govment. Not Surveyed DATE OF SURVEY. 1792-1852 1830—1859 1772—1860 1815-1850 1750 — 1863 1828-1858 1806—1811 1816—1839 1S35 — 1858 1826 1783-1816 1845 Extent of Coast Ge. miles 438 470 748 810 400 1320 2900 1585 625 2720 2360 460 4430 1500 2000 4000 1140 TOTAL GEO. MILES. 4236 10,190 730 180 640 64 1687 915 540 19,082 4890 2990 8340 INTRODUCTION. Extent TOTAL COUNTRY. SURVEYED BY DATE OF SURVEY. of Coast Ge. miles GEO. MILES. Newfoundland ; East and South British Govment. 1765—1867 2765 1766, 1819, 1849 2820 Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, and a 1824— 18G0 1765 Total British America .... 7350 United States ; East Coast .... U.S. Government 1817 3735 „ „ South Coast . . » 2070 •• 6505 Mexico, and Central America. . Span. & Brit. Gts. 1S08 3295 Colombia and Guayana Span. Fr. & Brit. 4100 West India Islands (British) . . Various 2947 Not properly Sur. 2350 685 Total West Indies, §c 13,377 The following shows the general amount, the details of which are given above : — COUNTRY. EUROPE AFRICA ISLANDS AMERICA Total Length of the Coasts of the North Atlantic Occnn . . TOTAL GEO. MILES. 19,082 4,890 2,990 35,872 62,834 ( 7 ) POSITIONS OF PLACES, ETC. I. ENGLAND AND WALES. * # * The FIGURES in Brackets refer to the Notes subjoined to each Section. lat. x. LONG. AV. VAR. "WEST, 187S-9. AUTHORITIES. GREENWICH, Royal Observatory [1] London, Cupola of St. Paul's Cathedral Gravcsend, Church Shecrness Flagstaff Harwich, old Lighthouse . . CM'ordness N. Lighthouse , Lowestoft Lighthouse Cromer Lighthouse Spurn High Lighthouse . . Flamborough Lighthouse. . Hartlepool Heugh Light . . Sunderland North Pier Lighthouse Souter Point Lighthouse . . Tynemouth Lighthouse . . Farn Island, S.W. Lightho. Berwick Lighthouse North Foreland, Lightho . . South Foreland, High Lighthouse Dover Castle, the Keep . . Folkestone Church New Romney Church Lydd Church Dungeness Lighthouse. . . . Bexhill Church Beachey Head Lighthouse . Brighton Church Shoreham Church Selsey Church , Chichester Spire Owers Lightvessel Portsmouth College Bembridge Lightvessel . . Southsea Castle Calshot Castle Southampton Pier Hurst Castle, East Light. . Dunnose, Station in the Survey St. Catherine's Lighthouse, Isle of Wi-ht 51 2S -10 51 30 49 51 26 39 51 26 47 51 56 3S 52 5 36 52 29 12 52 55 27 53 34 41 54 6 5S 54 41 47 54 55 54 58 10 55 1 5 55 36 55 55 45 53 51 22 30 8 2i 7 46 4 45 51 51 51 50 59 7 50 57 5 50 54 40 50 50 45 50 44 15 50 49 32 50 50 50 45 19 50 50 11 50 39 41 50 48 2 50 41 40 50 46 39 50 49 7 50 53 42 50 42 26 50 37 8 50 31 30 5 47 Long. E. 22 10 44 50 17 25 1 35 12 1 45 28 1 19 5 7 11 4 51 10 27 1 20 1 21 30 1 24 52 1 39 1 5S 57 1 26 4S 1 22 22 1 19 23 1 11 6 50 22 54 29 58 IS 28 48 12 5S Long. W. 7 40 16 19 45 55 46 43 39 52 6 15 1 40 5 14 18 6 24 23 32 5 1 11 50 1 17 47 o - IS 30 IS 20 IS 10 19 20 20 10 19 20 IS 15 18 20 19 10 19 10 The Astronomers Royal. The Grand Trigonometri- cal or Ordnance Survey, one of the great works of which our country oujiht to feel proud. It was commenced with a view to ascertain the differenceof longitude between the Observatories of Paris and Greenwich, under General Roy. The principal triangu- lationwas gradually extended under the successive direc- tions of Colonel Williai s General Mudge, Gen. Colbv, Colonel Hall, and Colonel Su- llen ry James. It was com- pleted and the account of it published in 1S58. The bases upon which it is constructed were measured on the shore of Salisbury Plain, and upon Lough Foylc, Inland, and the refinement attained may be judged of when it is stated, that the difference between the calculated and measured lengths of these bases was less than 2± inches. The mean length of the sides of the great triangles is 35-4 miles, of which 11 exceed 100 miles in length ; the longest is 111 miles, i.e. from Slieve Donard in Ireland, county Down, to Sea Fell, Cumberland. [1] GiiEENwrcH. — From 720 observations of the Pole Star, mndo during IS months of 1825 and 1826, the latitude of the Eoyal Observatory was deduced as 51° 28' 38". By a later correc- tion it is placed 61" 2S'40' , .16; but by the Grand Trigonometri- cal Survey it is taken as 51° 28' 38',o0. rOSITIONS OF PLACES. ENGLAND AND WALES— Continued. YAR. 1872-3. authorities. Noodles Lighthouse Christchurch Head Poole Church Portland Upper Lightho. . . Lyme Cohh Hob's or Bob's Nose Berry Head, Flagstaff .... Start Point, Lighthouse . . Bolt Head, Signal Station Eddystone Lighthouse .... Mewstone, near Plymouth Sound Plymouth New Church . . Plymouth Old Church .... St. Nicholas' or Drake's Is- land, Plymouth Sound . . Lighthouse, on the W. end of Breakwater Meridian Tablet, on the Breakwater [2] Penlee Beacon Rame Head, Flagstaff .... Dodman or Dcadman Point Flagstaff St. Anthony's Head, Light house Pendennis Castle, Flagstaff St. Kevern Steeple .... Blackhead, Flagstaff. . . . Lizard East Lighthouse St. Michael's Mount St. Paul's Steeple, Mount's Bay St. Leven's, or Guethens- bras Point, Flagstaff Wolf Rock, Lighthouse Land's End Stone Longship's Lighthouse . . Scilly Islands, St. A nes' Lighthouse , St. Mary's Windmill , St. Mary's Flagstaff, at the Fort , , St. Martin's Day mark Bishop Rock Lighthouse. St. Agnes' Beacon, Corn wall Godrevy Island Lighthouse Trevose Head, Lighthouse Hartland Point Lighthouse Lundy Island, Lighthouse Minchcad Steeple Braunton Sands, Lower Lighthouse Burnham (or Bridgewater) Lighthouse 50 39 40 50 42 38 50 42 51 50 31 18 50 43 11 50 27 50 50 24 2 50 13 IS 50 13 15 50 10 49 50 18 31 50 22 22 50 22 15 50 22 4 50 20 22 50 19 59 50 12 25 50 18 53 50 13 20 50 8 35 50 8 49 50 3 7 50 27 49 57 34 50 7 3 50 5 2G 50 2 10 49 56 45 50 4 8 50 4 4 49 oo 30 49 54 32 49 oo 49 58 2 49 52 29 50 18 28 50 14 32 50 32 55 51 1 24 51 10 51 12 42 51 4 17 51 14 ol 1 34 32 1 44 31 1 58 55 2 27 18 2 oo 29 3 26 43 3 28 14 3 38 28 3 48 4 15 53 5 33 7 16 7 32 4 18 18 4 9 27 4 8 52 4 10 40 4 12 29 4 4S 1 59 31 2 45 5 8 6 35 12 4 28 37 5 32 43 5 40 46 5 48 14 5 41 31 5 44 43 6 20 40 16 59 6 18 13 6 15 53 6 26 39 19 10 19 35 20 20 35 12 57 23 50 2 3 31 30 40 20 28 4 4 12 19 2 59 52 21 40 20 50 21 25 21 30 21 10 21 10 The Grand Trigonome- trical or Ordnance Survey of England, &c. Remarks. As a matter of curiosity it may bo mentioned that, by tbeso ela- borate computations, the equato- rial radius of the earth is found to be 20,926,500 feet; and the Polar radius is 20,855,400 feet, and a mean degree of the meri- dian contains 304,016 feet. The ellipticity of the earth is as 293 is to 294, and the mean density is 5-31G. These geodetic operations have been now carried to such a degree of refinement, that the varied density of the strata in different regions has a marked effect on their results. It has been argued by Archdeacon Pratt (of Calcutta) that this is sufficient to cause a deflection of from 20" to 30" in the perpen- dicularity of the plumb-line ; and this of course affects, in a corresponding degree, the de- terminations of the exact lati- tude, and with that the true figure of the earth ; but it is taken now, that the depression of the poles is about as 294 to 295'0. In the public journals of 1834, it was stated that Dr. Tiarks had ascertained, in the summer of 1822, by the comparison of sixteen excellent chronometers, carried backward and forward between Greenwich and Fal- mouth, that the western longi- tude of the latter had been given at 4 - 4 seconds of time, or 1 minute and 6 seconds too little, by the first Trigonometric Sur- vey. In consequence, 29 of the best chronometers belonging to the Admiralty were subsequent- ly committed to the cave of the doctor, and a vessel was ap- pointed wherein be was to sail, backward and forward, between Dover and Falmouth, until tho lonpitude in time, between these stations, and between them and Portsmouth, as an intermediate station, was settled beyond any POSITIONS OF PLACES. ENGLAND AND WALES— Continued. LAT. N. AUTHORITIES. Usk Lighthouse Bridgewater Spire . . . Avon Lights Bristol Cathedral Flatholm Light Swansea Castle Mumble's Lighthouse . Worm's Head Nash Point, E. Lighthouse Rosilly B arrow Pembrea Steeple Tenby Spire Caldy Island, Lighthouse Milford Steeple Hulberton Church .... St. Anne's High Lighthouse The Islet Grassholm. . . Smalls Lighthouse . . . St. David's Cathedral . Ramsay Island, highest point Bishop and Clerks, north- ernmost Cardigan Isle, highest point Cardigan Steeple Aberystwith, Lighthouse . . Abeiystwith, Station .... Cardigan Bay Lightvessel . Bardsey Lighthouse St. Tudwall Lighthouse . . Caernarvon Bay Lightvesl. South Stack Lighthouse . . Holyhead Lighthouse .... Skerries Light j The West Mouse Amlwch Station Great Orme's Head, signal Abergele or Abergali Steeple Air Point Lighthouse . . Leasowe Lighthouse .... Bidstone Lighthouse . . Black Rock Lighthouse Liverpool, St. Paul's Church North-West Lightship . . Formby Lighthouse .... Formby N.W. Mark.... Uossal Point Landmark Fleetwood New Lighthouse Wyre Lighthouse Lancaster Steeple Walney I. Light St. Bees Head, Lighthouse "Whitehaven, Pier -head Lighthouse Lee Scar Lighthouse .... N. A O. 51 32 24 51 7 41 51 30 2 51 27 6 51 22 30 51 37 13 51 33 59 51 33 56 51 24 13 51 34 35 51 41 18 51 40 20 51 37 52 51 42 43 51 -12 56 51 40 55 51 43 oo 51 43 14 51 52 56 51 51 43 2 59 33 2 59 39 2 42 15 2 35 29 3 7 28 3 55 32 3 58 12 18 56 33 3 15 51 15 28 41 51 40 59 39 3 11 5 10 28 5 2S 40 5 40 86 5 14 53 2 20 44 51 54 10 23 6 52 7 54 4 41 26 52 4 59 4 39 17 52 24 48 5 4 24 52 25 49 4 3 19 52 24 5 52 44 58 4 47 55 52 47 50 4 28 10 53 5 45 4 44 15 53 18 23 4 41 54 53 18 50 4 37 76 53 25 15 4 3(3 25 53 25 4 4 33 11 53 23 4 19 17 53 20 6 3 51 7 53 17 8 3 34 57 53 21 24 3 19 15 53 24 46 3 7 28 53 24 2 3 4 23 53 26 38 3 2 2 53 24 39 2 59 30 53 30 20 3 31 30 53 32 19 3 3 55 53 32 32 3 5 2S 53 oo 15 3 2 56 oo oo 35 3 22 53 51 12 3 1 46 54 3 4 48 14 54 2 54 3 10 33 54 30 48 3 38 8 54 33 10 3 35 50 54 51 46 3 24 43 20 25 20 5 20 15 21 30 21 The Grand Trigonome- trical or Ordnance Sit.vky of England, &c. doubt. The result was, as to all places on the South Coast of England, between the meridians of Greenwich and Falmouth, if 1 second be added to every 4 minutes of longitude, as given by the original Survey, the ex- act longitude, according to the chronometers, will bo obtained. These differences have since been entirely settled by the re- examination of the triangles, now completed. 21 -.0 21 20 45 21 15 to POSITIONS OF PLACES. ENGLAND AND WALES— Continued. VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Skinburncss Lighthouse . . 54 52 46 3 22 46 O 4 The Grand Trigonome- 54 38 28 3 34 11 trical or Ordnance Survey Soul hern ess, Lighthouse . . 54 52 22 3 35 37 of England. Criffell, Station in the Sur- vey, 1,831 feet above the 54 56 44 3 36 55 . Isle of Man. • Point of Ayre Light 54 24 56 4 22 1 21 40 North Berule, Station. 1,804 feet high 54 17 27 4 23 32 Snea Fell, Stat. 2,400 ft. 54 15 50 4 27 35 Chicken Rock Lightho. . 54 2 4 50 45 54 12 45 4 42 33 NOTES. 1. The Maritime Surveys of our coasts are now so complete (with some partial excep- tions), that little can be desired for the use of the navigator. These works, based chiefly upon the Ordnance Survey, -would occupy too much space here to enumerate ; but it would seem to be somewhat unjust if no allusion was made to the predecessors of our present government surveyors, who, with very limited means and great personal labour, produced such excellent charts, that even in the present day they would be most trustworthy guides. The names of the two Murdoch Mackenzies, Graeme Spence, and Joseph Huddart, deserve especial mention. VARIATION OF THE COMPASS. In the latter part of this volume, some observations on the general subject will be found, among which, as to the secular change, which has now increased to a considerable amount since many of the surveys were made, and which therefore requires attention, the more especially since the introduction of an improved class of instruments, and the care de- manded in the navigation of iron ships. We have given the present variation, reserving such remarks upon former results for the section specially devoted to the subject. The variation is now decreasing on the Coast of England at the rate of about 9' or 10 per annum. 2.— ISLANDS AND COASTS OP SCOTLAND. LAT. N. YAH. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. o « // i 3 10 40 21 30 3 8 5 2 33 21 3 13 10 2 34 40 2 23 7 2 58 26 21 20 2 44 53 authorities. EDINBURGH; the Ob- servatory [lj Inehkeith Lighthouse .... Isle of May Lighthouse . . East Lomond, 1,471 ft Fifcness Pell Rock Lighthouse .... Dundee Law Buddon-ness, High Light . OJ 0/ z-j 56 2 1 56 11 8 OC, 14 31 56 17 56 26 4 56 28 41 56 28 7 The Grand Trigonome- trical or Ordnance Survey of Great Britain, at present under the direction of Colonel Sir Henry James. POSITIONS OF PLACES. ISLANDS AND COASTS OF SCOTLAND— Continued. 11 LAT. N. I VAR. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Arbroath, the Abbey Red Head Montrose, Round Tower „ Spire Girdleness Lighthouse Aberdeen, Marischal Coll. Aberdeen N. bkwtr. Ltho Old Aberdeen ; Northern blunt Spire Belhelvie or Orrock, Dove cote Buchanness Lighthouse . . Peterhead, Old Mill Rattray Head, Pile Fraserburgh Lighthouse . . Kinnaird Head Lighthouse Troup Head, Staff. . . . Macduff, Spire Covesea Skerries, Lightho. Tarbetness, Lighthouse. Noss Head, Lighthouse . Duncansby Head, Station. Dunnet Head, Lighthouse ORKNEY— Pentland Sker ries, Upper Light. . [2] Stromness, Church .... Hoy, Wart Hili Cantick Head, Light . . Start Point of Sanda. Lighthouse N, Ronaldshay, Lt.-ho. . . Stronsay,Statn.in Survey Fair Island, summit Foul Island, sum. (1,369 ft.) North Ron a Island SHETLAND — Sumburgh Head Lighthouse . Brassa Island, summit Lerwick ; the Fort Flag- staff Gardie House on Brassa "Whalsey Island, summit Brury Isle, Out Skerries Yell Isle, Reafrith Kirk Strandburg Ness, Fetlar Fetlar Isle, summit .... Haaf Gruna, summit. . . . Balta Island, summit .... Saxavord, Stat, in Survey Lambness, on Unst Burraford Holmes Ramna Stacks Ve Skerries, off St, Mag- nus Bay Fugloe Skerry, neai Papa Sea loway Castle 56 33 45 56 36 55 56 42 5 56 42 31 51 8 15 57 8 57 8 ot 33 57 10 11 57 15 52 57 28 14 57 30 44 57 36 52 57 41 51 57 42 57 41 38 57 40 5 51 43 15 57 51 55 58 28 38 58 40 22 58 40 19 58 41 26 58 57 49 58 42 2 58 47 59 16 42 59 23 5 59 5 38 59 32 54 59 8 28 59 7 16 59 51 7 0U 7 51 60 9 22 60 9 24 60 20 1 60 2 41 00 35 55 60 33 51 60 37 12 60 39 44 60 45 3 60 49 39 60 49 60 51 60 3.9 36 60 22 30 60 20 15 60 8 31 2 34 53 2 29 24 2 26 6 2 27 51 2 3 2 2 5 42 2 4 6 2 6 3 2 3 57 1 46 22 47 32 50 39 6 1 17 38 30 20 20 46 31 2 5 1 7 22 29 2 55 23 3 23 11 3 20 19 3 31 50 2 22 2 22 2 32 1 2 5 37 5 48 10 1 8 1 7 1 45 1 3 33 51 50 47 50 45 53 1 18 30 in 34 50 40 47 23 49 41 40 22 2 46 36 56 24 17 20 40 30 40 1 49 10 1 45 1 16 25 21 15 The Grand Trigonome- trical or Ordnance Sur- vey, as before stated. 22 40 22 20 21 30 21 10 21 '35 The Observations of Mr. Geo. Thomas, R.N., on his Survev of Shetland, t Lighthouse 55 19 30 4 50 20 Corsewell Point, Lightho. 55 25 5 9 30 Mull of Galloway, Lightho. 54 38 5 4 51 22 22 15 Southerness Lighthouse . . 55 52 22 3 35 37 . NOTES. 1. Edinburgh. — The geographic position of the Astronomical Observatory on the Calton Hill, was given by the Ordnance Survey, in 1816, as longitude 3° 10' 54" W. But this result appears to have been affected by a singular^ cause, which demonstrates the refinement to which these operations have been carried. It has since been found that the attraction of the mass of Arthur's Seat (a hill to the southward of it) has drawn the plumb-line (or zenith sector) towards it, and thus produced an error of several seconds in the calculation. This error was established in 1839, by Professor Henderson, who made POSITIONS OF PLACES. 13 the longitude 3° 10' 45". Some interesting experiments were made on this curious point, during the late Ordnance Survey, by which, not only the effect of mountainous masses on surveying operations was ascertained, but also the density of the earth was established. Since the completion of the triangulation of the Ordnance Survey, a new principle for ascertaining the difference of longitude has come into operation. The extension of the electric telegraph has placed Greenwich Observatory in direct connection with most other important Observatories; and in April, 1857, a series of instantaneous signals was trans- mitted between it and Edinburgh, under the direction, at the latter place, of Professor Piazzi Smyth, the worthy son of the excellent Admiral Smyth, well known to all sailors. These experiments definitely settled its longitude at 12 m 43 048 s in time, or 3° 10' 45.72" in arc, concerning Mr. Henderson's previous result. 2. Orkneys, &c. — The Orkney Islands were originally surveyed by the elder Mackenzie. Murdoch Mackenzie, F.R.S., was the first surveyor of our coasts, who conducted his opera- tions on right principles. His first work, Orcadia, or the Orkney Inlands, xvith part of Lewis, was done at his own expense. Its accuracy is great, and its utility is still unequalled. It was published in 1750. He was afterwards employed by the king in surveying the coasts of Ireland, &c. Later in life his works were attacked, most unjustly, by Dr. Anderson, which called forth suitable replies and justification from John Clark, of Eldin, in 1785. This work may be said to have commenced the Admiralty Surveys. 3. West of Scotland, and the Hebrides. — Up to quite a recent date the charts of the whole of this portion of our shores remained nearly in the same state that they were left by Murdoch Mackenzie. Notwithstanding their imperfections, however, statistics have shown that no great detriment to navigation arose from their " disgraceful " condition, an epithet which took 25 years of organized surveying parties, and £250,000 to remove. We may here add that they were examined, and partially surveyed, by Captain Joseph Iluddart, whose charts were long of good service. Captain Huddart also surveyed a great portion of the St. George's Channel at the expense of the predecessors of the publisher of this work. 3.— COASTS OF IRELAND, ETC. YAH. - LAT. N. LONG. w. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. The Northern Coast. The Surveys of Capt. Win. o / u o ' '/ t Mudge, R.N., F.R.A.S., made Tory Island, Lighthouse . . 55 16 27 S 15 24 20 in co-operation with the Grand Fannet Point, Lighthouse 55 16 34 7 37 52 Trigonometrical Survey of Innistrahul, Lighthouse . . 55 25 56 7 13 37 Ireland, 1828-52. Inishowen Head, Lightho. 55 13 38 6 55 38 Majnllisan Tower, L. Foyle [1] 55 11 32 6 57 58 Port Rush 55 12 30 55 15 55 17 35 6 50 15 6 28 35 6 12 2 23 15 Rathlin Isle, Church „ Lighthouse . . 55 18 10 6 10 40 Knocklaid Mountain (1,690 feet) 55 9 43 55 13 30 6 14 57 6 9 30 23 5 Fair Head The Eastern Coast. Tor Point 55 11 50 55 3 6 4 10 5 58 30 23 5 J The Maidens, South Hock 54 55 54 5 43 5 Hunter Rock (9 feet) .... 54 52 45 5 45 30 1 1 14 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF IRELAND, ETC.— Continued. Black Head Carrickfeigus Castle Belfast, Mouth of t lit Lagan „ DivisMt. (1,800ft.) Bangor Castle Copeland Lighthouse .... Donaghadee, Pier Head . . Balljhalbert, Fort South Rock St. John's Point, Light- house Slieve Donard ('2,707 ft.).. ^arlingford Lighthouse . . Hill (1,580 ft.) Cloglier Head Drogheda, centre Balbriggan, Light St. Patrick's Island Rockabill Lighthouse .... Lambav Island, summit .. Howth Hill, peak (5(55 ft.) Howth Bailey, Lighthouse Poolbesj Lighthouse DUBLIN, Nelson's Pil. [2] Kingstown, Lighthouse .. Wicklow Head Upper Lt. TaraHill Fourth Mountain Roslare Sand Hill Tuskar Lighthouse Tue Southern Coast. Saltees Lightvessel Coningmore Rock Hook Lighthouse, near Waterford Helwiek Head Mount Knockmeldown .... Roche Point, Lighthouse . . Daunt's Rock Lightvessel Robert Head Kinsale, Southern Light . . Galley Head Lighthouse . . Stags of Castiehaven . . . Cape Clear, Old Lightho. Fastnet Rock, Lighthouse . . Crookhaven, Lighthouse . . Mizen Head Mount Gabriel Sheep Head Hungry Hill, Station in Survey Roancarrig Island Ltho. in Bantry Bay Signal Tower, Bear Island LAT. N. AUTHORITIES. 54 46 54 42 35 54 36 54 36 40 54 39 20 54 41 45 54 3S 38 51 29 30 54 23 56 54 13 34 54 10 48 54 1 11 54 2 39 53 47 40 53 42 50 53 36 46 53 34 45 53 35 45 53 29 20 53 22 23 53 21 5 53 20 31 53 21 53 18 5 52 57 54 52 41 56 52 is 57 52 19 45 52 12 9 52 2 18 52 4 45 52 7 24 52 3 6 52 13 33 51 47 33 51 43 51 43 55 51 36 11 51 31 50 51 28 15 51 26 2 51 23 18 51 28 35 51 27 15 51 33 30 51 32 55 51 41 13 51 39 10 51 37 43 5 42 5 49 15 56 1 40 40 31 80 32 25 28 10 5 25 4 5 39 5 55 6 4 6 13 6 14 6 22 6 10 53 6 5 20 30 2 4 3 3 5 9 1 6 16 45 6 9 6 5 6 12 58 6 33 39 6 22 21 6 12 22 6 38 15 6 37 49 55 43 32 40 u3 6 7 7 8 15 14 8 17 8 20 8 31 58 8 57 10 9 13 46 9 29 30 9 36 25 9 42 31 9 50 9 32 9 51 40 9 47 27 9 44 49 9 o'.i 40 22 35 22 45 22 20 22 30 22 5 22 25 23 5 23 40 The Grand Trigonome- trical Survey of Ireland, and the Surveys of the late Captain Mudge and other Officers, 1828-52. 21 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF IRELAND, ETC.— Continued. 15 VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. The Western Coast. Dursey Island, South Pt. . . 51 35 5 10 14 10 The Grand Trigonome- Bull Hock 51 35 50 10 18 30 trical Survey, &c. Skelligs, Lighthouse 51 46 6 10 32 20 Valentia Isle, Fort Crom- 51 56 50 10 19 15 24 35 Valentia Isle, Feaghmaan Station at West end [3] 51 55 22 10 20 41 51 57 C 52 6 3 10 19 10 29 Dunraore Head, Dingle Bay Tearaght Island Lighthouse 52 4 30 10 40 Foze Rock 52 1 52 7 20 10 39 40 10 34 30 Inishtuiskero Island Mount Brandon, Station . . 52 14 6 10 15 10 Kilcradan Head, Lightho. 52 34 4 9 42 34 Scattery Id., Round Tower 52 36 42 9 31 15 Loop Head, Lighthouse . . 52 13 38 9 55 56 24 30 Mutton Island, Lighthouse 53 15 14 9 3 10 Arran Island, Lighthouse. . 53 7 38 9 42 6 Slyne Head, N. Lighthouse 53 23 59 10 14 1 Inishgort Lighthouse .... 53 49 35 9 40 12 Clare Island Lighthouse . . 53 49 38 9 58 58 Achil Head 53 58 20 53 35 10 16 10 3 26 25 20 Slieve More, Achil Island. . Eagle Island, Lighthouse. . 54 16 59 10 5 32 Tawnaghmore, Station .... 54 17 39 9 35 47 Telling or Teelin Head. . . . 54 40 30 8 46 10 Rathlin O'Birne Lightho. . . 54 39 47 8 49 52 24 25 St. John's Point, Lightho. 54 34 8 8 27 33 Ballyshannon Church .... 54 30 11 8 11 47 Slieve League [summitl ,911 feet) 54 39 5 8 42 38 Bloody Farland (summit 1,000 feet) 55 8 14 8 15 41 24 15 Muckish Hill, eastern part 66 6 21 7 59 49 NOTES. 1. The positions of places on the Irish coasts depend upon the observations made in the Trigonometrical or Ordnance Survey. The principal triangles, commencing with the measurement of the base on the East side of Lough Foyle, in 1826-8, have been extended over the whole area, between that period and 1832, and give results which may be prac- tically taken as absolutely correct. Since that period, the minute surveys of the land, on a very large scale, have also been completed; and upon this basis our Admiralty surveyors have constructed our present charts, by adding the soundings and maritime features outside the low water-line. This s.'ries has only recently been completed for the use of the sailor, as shown on our charts, The names of Mudge, Bedford, Wolfe, Beechey, Frazer, Church, and other officers, should be mentioned in connection with those operations. 2. Dublin.— The Astronomical Observatory, 3 miles N.W. of Dublin, in lat. 52° 23' 13', and longitude 6" 20' 30', is a point verified by triangulation as well as by observation. 3. Valentia.— One of the most important geodetical operations in connection with the Ordnance Survey, was the chronometric determination of the difference of longitude II POSITIONS OF PLACES. between Valentia and Greenwich, in December, 1845. This arc, one of the largest that could be measured in the British Isles, has been of very great importance, as well in veri- fying the accuracy of the Trigonometrical Survey, as in determining the true figure of tho earth. It was carried on by Professor Airy, the Astronomer Royal, assisted by Mr. Sheep- shanks, Mr. Hartnup, Mr. Hind, and several other observers, by means of thirty pocket chronometers. The stations were Greenwich, Liverpool Observatory, a temporary Obser- vatory at Kingstown, and Feaghmaan at Valentia. The final determination of the longi- tudes, chronometrically, were— Liverpool, 12 m 0.05 s ; Kingstown, 24 m 31.20 s ; and Valentia, 41 m 23.23 s . By the Ordnance Survey, these longitudes were made — Liverpool, 12™ 0.35 s ; Kingstown, 24 ra 31.48 s j and Valentia, 41 m 23.07". 4.— NOEWAY AND SWEDEN. Moudiuga Island, Berezov Bar, Lighthouse Swiatoi Nos, Lighthouse . . Lofoten Islands, Svolvaer Light VaagoorN. Hellig VaerLt. Nyholmen, Lighthouse. . . . Trae Island, Sue Id., Lt.-ho. Andersbak Id., Lighthouse Mangvardkua, conical ben. Donntcs 6e, Church at N. end „ Bjoin Market-place ,, Donnces Fjeld .... ALten 6e, Syv Sostre Mts. South one Skjtervcor I., Klep Harbour Sola Island, summit Vegen L, Gulsvaagfjeld Mt. „ Vegtinden Mt.. . Sjelva Beacon, off Minland Hoiholmtinderne Mt. S. pk. Andalshatten Mountain . . Kvaloe, summit Helgeland Oflissen beacon, off Kvaloe Heilhornet, remarkable Mt. Lekoe, summit Vigten Islands; outer Id., N.E. point „ Sulafjeld Mount „ Indreorlnnerld. Rorvig, on E. side .... Folden Fjord, Grinna bea- con on North side Prsestoe Light, near Na?roe Gjoen, Brakstad Otter oen, Findanger Fjeld Halmoe, Villa Lighthouse Oxbaasheia, Village at N. end Buholmene, cone beacon . . Vigs Sjelen, summit Osen, Church Alminding oe, Hvalhovden or S. point LAT. N. O 64 54 50 68 8 50 68 13 15 67 26 67 17 66 25 50 66 15 45 66 13 30 66 12 5 66 5 66 2 66 55 65 46 45 65 40 20 65 39 15 65 37 45 65 43 25 65 36 65 33 32 65 13 30 65 13 10 65 4 32 65 4 43 64 58 25 01 54 61 51 30 64 45 10 64 47 25 64 40 20 64 36 25 64 32 50 64 32 30 64 25 64 15 30 64 17 45 64 10 LONG. E. 40 17 39 48 50 14 37 14 1 40 14 24 11 59 50 12 19 12 41 20 12 36 30 12 35 12 24 12 32 11 35 40 11 45 51 54 19 50 26 o 11 11 12 12 12 26 12 1 11 54 30 12 9 12 11 37 30 11 11 10 49 11 15 10 59 20 11 7 45 11 13 11 7 10 41 55 10 25 50 10 26 20 10 24 10 31 30 10 1 30 6 WEST. 14 14 14 14 14 30 14 20 AUTHORITIES. Russian Surveys. The Trigonometrical Survet, may by order of the Norwegian Government, by Capt. Vibe, &c, as explained in the Notes. POSITIONS OF PLACES. NORWAY AND SWEDEN— Continued. 17 LAT. N. LONG. E. I VAR. j WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Halten Island, Light Leikua Beacon, offLyso . . Suuls Fjord, Sulen Tower Froien Island, Titterodden, or West point Ulv 6, centre Great Kopperen Hill, on Mainland Hitteren Id., Boro, E. end „ Omdasfjeld, on N. side Trondhjem Channel, Ter- ningen Lighthouse . . Trondhjem Channel, Agd- dentes Lighthouse Trondhjem, Munkholmen Light „ Cathedral [2] Smoelen Island, Maaberg Tuva, on North side .... Eddo ; Trondhjem S. chan- nel, Light on Ringholm Grib Island, centre Olan Kalv Staventes Lighthouse .... Aver 6, Quaernaes „ Meeknokken Mt. . . Christian sand, S.W. end oi town Frey oen, Frey Kollen Mt. Qvitholm, Lighthouse Stevshest, summit Boesund, Boevceret Church Sando, Church Romsdals Oerne, Harr 6 Church „ Harams 6, Light ai N.W.end ,, Lepso, Lightvessel on reef Waldero, Light on S.E. pt. God-6, Lt. on Hogstein Pt. ,, Lt. on Alnaes Tang flesso, Sugar Loaf Rondo, Lighthouse Svino, centre Stadtland, Quitenses at N. end „ Fureness Bremanger Land, Older- veggen Point Froe Soen, Smor Haven Lt. Battalen, summit Kind 6, Lighthouse Bue Land, Yststeen Udvter, Anchorage Feve Oosen, Lt. on Helliso' N. A. 0. 1 G4 10 63 55 40 63 50 45 63 40 5 63 40 63 48 4 63 34 20 63 :33 35 63 30 35 63 38 63 27 30 63 25 49 63 26 38 63 19 20 63 14 63 7 40 63 7 40 63 1 40 62 59 63 7 10 63 2 30 63 2 15 62 59 62 55 62 49 31 62 47 62 41 2 62 35 15 62 29 50 62 27 45 62 29 20 62 27 30 62 25 62 19 45 62 12 35 62 6 61 51 30 61 45 45 61 39 61 33 40 61 17 30 61 2 30 GO 45 l o l 9 27 30 15 50 9 57 30 S 33 10 8 19 10 9 9 9 43 9 18 20 8 43 17 9 7 50 15 30 9 49 30 10 27 30 14 30 10 27 40 8 3 30 8 14 50 7 35 40 7 11 20 7 40 7 43 40 7 32 30 7 42 50 10 30 7 44 7 14 7 12 6 54 15 6 36 10 6 28 10 17 25 6 10 15 6 15 30 6 8 5 6 2 10 5 58 20 6 6 20 5 36 17 45 5 16 30 5 14 30 5 7 40 4 49 15 4 55 45 18 4 47 30 4 45 25 4 36 10 4 28 4 40 40 5 The Trigonometrical Sur- vey, made by order of the Norwegian Government, by Capt. Vibe, &c, as explained in the notes. 18 POSITIONS OF PLACES. NORWAY AND SWEDEN— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. E. VAR. WEST, 1878-9, AUTHORITIES. Bergen, North Channel, Holmengraa . . .. Bergen Holzeno, Light on Sktellanger Bergen, Cathedral Bergen, Light on Nordnoes Leero, Light on W. side . . Kora Fjord, Marsteen, Lt- house Piir Holm, Light Sclbo, Ox'hammer, Light on East end Selbo Fiord, Furren beacon „ Slottero, Light Stoksund, Light on Folger do Bommel Fiord, Ryvarden Light Roevaer Island, Light on Gittero Sarhougsund, N. entrance Light Udsire Island, W. Light- house Karrao, Skudesnses Light houso Bukkcsund, Light on Buk ken Hviddings 6, Lighthouse., Stavanger, Church Tungenscs, Lighthouse.... Fladholmen Lighthouse . . Little Feisteen Lighthouse Jocderens Point beacon Obrestadbraekka, Light Warhoug, Church Ekersund, Vibberodden Lt.- housc [3] Varnses Lighthouse Lister Lighthouse on Gun- narshoug Lindesuass or Naze, Light- house Ry vingen beacon Helleo, beacons Christiansand, Church . . Oddero, Lighthou.e .... Oxo, Lighthouse Ulvo, Outer hereon Justo, Beacon on Reiers- kja>r Hoinborgo, Bc*toc at East end Hesntes, Be&co* Torungen, Inner Lightho Sandvigodden Lighthouse. . 60 50 30 60 36 30 60 23 30 60 23 50 60 14 60 7 45 60 6 59 59 15 59 58 59 54 30 59 48 59 31 40 59 26 5 59 25 25 59 18 20 59 8 20 12 20 59 13 25 59 3 30 58 58 59 2 58 55 58 49 30 58 45 5 58 39 30 58 36 38 58 25 5 58 10 35 58 6 30 57 59 57 58 10 58 3 5 58 9 58 8 10 58 4 25 58 6 50 58 11 50 5S 15 20 58 20 20 58 24 50 58 26 20 4 37 40 4 55 30 5 17 50 5 15 50 5 9 5 1 5 8 12 30 2 3 10 5 18 20 5 13 40 5 7 40 5 14 45 4 53 5 18 27 35 24 20 45 15 35 33 20 30 55 5 29 30 5 33 30 5 37 15 5 59 35 6 37 45 6 34 10 7 3 7 29 20 7 51 5 7 59 50 8 30 8 3 35 8 13 5 8 23 45 8 31 30 8 41 8 48 8 47 25 The Trigonometrical Sur- vey, &c.| as before stated. 17 40 17 30 17 40 17 5 16 45 16 15 POSITIONS OF PLACES, NORWAY AND SWEDEN— Continued. 19 LAT. N. LONG. E. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Torungen, Hiser 6, Outer Lighthouse Tromo, Church Tromo Sund, Bonden bea- con at entrance Sando, cone beacon at N.E. point Osterrisor, Stangholmen Lighthouse Sondelov, Church Kragero, S. end of town . . Jornfruland Lighthouse. . . . Langotangen, Lighthouse. . Frederiksvcern, Stava:rns6 Lighthouse Svenoer Lighthouse Little Fterder Lighthouse. . Fulehuk Lighthouse Christiania, New Observa- tory Torbiornskiaer, Light .... North Koster Lighthouse . . Segelskiaer Stromstad, Church Waderobod, Light Hallo Lighthouse Maseskar Lighthouse .... Marstrand, Carlsten Light Winga Lighthouse Gotheborg Town ° - /. 58 24 5 58 27 58 31 30 58 36 10 58 42 40 5S 46 58 52 58 52 10 58 59 45 58 59 30 58 58 5 59 2 59 10 45 59 54 42 58 59 15 58 54 10 58 46 35 58 56 18 58 32 55 52 20 11 58 5 50 57 53 40 57 38 57 41 55 8 47 45 8 52 15 8 59 40 9 5 5 9 15 9 5 28 9 23 45 9 36 15 9 45 50 10 3 30 10 9 10 10 32 5 10 36 15 10 43 28 10 47 20 11 30 59 50 11 2 15 13 40 20 20 35 36 20 50 40 14 50 14 10 14 13 The Trigonometrical Sui vey, &c, as before stated. The Trigonometrical Sur- vey, by Lieutenant Seine, and Messrs. Diriks and "VVille. NOTES. 1. Coast of Norway.— The Trigonometrical Survey of the Western Coasts of Norway to the northward of Trondhjem, was commenced by Lieut. Vibe, assisted by Lieuts. Paludan and Hagerup, in June, 1828, by order of the Norwegian Government. It was continued by those officers, under the direction of Captain Vibe, to the frontiers of Russian Lapland, till 1849. Their elaborate charts, published at intervals, between 1835 and 1S49, show the extraordinary features of this coast — a complete labyrinth of islets and rocks — which all written descriptions must utterly fail in giving any notion of. We have given the positions of the more prominent land-marks, but there are few points which can be made available for the mariner's use, except the information afforded by their valuable charts. 2. Trondhjem, &c. — The ancient cathedral of Trondhjem or Drontheim, once one of the finest in Europe, was the northern limit of the survey carried on by the Danish Government, prior to the transfer of the courts to Sweden. The coasts to the South were trigonometrically and astronometrically surveyed by Com- missioner N. A. Vibe, before mentioned, assisted by Lieut. D'Aubert and Capt. C. F. Grove, as far as Stavanger and Egefield. The charts issued under Admiral Klint (a well-known name), leave little to be desired, and the nature of the country, the geological formation being of primary gneiss, granite, and other very hard rocks, will prove that but little change can arise from the wear of the sea. 3. Ekersund or Eggersund, &c— The charts of the South Coast of Norway, between 20 POSITIONS OF PLACES. Eglefield and Jedderen and Christiansand, were published in 1800. The triangulation was carried on by the same officers as before mentioned, Captains Grove and Vibe, and Lieut. D'Aubert. This section of the coast is dependant on the positions of Stavanger and Christiansand Churches. Lindersntes, or the Naze of Norway, as it is generally called, was made by the triangulation to be in latitude 57' 58' 0" X. By the astronomical observations of Messrs. Rich and Vibe, in 1781, 57" 58' 48" N. Between Ekersund and Christiansand, the triangulation was re-examined in 1855-6, by Lieutenant Schie, assisted by Herr C. Dinks and Lieutenant H. Wille ; between Aret dal and Jomfruland, these operations were carried on by the same officers in 1853-5. The portion of coast between Arendal and Christiansansand was examined in 1854-5, by Herr Diriks and Lieut. Wille, under Major Vibe. The variation of the compass is now decreasing at the rate of 6' to 6' 30" per annum. 5.— DENMARK, GERMANY, HOLLAND, AND BELGIUM. LAT. N. LOXG. K. AUTHORITIES. "West Coast of Denmark. Skagen or Skaw Point, New Lighthouse Hirtshals, Lighthouse .... Venneberg, Church LSkken, Lifeboat-house . . Borglum Ivloster, mansion Bolbierg Bluff (360 ft.) .... Hantsholm, Lighthouse . . Klitmolle Blokkenbierg Hon Channel, entrance. . . . Bovbierg Head Light .... Husby, Church llolmsland, New Sogm Church Ringkiobing, Church, 5 miles inland Nymind Gab, entrance Biaavands Huk, extreme . . Horn Reef, Outer patch, 16 feet Hjerting, landing-place . . Fano, Nordby North beacon Mano, Church Romo, St. Clemens Church Sylt Island, Lighthouse on List, or North end. . . . ■ Rode Klif, or Red Cliff Light ■ Hornum Odde, Sta- tion in Survey Amrum, St. Clemen's Church at Nebel Amrum, Lighthouse at S. end Fartrapdyb, entrance .... Smalldypt, outer buoy .... 44 9 34 45 27 28 22 22 5 9 7 6 50 2 15 49 45 42 40 30 40 16 30 56 16 55 56 5 30 55 47 55 33 30 55 30 55 31 33 55 27 30 55 16 25 55 6 55 55 3 10 54 57 42 54 45 5S 54 39 22 54 38 28 54 36 54 30 o . U - 10 37 56 13 40 9 56 30 9 49 30 9 42 9 47 40 8 59 30 8 36 40 14 50 8 30 8 14 56 8 13 8 7 10 8 10 45 15 10 8 10 55 8 15 8 11 25 S 4 15 7 41 5 8 21 10 15 10 S 23 30 8 31 40 8 32 30 S 23 40 15 40 S 20 8 10 32 8 21 35 8 22 32 8 13 30 8 17 i The Chart published by the Danish Government, 1841. POSITIONS OF PLACES. DENMARK, GERMANY, HOLLAND, ETC.— Continued. 21 TAR. LAT. N. LONG. E. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Fohr Island, Wyk Church . Dagebiill Harbour Light. . Husum, Church 54 41 25 54 43 40 54 28 15 54 20 15 54 17 10 54 IS oo 54 7 40 54 10 49 54 5 30 54 10 53 57 10 53 58 30 53 oo 3 53 53 20 53 52 28 53 47 25 53 32 45 53 31 59 53 54 53 44 15 8 34 12 8 41 20 9 3 10 8 36 25 8 39 S 56 30 8 51 50 7 53 8 37 50 8 18 30 S 21 35 8 31 50 8 29 50 8 41 18 8 42 20 9 25 50 9 56 39 9 58 31 7 49 8 21 30 8 14 40 8 18 32 8 31 15 8 42 48 8 35 8 1 22 8 9 20 8 7 43 7 53 59 7 51 5 7 42 7 35 55 7 29 7 22 50 7 9 50 7 8 35 7 14 14 14 13 14 15 15 40 45 15 40 40 10 Ording, Church Eiderstedt, Hitz Bank bea- con Tonning, South Church . . Helgoland, Lighthouse. . . . Bosch Sand beacon [1] Elbe River, Outer Light The Survey made by the Prussian Admiralty, 1858, 1859-1868. Scharhorn Beacon . . Lightvessel, No. 3 . . Neuwerk High Lighthouse Kiigel or Ball Beacon .... Cuxhaven Lighthouse .... Gluckstadt, Pier Light. . . . Altona, Observatory Hamburg, Observatory . . Weser River, Outer Light- ■ Ever Sand Beacons Bremen Beacon Light- Longwarden, Cnurch .... Bremcrhaven, Church .... Bremen, Observatory .... Jade River, Minsener Oldc Oog Beacon 53 30 20 53 32 48 53 4 36 53 46 45 53 38 53 31 53 31 3 53 47 28 53 47 32 53 45 30 53 45 25 53 45 53 44 5 53 4 3 20 53 42 23 53 40 40 Hooksicl, Windmill AVilhelmshafcn, Navy Har- Wangeroog Lighthouse . . Church Langcroog, beacon on Os- tcrende Baltrum, village at W. end ■ , Conversation House . Juist, Eastern Village .... Coast of Holland. [2] Borkum, Light-tower .... Dclfzyl, Church 53 35 10 53 32 20 53 19 58 53 22 2 53 29 19 53 20 12 53 21 40 6 40 16 6 31 46 6 55 38 7 12 15 6 9 42 6 38 31 5 12 54 15 30 i The Great TRTANGULATION by Baron KrayenhofF, and the Surveys of Admiral Kyk, Cap- tains Keuchenius, and Van Emden, Church Schiermonuik-oog, High Lighthouse lihyn. Ameland, Hollum Church Terschelling, Brandaris 22 POSITIONS OF PLACES. DENMARK, GERMANY, HOLLAND, ETC.— Continued. Ha lingen, W. Ch. Tower . Viieland, Lighthouse neai East end Viieland, Posthitis near W. end Franeker, Steeple Makkum, Church Tower . . Bolsward, Church Tower. . Hindeloopen, Tower Stavoren, Church Tower . . Urk Island, Church Tower Vollenhoven, Station. . . . Muiden Church Amsterdam, WestTow r erof Cathedral [3] Monnikendam Enkhui^en, Church Tower Wieringen Oosterland Tower Eyerland, beacon at N.E. point Tevel, Oostereind Tower „ Hoorn, Church Tower "Willemsoord, Time-ball on Palace [5" Kykduin Lighthouse .... Calandsoog, Steeple Egmond aan-Zee, Lightho Noord Zee Haven, entrance Zandvoort, Lighthouse . . . Nordwyk, Lighthouse . . . Katwyk, Lighthouse . . . Leiden, Observatory [4] . Scheveningen Lighthouse Hook of Holland Canal, N. mole-head Light Voorne Island, Brielle Lighthouse „ Hellevoetsluis, Time-ball on the Hospital Goedereede, Church Tower Light ,, Stone Beacon Light, on North side .... Schouwen Island, Brou- wershaven Mill „ Renesse, East Light ,, Lighthouse at West end ,, Zierikzee, Gt. Tower Walcheren Island, Veere Great Tower ,, West Kapelle, Light on Church Tower . i. Middelburcr Tower VAH. LAT. N. LONG. E. Wl- *T, 187 8-9 <• . o 53 10 29 24 45 53 17 48 5 o 31 16 15 53 14 44 5 59 3 53 11 14 5 32 42 o3 3 < 111 40 28 49 39 55 49 43 21 49 42 52 49 43 22 49 27 49 10 33 49 10 40 48 52 13 49 22 27 48 50 7 ■IS 41 5 48 40 33 48 38 45 -is 38 58 ■IS 45 ■IS 40 2 48 ■31 54 48 54 oo 48 51 20 48 52 46 48 44 45 48 31 20 48 28 31 48 18 40 48 •33 40 -is 21 44 48 19 49 48 21 29 48 23 20 48 14 48 48 2 22 48 2 35 48 3 47 47 53 47 43 17 -17 38 55 -17 42 31 47 18 43 47 21 1 47 20 32 47 17 53 47 14 33 1 37 14 1 42 1 57 21 2 22 7 2 22 42 2 33 2 7 18 2 14 50 1 49 40 1 48 31 1 36 52 2 19 15 2 28 53 2 29 24 2 34 36 2 39 58 2 48 35 2 59 21 3 5 17 3 10 40 3 29 33 4 1 42 1 -is 20 5 3 31 4 oo 4 38 5 4 47 31 4 47 57 3 32 10 4 28 14 4 2S 38 4 44 3 4 52 9 2 4 22 36 3 57 21 3 30 41 3 20 34 3 13 43 3 13 55 2 52 11 2 38 9 2 15 19 10 19 40 19 20 19 15 20 2^ 20 10 AUTHORITIES. 19 20 19 The Survey by Captain Martin White, R.N., and Mr. Richards. The excellent Surveys of the Coast by the French En- gineers, under the direction of M. Beautemps Beaupre, 1830, 1831. The account of the operations has been drawn up by M. Begat. The HYonoGRAraic Sur- veys of the Western Coasts of France, made under the direction of M. Beautemps Beaupre; an exposition of which, by M. Daussy, -was published at Paris, by autho- rity, in the years 1829 and 1839. 26 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF FRANCE— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Pilier, Lighthouse He d'Yeu, Lighthouse . . . St. Gilles sur Vie La Chaume, Lighthouse . Sables d'Olonne, Jetty Lt. house He de Re, Baleine Light- house „ Port of St. Martin Rochelle, Harbour Light . Olcron, Chassiron Light- house Isle of Aix, Harbour Light Point de la Coubre, Light Port of Royan, Light . . . Cordouan Lighthouse . . . Pauillac, Harbour Light . Bordeaux, "West Point of St. Andre Point de Grave, Lighthouse Beacons Fast of Capbreton La Tete de Buch Signal Tower of the River Adour Bayonne Biaritz, Lighthouse Socoa, Harbour Light .... St. Jean de Luz, Jetty Lt.- house 47 2 36 46 43 5 46 41 46 46 29 42 46 29 28 46 14 44 46 12 26 46 9 21 46 2 52 46 36 45 41 30 45 37 8 45 35 14 45 11 55 44 50 16 45 34 29 43 39 26 44 37 57 43 31 36 43 20 26 43 29 38 43 23 44 43 23 16 2 21 55 2 23 1 55 14 1 47 50 1 47 35 1 33 48 1 33 48 1 9 30 24 47 10 48 15 25 1 54 10 30 44 46 39 55 1 3 39 1 25 44 1 8 13 1 30 6 1 27 57 1 33 40 1 41 19 1 39 57 18 20 17 40 18 5 The Hydrographic Sur- veys. Remarks. It is to be remarked, that the longitudes, as given in the Con~ naissance des Temps, compared with those in the Charts of the Pilote Franeais, constructed be- tween 1S1C and 1827, under the direction of M. BeautempsBeau- pre, showed a difference amount- ing to, at the least, 51*.5, Ihe former survey being so much less, which is occasioned by the later determination of the geo- graphical position of Crozon, near Brest, as explained in the note. The corrected longitudes are given in the table. NOTES. ParIS. — The grand operations, in point of accuracy, for the determination of the length of the degrees of the meridian, have taken place since 1783. In that year a memorial was transmitted by M. Cassini de Thury to the Right Hon. Charles James Fox, then Secretary of State. This application caused the operations by General Roy, already explained which afterwards extended into a General Survey. This gentleman, in England, acted in conjunction with Messrs. Cassini, Mechain, and Legendre, in France; but it unfortunately happened that the results of the two parties did not exactly agree — that of the British being, for the difference of longitude, 2° 19' 51", while that of the French was 1° 23' 15". In order to determine this question, the subject was resumed in 1821, on the suggestion of the French authorities. The operations were consequently repeated under the direction of commissioners, nominated respectively by the Academy of Sciences and the Royal Society. An account of the operations and results have been given in the " Transactions', of the latter, and the determination was that 2° 20' 22" is the difference between the meridians of Paris and Greenwich. It was also attempted in 1825, by the respective governments on a plan suggested, we believe, by the late Sir John Hcrschel, and Captain (now General Sir Edward) Sabine, and Colonel Bonne, of Simultaneous observations of rocket signals at a chain of stations ; but they failed on the French side, and the result 2° 20' 22', was not considered satisfactory. Notwithstanding the immense labour and consummate skill employed in these measure- ments, the results obtained were doubtful, and it was reserved for the private meaDs of a POSITIONS OF PLACES. 27 commercial association to settle the question by means of the electric telegraph. The death of M. Arago, delayed the French preparations which were organized when M. le Vcrrier became Superintendent of the Paris Observatory, and several thousand signals were transmitted in 185* so many, in fact, that a large portion were rejected, leaving 1,700, or nearly 2,000, which vcre thought unexceptionable. Each observation is probably as accurate as the mean of all former observations, and the means of all show previous results to be in error nearly a second of time (a large quantity in astronomy), and which, corrected, is nearly certain to its hundredth part. The mean result of these final electric observations, is that the D.L. between Greenwich and Paris Observatories, is 9™ 20 s .63 of time, or 2° 20' 9 ".15 in arc. We have been more diffuse, perhaps, than necessary on this point, but it is perhaps the most important geodetical operation ever undertaken. 2. The re-examination of the northern coasts of France and the triangulated Survey of the western shores was originated in 1814, by a memorial addressed to Louis XVIII. by Admiral Rosily, and Admiral llossel, but from political events it was not commenced till 1816, and then Beautemps Beaupre started the survey from Brest. The triangnlation was based upon the carefully observed position of the Tour de Crozon, and carried out by M. F/aussy down to the frontiers of Spain. The noble Atlas, afterwards completed, is the best eulogy that can be pi'esented for these important works. The variation OF THE compass is decreasing at the rate of about 7' 30" per annum. 7.— COASTS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL. North Coast of Spain [1] Cape La Higuera, Lightho. Fuenterrabia Port Pasagcs, Cape La Plata Lighthouse . San Sebastian, Mt. Igualdo Lighthouse Guntaria, Atalaya or Tower Motrico, Atalaya Cape Machichaco, Light- house Punta Galea, Lighthouse . . Portugalete Bilbao, Bridge Castro Urdiales, Santa Ana Castle Light Santona, Light building on Mount Cape Ajo, extreme Santander, Mouro Island Lighthouse Cape Mayor, Lighthouse . . San Martin de la Arena, Suances Church Cape Oyambrc, extreme . . San Vicente de la Barquera, Lighthouse Llanes, San Pedro Point . . Cape Prietro, extremity . . VAR. LAT. ] V. LONG. w. WEST, 1878-9 G / 43 22 35 O 1 46 58 18 5 43 21 46 1 47 43 20 21 1 56 33 43 19 28 2 26 18 15 43 18 50 2 12 30 43 20 2 24 25 43 28 2 49 20 43 22 36 3 4 2 43 20 3 3 43 15 10 2 55 25 18 25 43 24 10 3 Hi 6 43 27 30 3 16 40 43 32 3 26 25 43 28 37 3 45 43 43 30 15 3 47 6 18 45 43 26 10 4 35 43 25 30 4 20 55 43 23 30 4 25 10 43 27 30 4 45 40 43 2S 48 4 50 40 AUTHORITIES. The valuable surveys of Don Vicente Torino, and Don Josef Varela, of the Spanish Marine, and of Major Franzini, of the Portuguese Royal Engineers, corrected by later observations of M. Saulnicr de Vauhcllo, Captain Florcz, Captain W. H. Smyth, R.N., and others. 28 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.— Continued. LAT. N. Sella Pi., East point near Pvivadcsella Cape Lastres ' Gijon, Sta. Catalina Point Lighthouse ,, Cape Torres Cape Peiias. Lighthouse . . Aviles, R. Forcada Point. . Cudillero, Revallera Point Light Cape Bidio, extreme Cape Busto, Lighthouse . . Ria de Navia, Campel Pt. . Orrio de Tapia Island, Lighthouse Rivadeo, Pancha Island Lighthouse Foz, Point de los Cairos . . Port Vivero, Socastro Pt.. . Estaca Point, Lighthouse . Cape Ortegal, extreme Candelaria Point, Tower . . Cedeira, Point Pantin .... Cape Prior, Lighthouse . . Cape Priorino, Lighthouse on the Little Cape . . . Ferrol, West Mole .... [2] Coruna, Tower of Hercules Light „ St. Antonio Castle Sisargas Island, Lighthouse on I. Mayor Cape Villano Lighthouse. . Camarinas, Mole West Coast of Spain. Cape Torihana, extreme Cape Fiuisterre, Lighthouse on South extreme Corcubion, Lt. on Cape Ce Remedios Point, extreme . . Muros Bay, Lourp Mount on North side Cape Corrobcdo, Light .... Falcoeiro Point, extreme . . Arosa Bay, Sta. Eugenia Church ,, Salbora Island. Light on South point . . ,, Carril Church. ,, Arosa Island, Light on North point . . Onza Island, Galera Point . Pontevedra Bay, Cape Udra ,- Pontevedra, centre 43 31 43 33 20 43 35 13 43 37 43 42 20 43 38 30 43 30 10 43 38 43 3(3 10 43 34 30 43 35 3G 43 34 40 43 35 25 43 43 28 43 47 30 43 46 10 43 41 50 43 40 48 43 33 40 43 27 50 43 28 35 43 23 43 22 43 21 50 43 9 50 43 8 43 4 30 LONG. W. 5 4 17 45 5 38 2 5 39 5 50 20 5 56 9 3 6 15 6 28 48 6 44 20 6 58 26 7 4 15 7 16 7 37 40 7 43 24 7 56 50 8 3 8 6 5 8 19 9 8 20 33 8 14 25 8 24 8 8 22 5 8 50 13 9 12 58 9 10 40 9 17 VAR. WEST, 1878-9. 42 52 39 9 15 24 42 54 50 9 10 8 42 47 45 9 7 35 42 44 30 9 3 30 4 2 34 38 9 4 4S 42 31 9 1 3 42 33 !) 57 57 42 27 50 9 23 42 36 40 8 45 42 34 8 8 51 58 42 20 7 8 54 30 ■12 20 8 48 50 42 25 30 8 37 20 18 50 19 25 20 10 21 15 20 50 AUTHORITIES. The Charts publishen by the Spanish Government, &c. 21 13 20 5c POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.— Continued. 29 LAT. N. Bayona or Cies Islands, Ca- ballo, or North Point . . „ Middle Island, Light on Mount Faro . . Bayona Is., Boeiro Island, off South end Vigo Bay, Cape Hombre, rock off „ Vigo, Castro Castle . . „ N.S. de la Guia Castle Light Vigo Bay, Cape Sentoulo, Mount Ferro Bayona Church Cape Silleiro, extreme Orullada Point, extreme . . Minho River, Mount St. Tecla Chapel Coast of Portugal. River Minho, Castillo Pt. Viana, Castello de Santiago River Neiva, entrance .... Esposende Villa do Conde River Douro, Light at N.S De Luz [3] Oporto, San Joao de Foz . . Aveiro, Town Cape Mondego Lighthouse Peniche, Lighthouse on Cape Carvoiero Berlengas, Light on Great Island Farilhoens, centre Cape Roca, Lighthouse Tagus River, Bugio Fort Light LISBON, Observatory [4] Cape Espichel, Lighthouse Setuval or St. Ubes, Light on Fort d'Outao Cape Sines, Fort Cape Sardao Cape St. Vincent, Convent Light Gorringe or Gettysburg Bank, shoalest spot . . Lagos, principal Church Piedade Point Villa de Nueva de Pontinao Baliera Point Cape Santa Maria, Light long. e. VAE. WEST, 1878-9. / // 42 14 50 42 12 2 42 10 12 42 14 45 42 13 35 42 15 6 42 8 50 42 6 45 42 6 42 1 41 5 50 41 50 6 41 41 25 41 37 30 41 37 41 21 30 41 9 9 41 8 48 40 38 40 12 39 21 8 39 25 39 29 38 46 G 38 39 38 42 25 38 24 9 38 31 9 38 37 31 30 37 2 54 30 31 30 37 8 40 37 6 54 36 7 30 37 3 36 56 8 53 25 8 54 6 8 52 56 8 50 40 8 41 30 8 41 2 8 49 8 49 8 52 7 8 53 S 49 25 48 30 43 45 42 39 30 35 37 10 37 39 30 oo 12 9 24 10 9 30 17 9 31 56 9 30 9 IS 9 9 7 32 9 13 S 53 8 51 8 49 9 51 11 35 30 8 37 45 8 37 30 8 31 10 8 14 7 46 21 20 ob 20 50 AUTHORITIES. The Charts published by th Stanisii Government &e. 20 30 20 10 20 19 30 Capt. Sir Edward Belcher, R.N., 1833. 30 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COASTS OF SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. South Coast of Spain. Guadiana lliver, Ayamonte Mouth Odiel River, Lights for Huelva Guadalquiver River, Pta. de Malandar Liglit San Lucar de Barrameda, great Church Chij)iona, Church Tower Light CADIZ, San Fernando Ob- servatory [5] San Sebastian Castle Cape Trafalgar, Tower on West side Pta. Gracia, Tower Mt. Sella del Papa, summit (1567 feet) Pt. Paloma Tarifa, Lighthouse on South point Pta. Acebuche Carnero Tower Algesiras, Vete I. Light . . Gibraltar, New Mole Light Europa Point, Victoria Lighthouse 37 11 37 13 22 36 47 20 36 45 5 36 44 15 36 27 45 36 31 10 36 10 45 36 5 5 36 6 16 36 36 20 35 59 47 36 2 48 36 4 30 36 7 15 36 7 20 36 6 22 7 18 6 51 6 21 6 22 6 25 6 12 6 18 6 2 5 49 5 46 5 42 5 36 5 28 5 25 5 26 5 21 5 21 18 40 18 30 18 30 18 5 The Charts published by the Spanish Government, &c. NOTES. 1. The North Coast of Spain.— The whole of the North coasts of Spain were excel- lently surveyed and delineated by Don Vincente Tofiiio de San Miguel in the years 1787-91 ; at the same period that our hydrography was being enriched by the talent and labours of Mackenzie, Spence, and others. The Spanish charts, still most useful, exhibit the minute details of this ironbound coast with such fidelity, that but little change has been found necessary upon a re-examination. This, doubtless, is in some degree owing to the geolo- gical structure of the country, which, devoid of sloping beaches, presents a much more effective barrier to the degrading action of the sea, while the South-west Coast of France at the bottom of the Bay of Biscay, is embarrassed by these immense collections of sand, &c, the debris of the coasts to the West of it, which is carried thither by the prevalent wind-waves and currents. But while the details of this survey are so excellent, later, and more correct observations show that there are some great errors in the relative position of the principal points. This was detected, among other operations, by the early observations of M. Bory, and perhaps by the Spanish Surveys, which were taken possession of by the French, at the investment of Madrid. Later, the survey made by M. Saulnier de Vauiiello, of the French Marine, showed that Cape Machichaco was placed nearly 10' too far eastward, and other points from 4' upwards, also too far to the East. These great errors are now, if not entirely removed, so nearly adjusted, that the discrepancies are too small to affect naviga- POSITIONS OF PLACES. 31 tion. The positions, especially the longitudes, given in the table, are in accordance with the charts published by the Deposito Hidrografico at Madrid in 1846. 2. Coast ov Galicia. — The North-west coast of Spain was re-examined by Captain Don J. F. Florez, of the Spanish Navy, in 1835-6. His survey seems to show the accu- racy of his predecessor Tofiiio. The positions of Captain Florez have been followed. 3. River Douro. — This river was surveyed by Commander (afterwards Sir Edward) Belcher, R.N., in 1833. His determinations, which coincide with those made by Admiral Smyth, when a lieutenant, in 1811-12, serve to correct the positions previously given by Tofiiio. In former editions of this work, we had to acknowledge our obligations in this as in many other instances, to Admiral Smyth, for his improvements in hydrography. It is sufficient here to repeat them. 4. — Lisbon. — The longitude of Lisbon had been previously assumed as 9° 8' 40", being a mean result of observations made by the astronomers De la Caille, Pingre, and Messier, according to a great number of eclipses of the first satellite of Jupiter. The occultation of a star by the moon, October 5, 1753, with a corresponding one at Paris, gave one minute more. Captain Fitzwilliam Owen, in the memoir of his important expeditions to Portugal and Africa, assigns to the Arsenal of Lisbon 38° 42' 18' N., and 9° 8' 54" W., from observa- tions made in H.M.S. Leven, in 1819 and 1822. It is now considered to be 9° 7' 31".8 W. 5. — Cadiz. — The position of the Observatory in the city of Cadiz is established as 36° 32' 0" N., and 6' 17' 30" W. The New Observatory (Real Observatorio) of San Fernando, in the Isle of Leon, is in 36' 37' 43" N., and 6° 12' 16" W. 6. Gibraltar, &c. — Mr. Charles llumker gives the position of Europa Point, Gibraltar, as 36° 5' 15" W. — (Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, vol. i. p. 322.) Captain Bauza, of the Hydrographic Establishment at Madrid, gave Tarifa in 36° 0'. This accords with Mr. Rumker ; but Captain Livingston made the latitude of Europa Point, by sextant and arti- ficial horizon, in 1820, 36° 6' 10", and exactly the same on another day, by the sea horizon. Captain Smyth has given Gibraltar in 36° 6' 30", and 5° 21° 12'. It is to be observed that Lieutenant Raper adopts 5° 21' 17" as the longitude of the Mole (or Europa Point in 5° 22' 0"), and this is from the observations of Captain Smyth ; Captain Shirreff, 5° 20' 16"; and Captain Vidal, 5* 21' 42". This position is important, as it affects longitudes of the West Coast of Africa. The variation of the compass is decreasing at the rate of from 5' in the S.W. portions of the coast, to 6' or T per annum in the Eastern parts. 8.— COAST OP AFEICA. LAT. N. VAR. long. w. WEST, 1878-9. 5 17 3 18 5 25 5 45 12 5 48 40 5 56 6 6 9 18 25 6 25 6 36 4 58 15 7 30 6 45 30 6 46 7 20 AUTHORITIES. Ceuta, Almina Point Light Sierra Bullones or Apes Hill (summit) Tangier Bay, Cape Mala- bata, tower Tangier, N.E. part of town Cape Spartel, Pitch. . . .[1] Arzilla El Araiche Old Mamora Mehedia Faz or Fez Mekinez Slaa or Salce Rabat El Mansoria [2] 35 53 38 35 53 35 35 48 50 35 47 5 35 47 35 29 30 35 12 50 34 52 30 34 18 34 6 3 33 58 30 34 2 45 34 2 30 33 46 10 Capt. C. P. de Kerhallet and M. C. A. Vincendon-Du- moulin. Capt. (aft. A dm.) Washington and Lieut. Smith, R.N., 1830. Capt. T. Botcler, R.N., 1828. Capt. Washington, R.N., 1830. Don Juan Badia y Leblich, otherwise called Ali Bey, 1804. Captains Boteler and Wash- ington, 1828 and 1830. 32 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COAST OF AFRICA— Continued. VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, AUTHORITIES. 1878-9. Point Fidallah . . 33 44 7 23 32 , Capt. Washington and Lieut. 33 33 33 33 3G 17 1.5 S 30 37 7 8 8 8 35 15 29 38 24 18 35 Smith, R.N., on the Mission to Motocco, 1829, 1830, and the Survey of Lieutenants Capo Blanco, North William Arlett & H. Kellett El Waladia 33 32 48 32 27 8 9 48 14 50 in 1835. Asfee or Saffi. 32 IS 15 9 12 Capt. T. Boteler, R.N., 1828. Marocco, centre [3] 31 37 7 36 17 50 Don Juan Badia and Captain SUERRAII or MOGODOR. . . . 31 30 30 9 46 18 40 Washington. 31 30 4 38 9 47 9 53 30 Lieut. Arlett. Capt. T. Boteler, 182S. 30 30 37 26 20 35 9 9 52 35 56 The Chevalier de Borda, 1776. Agadir or Santa Cruz .... Observations of Lieuts. Arlett 29 2S 49 45 45 9 11 48 4 10 and Kellett, R.N., 1835. Capo Nun or lnoon Porto Cansado, entrance . . 28 2 12 11 Cape Juby 27 57 50 12 51 26 25 15 14 12 30 Lieut, Arlett, &c, 1835. Cape Boiador or Bojador M 2(3 7 2 14 30 34 19 Penha Grande, summit .... 25 7 6 14 50 53 Seven Capes, Central Cape 24 41 12 15 30 Angra dos Cavallos °4 8 12 15 36 18 The Observations of Capt. W Rio do Ouro,or Gold Paver. Fitzwilliam Owen, and entrance, North point . . 23 36 18 15 58 30 those of M. le Baron Cintra Bay, North point . 23 7 16 9 15 Roussin. „ South point . . 22 5C> 30 16 1 1 10 Cape Barbas 22 2u 19 12 30 30 16 16 39 48 12 4 *** In 1830, Captain (aft. Pcdra da Gall, centre Adm. Sir Edw.) Belcher, by re- Cape Corvoeiro Cape Blanco Cape Mirik, the Down . . . Tanit Bay, the Down 21 46 44 16 56 40 peated observations, found Cape 20 I'.' 19 47 25 3 48 17 16 16 4 32 12 36 20 Blanco in lat. 20° 46' 26", long. 17° 4' 10'. H.M.S. Eslc, Captain Purchas, 1826. Angel's Hillocks, Southei j 18 29 30 16 2 The Two Palm Trees ' \ Portandik [5] I 18 18 54 16 2 12 19 10 Latitudes, Capt. Roussin, Lon- Down of Red Sand 17 25 16 12 gitude inferred by Chart, 16 55 16 25 and uncertain. Huts of J.nguiagher 16 35 24 16 30 St. Louis, Senegal, Light- house on Government 16 4! 16 31 1 19 25 Captain (afterwards Admiral Bar of the Senegal, North and Baron) Roussin, in the Point 15 00 18 16 30 years 1817 and 1818. Little Paps, near Cape Verde, northern one .... 14 5C> 24 17 4 30 Cvrii Veude, extremity . . 14 44 30 17 32 19 35 Capt. Roussin and M, Givry. Ahnadie Rocks, off Cape Verde, highest and west- 14 44 14 39 29 50 17 17 33 24 30 30 Capt. Fitzwilliam Owen. Goree, the Fort Lighthouse 14 14 31 27 30 18 17 17 7 3 20 12 Capts. Owen and Boteler. Capt. W. F. Owen, R.N., 1824. Point Serine 14 14 18 10 16 16 56 49 30 45 Capt. T. Boteler, 1829. Capts. Owen and Boteler. POSITIONS OF PLACES. COAST OF AFRICA— Continued. 33 LAT. N. River Gambia — Bathurst Town, Flag staff Bird Island, Flagstaff . . Cape St. Mary James Fort Thankrowell Elephant Isle, West Pt Yamamaroo Town McCarthy's Isle, Fort George Pisania or Pisaneea . . Bald Cape Point St. Pedro River Souta, Bird Islet . . River Casamanza, N. Point of the entrance Cape Roxo Breakers of Falulo, West Point Isle of Cayo, South Point Bissao, Portuguese Fort Bijooga Islands, &c. Papakawa Islet Areas Isle, centre .... Bolola Town, Rio Grande Bularaa Island, East end Bossessame, or Tombelly, North Point S.W. point Gallinha Isle, West Point N.E. Hog Island, East Point Kanyabac, N.E. Point . . S.W. Point . . Orango, S.E. Point .... „ West Point South Breaker Pullam Island, South Point Alcatras Island, centre .... Conflict Reef, centre Rio Nunez; Entrance, Sand Isle Rio Nunez ; Rebucko Town Cape Verga, summit Pongas River, entrance . . Mount Kakulimah Isle de Los : — Crawford Isle Establish- ment Tamara, Arethusa, or N. Point , West Point Matacong Island, centre . . "Yelleboa Island, centre. . . . N. A. 0. 13 28 13 39 12 13 30 12 13 9 40 13 25 13 20 20 13 42 13 33 13 31 54 13 22 30 13 7 15 12 43 30 12 35 20 12 21 12 5 11 49 50 11 51 11 36 30 11 41 51 11 35 11 34 42 11 29 11 19 24 11 27 42 11 20 11 18 11 11 4 I 10 12 3 12 6 10 56 18 10 51 12 10 37 12 10 30 10 36 37 10 57 10 11 40 10 2 9 45 9 27 24 9 31 9 26 30 9 14 8 55 42 LONG. W, AUTHORITIES. o , * ■ , 16 35 18 19 34 16 40 30 16 41 24 16 22 12 16 3 48 15 20 36 14 58 30 14 45 30 14 34 18 16 49 20 16 48 16 49 16 4S 16 44 40 16 38 30 16 20 15 37 6 19 42 15 54 12 15 39 15 2 18 15 30 24 15 30 15 32 12 15 46 30 15 40 42 15 43 3 19 40 15 48 12 15 55 12 16 15 30 15 57 40 15 45 6 15 26 30 15 11 14 42 14 21 48 14 28 5 14 6 19 35 13 28 13 48 30 13 40 30 13 51 30 13 25 30 14 17 45 Survey of the River Gambia, from its entrance to Pisania, by Captain Richard Owen, R.N., assisted by Messrs. E. O. Tudor and S. M. Mercer, 1826. Survey of the River Gambia, &c. Capt. Thos. Botelcr, in H.M. sloop Hecla, 1829. Capts. Roussin & W. F. Owen, 1818, 1821, 1826. Survey of the Bijooga Islands, and the adjacent Coast of Africa, by the officers of H.M.S. Leven, Capt. W. F Owen, 1826. *** In 1830, Capt. (SirEdw.) Belcher, in H.M.S. £tna, from his observations, made Pullam Island, S. end, in 10° 51' 53' N., and 15° 43' 5" W. ; the North end of Alcatraz, in 10' 3S' V N., and 15° 20' 30" W. Sandy Isle in lat. 10° 36' 3/'' N., and 14° 42' 19" W. — Geo. Journal, vol ii., pp. 284, 291, 295. Capt. (now Sir E.) Belcher. Lieut, Austin, in the African, 1827. Captain (Sir Edw.) Belcher. Captain W. F. Owen, in the Leven, 1826 ; confirmed by 34 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COAST OF AFRICA— Continued. Parrot Island, centre. . . . Cape Sierra Leone ; ex- tremity, Lighthouse. .[6 Sierra Leone, King Tom's Point , Freetown, Citadel False Cape, extremity . . Cape Chilling, or Shilling Banana Isles, highest peak , West Point Plaintain Islands, Gillmorris , Bengal Rocks Tassa, extreme point. . . . Turtle Isles ; North Island, centre Cape St. Anne, extremity. . Shoals of St. Anne : — Northern extremity .... Southern extremity .... Western limit York Isle, in Sherbro' River, Huts Shebar, Sherbro' River. . . . Boom Kittam River, Forks Paver Galinhas, entrance.. Cape Mount (1,046 feet). Western Beach St. Paul's River, entrance. . Cape Mesurado, extremity (Lighthouse) Monrovia, Govt. House. . . . Junk River ; Marshall, an American Settlement Agent's House Bassa, Director's House . . River Sestros, or Grand Ces- tos, South entrance . . Baffou Point Bloc Bara,oi B".rbarra Fac- tory, Sinou Middle Ncefoo, or Niffou Cape Palmas, Lighthouse Tahou Grand Hereby St. Andrew's River, King George's lowii, within Swortou Corner Jcllafotfee Pivtt Fresco, or Rio de La- gos, off the Mouth Giund Lahou Jack Jaques Assinee River, Anchorage S.E. of the Mouth Apolionia Fort St. Anthony LAT. N. 8 53 8 30 8 30 6 8 29 42 8 25 48 8 9 30 8 5 48 8 5 7 55 12 7 54 36 7 55 30 7 40 48 7 34 7 56 7 31 30 7 38 LONG. W. AUTHORITIES. o O / 13 15 19 35 13 17 35 13 14 30 13 14 18 13 17 48 13 10 12 13 16 12 13 15 12 13 3 12 13 2 48 13 2 12 himself in the Eden, and by Captain Purchas in the Esk, 1827. 13 4 12 57 (Not os- certaiued) 13 29 32 12 26 42 22 48 12 31 30 14 24 12 8 36 1 11 3$ 5 6 43 6 22 6 19 15 6 19 5 6 8 6 5 54 50 5 26 25 5 9 10 59 15 45 3 22 9 24 47 39 3 4 57 8 5 51 5 1 8 5 8 3 5 11 8 5 3 5 4 58 45 4 52 18 19 37 Caprain W. F. Owen, in tb Levtn 1S26. 11 21 9 19 35 ' 10 37 10 49 O | 10 48 55 19 35 1 10 22 45 1 10 4 5 9 34 45 | 9 17 30 i i i Cupt. A.T. E. Vidal, in H.M. ships Etna and Raven, 1835 to 1839. 9 2 o 8 32 2 7 M 16 7 21 30 6 54 30 3 47 5 52 20 5 32 5 4 57 40 4 26 8 3 12 7 2 35 5 2 14 45 19 31 19 10 POSITIONS OF PLACES. 35 COAST OF AFRICA— Continued. Cape Three Points Acquidah Dixcove Elmina, or St. George del MiDa Cape Coast Castle :— Southern Turret, Time- ball Mauree, or Moree, Flagstaff Annamboe, Flagstaff Cormantine, Flagstaff .... Tantumquerry, Flagstaff . . Tantumquerry, Extreme Point Devil's Hill, summit Barracoe, Point Accra, British flagstaff the Ningo, Fort Volta River, entrance Cape St. Paul Quitta, flagstaff Padiana, Town Little Popoe, Road . . Grand Popoe, Road . . Whydah, or Ajudah . . Appee Porto Novo ; Hill „ ,, Road . . Badagry, Mount „ Road Lagos River, entrance Lagos River, End of Sandy Beach Benin River, N.W. Point. . Rio dos Esclavos Terra Formosa, West point Terra Formosa, Eastern pt. River Nan or Quorra, the Bar (2 fathoms) [7] Rio Bento or Second River Rio St. Nicolas, or Third River New Calabar River, Fochc Point Bonny River, Rough Coi- ner Old Calabar River, Tom Shot's Point, West o! the Entrance Backasey Gap, East of the Entrance , Bimbia Isle Cape Camaroens Camaroens Mountain, peal LAT. N. LONG. W. 4 44 30 4 45 27 4 47 45 5 5 5 5 25 5 7 30 5 10 12 5 10 30 5 13 30 5 12 30 5 18 36 5 29 5 32 5 45 5 47 18 5 44 30 5 54 36 5 57 42 6 10 6 19 6 19 30 6 22 6 20 6 19 6 24 6 20 6 24 6 20 5 43 5 34 4 28 4 19 24 4 15 4 17 4 18 4 22 40 4 23 40 4 36 29 57 53 13 AUTHORITIES. o // . 2 5 45 2 2 8 1 56 40 1 22 30 1 12 5 19 1 12 1 7 12 1 5 36 46 48 39 24 11 30 19 10 East. 1 48 42 18 52 18 54 IS 57 18 1 36 1 46 2 5 2 25 2 34 2 34 2 43 30 3 47 48 3 22 IS 20 4 27 5 4 18 20 5 5 48 5 41 30 5 54 33 5 oo 6 15 6 24 7 7 7 18 15 8 19 8 32 9 13 48 9 9 12 17 50 George Maclean, Esq. Capt. W. F. Owen, in the Eden, 1827; and Captain Puvchas, in the Esk, same year. Long, of Accra, by 4 good chro- nometers of H.M.S. Dryad. Capt. Hayes, in Feb. 1832, 6° 16' 20" W., lat. 5° 32' 27" N. Captain Vidal. Captains Owen and Purchas. Capt. Kelly, in the Pheasant. Captains Owen and Purchas. Captain B. M. Kelly. Captain Purchas. Captain B. M. Kelly. Captain Vidal. Captain Purchas. Capt. A. T. E. Vidal, in II. M. sloop Barracoul/i, 1S26. [Longitude of the Bar of the Quorra, Captain William Allen, 1S33.) Captain Vidal, in the Etna, arSpCt^otain Purchas, in the Esk,\S27 ; and Capts. Vidal and Boteler, 1826. 36 POSITIONS OF PLACES. COAST OF AFRICA— Continued. LAT. N. Rumby Mountains, highest peak Qua Mountain . Corisco Island, N.W. point Cape Esterias Point Clara Cape St. John Gaboon River, Round Cor- ner Cape Lopez AFRICAN ISLANDS. Fernando Po: — Clarence Peak ....... Cape Bullen, Northern Extremity Adelaide Islet Point William, Flagstaff Cape Horatio, N.E. Ex- tremity Cape Vidal, E. Extremity Cape Barrow, S. Rock . . Cape Eden, S.W. Extr. Cape Badgley, W. Extr. Charles' Folly, N.W. Ex. Goat Isle, Centre Princes' Island, the Bro- thers near St. Thomas's Island : — Cabrita Isle Anna de Chaves, Road . . Rolas' Isle [on the Lin*) Anxobon ; East Point 4 57 o lj 55 54 37 48 30 30 1 9 40 18 5 South. 36 12 North. 3 35 3 47 25 3 34 48 3 45 36 3 46 15 3 39 18 3 11 30 3 15 30 3 19 42 3 26 48 3 31 1 23 27 25 30 S Dutr t. 1 25 LONG. E. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. 9 18 8 51 9 19 45 9 21 9 20 30 9 21 35 9 20 8 45 17 8 46 30 8 39 24 8 47 17 8 47 8 54 24 8 5(3 18 8 40 8 25 6 24 42 27 42 8 8 8 32 48 7 19 48 6 45 6 46 6 36 30 5 42 48 18 50 17 18 40 19 10 20 Captain Vidal. Captain W. F. Owen, in the Eden, 1827. Captains Purchas and Kelly. H.M.S. North Slur. Captain Purchas. NOTES. 1. Cape Spartel.— The remarks of Mr. William Chapman, master of H.M.S. Illustrious, appear to confirm the longitude of Torino, from whom he differs only 40 seconds in latitude, which he represents as so much more to the southward. The observations of Capt. Smyth give the lat. 35" 47' 15', and the long. 5° 55' 45', by chronometer and lunars, as shown in the table. The coast, from Cape Spartel to Cape Bojador, was surveyed in the Etna and Raven, under Lieuts. Arlett and Kellet, 1835, as afterwards noticed. 2. EMPIRE of Marocco. — The points determined by Captain Washington we owe to an excellent paper, entitled "Geographical Notice of the Empire of Marocco; by the late Lieutenant (afterwards Rear-Admiral) Jno. Washington, R.N.," given in the first volume of the " Journal of the Royal Geographical Society," 1831; a communication replete with interesting and useful information. Captain Washington became Hydrographer to the Navy. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 37 3. City of Mauocco.— The scientific traveller, Don Juan Badia y Lehlich, commonly called AH Bey, from his observations in 1803-4, gave the centre of Marocco as in 31° 37', and 7° 35' 30". On reference to the Astronomical Journal of Captain Washington, there appear upwards of 100 sights for determining the longitude of the city. Distances between moon and sun ; moon and stars East and West of her ; and altitudes of the moon when ".n the prime vertical— the mean results of which give the longitude of a garden at the S.W. angle of the city: long. 7° 36' W., lat. 31° 37' 20"; mean of about 20 meridian altitudes of the sun. 4. Cape Geer, &c— M. le Chevalier Jean Chas de Bovda was charged, in 1T76, by Louis XVI., with a commission to the Canary Islands and the coast of Africa, for the express purpose of making observations, and determining the chief points of the Canary Islands, &c. He was furnished with time-keepers, by which he ascertained the positions, as they have appeared in different Charts and Tables. On this expedition, M. de Borda, ir. the ship La Boussole, was accompanied by the Espiegle, M. le Chastcnet Puysegur. who afterwards composed the Pilot for St. Domingo ; also by Captain Don Josef Varela, and another intelligent officer of the Spanish marine ; all of whom assisted in the operations. But in the years 1817-18, Captain (afterwards Baron) Roussin was employed by ths French Government in surveying the coast between Cape Bojador, in 26° 7' N., and the Isles de Los, in 9-|° ; and this officer has given, most satisfactorily, many points not before ascertained. Again, in 1820 and 1821, Captain William Fitzwilliam Owen, in H.M.S. Lcvcn, waa commissioned by the British Admiralty to examine and settle the coast from Cape Noon southward; and his observations have still further, and in a much more important degree, tended to perfect the hydrography of Western Africa. To Captain Owen's work, there- fore, we refer most particularly in the Tables ; and have only to add that there is a re- markable coincidence, in general, in the results of the two commanders ; and that even in comparing either with those of M. de Borda, the differences, practically considered, are of little moment. A survey of the Canary Islands, and the continental coast thence northward to Cape Spartel, was made by Lieutenants William Arlett and H. Kellett, commanders of the Etna and Raven, in 1835 ; the particulars of which are given in the " Jourual of the Royal Geographical Society," vol. vi., 1836, and from these we derive the positions given in the Table, as more fully shown hereafter. 5. Portandik. — The two palm trees are the first seen in sailing hither from Cape Bojador- Portandik is supposed to have been situated about a mile to the southward of this spot, but not a vestige of it remained in 1818, when it was visited by Captain Roussin. It has been ceded to France, in exchange for Albreda, on the Gambia. 6. Sierra Leone, &c. — In preparing former editions of this work, we collected a large number of observations, which had been made, from time to time, on the coast of Guinea, &c, between Sierra Leone and Cape Lopez ; they included those previously given by the officers of H.M. ships Argo, Amelia, Inconstant, Tartar, and others, and we finally appended to such as we selected for the tabular statement the following remarks : — " Although we have paid the utmost attention in the comparison of different results, charts, and descrip- tions, as shown in the tables and notes, we are by no means satisfied with the conclusions as to many points eastward of Cape Palmas and St. Andrew's Bay. Indeed, all that has yet been done by the naval officers, and others, prove only the necessity of a new series, in order to establish so much as may be correct, and to rectify so much as may not be so." Happily, such rectification has taken place, and many doubts, even on the most important points, have recently vanished. We give a specimen, on the longitude of Cape Sierra Leone. Many years ago, the late Sir George Young gave the longitude of this Cape as 12° 33' 47" ; the French tables after- ward, as 12° 34'; the requisite tables, 13' 9' 17' ; H.M.S. Argo, 1802, as 13° 12'; the Incon- stant, 1816, the same; the Amelia, in 1812, 13° 17' 30" ; the Lcvcn (Captain Owen), in 1826. 13° 18' 0" ; the Eden (Captain Owen), in 1827, 13 d 0' 10" ; Captain Sabine, Royal Artillery. 38 POSITIONS OF PLACES. in 1822, 13° 19' 0" ; and Captain Purchas, in 1827, 13' 19' 12'. Hence we adopt Captain Owen's longitude, as given in the table. It may be added, that Lieutenant Raper assumes the North Battery to be in 13° 14' 30', or nearly as in the table. By 318 lunar distances (23 sets), taken in the West Bastion of Fort Thornton, at Free- town, Captain Sabine, in 1822, made the longitude of that spot 13° 15' 11" W.; and in 1827, Captain Owen, in the Eden, made that of the Victualling Office 13' 14' 30'. Latitude of the latter, 8° 30' 6" ; of Fort Thornton, by Captain Sabine, 8' 29' 21". "Fort Thornton stands on the highest ground in its own immediate neighbourhood, excepting a small hill, on which a martello tower is built, at a distance rather exceeding a quarter of a mile. The situation of Freetown, however, may be more generally stated to be at the foot, on the northern side of the range of mountains, which, coming from the interior, finds here its termination in the sea, and gives the name to the cape, harbour, and colony of Sierra Leone ; the general height of the range, so far as it has yet been explored, is from 2,000 to 3,000 feet. The principal geological feature in the neighbourhood of Sierra Leone is a red granite, of easy and rapid decomposition." — Captain [noio General) Sir Edw. Sabine's Notes. COAST of GUINEA, between Cape Three Points and CArE Lopez, including the Islands. Although we described this portion of coast in the " Directory for the Ethiopic or Southern Atlantic Ocean," we have considered it proper to continue the series of points in the table ; and for a description of the coast, and remarks upon the positions, we refer the reader to the above work. 7. River QuorR/S. — This important river is described in the Directory mentioned in the preceding note. In tiie beautiful chart of it, by Captain William Allen, published in 1857, the East point of the entrance, formerly given by mistake in 6° 4' E., is laid down in lat. 4° 20' N., and long. 5° 55 E. The bar, with 2 to 4 fathoms over it, extends 2 leagues southward from the mouth of the river, which demonstrates the strength of the ebb tide. Within the bar is an extent of 4 miles, the depths are 6 and 7 fathoms, but diminishing thence upward. 9.— THE AZORES, OR WESTERN ISLANDS. LAT. N. LONG. W. Formigas or Ants — * Formigao or Hormigon, highest Rock 37 1G 44 Dollabarats Shoal, 11 ft. 37 14 30 Santa Mariaoi-St.Mary— Ponto do Castello, or S.E. Point Villa do Pcrto Maldebarca Rock, eff the N.W. Point [1] 3G 55 30 36 oG 30 3G 59 31 Pta. dos Matos 37 50 San Miguel or St. Mi- chael's — Ferraria or West Point. . City of Ponta Delgada, Castle Villa Franca, Island Pta. Retorta. S.W. Point Punta de la Marquesa, or East Point Pta. da Ajuda 57 51 40 44 27 44 37 48 15 37 51 50 authorities. , , • . , 24 47 6 24 35 24 43 25 25 1 30 25 9 45 25 12 3 24 4 50 25 52 24 55 25 41 15 25 42 25 10 45 25 8 25 25 19 30 The Survey made bv Captain A. T. E. Vidal, 18*42. POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE AZORES, OR WESTERN ISLANDS— Continued. 39 Morro da Ribeira Grande Porto Cape lias, Morro . . Pta. de Bretanha Terceira — Monte del Brasil, near Angra Praya, Pta. de Malma- renda Pta. de Serrata or "VV. Pt. St. George — Pta. del Topo, or Island off S.E. Point Pta. de Rosales, or N.W Point LAT. N. Graciosa— Fort at Praya Pta. de Fozo do Porto, or W. point Pico— The summit of the peak Pta. da Ilha, or E. point Magdalena Rocks, off W. point Fatal — The S.E. point, or Morro de N.S. de la Guia Caldeira, summit, 3,351 ft. Pta. da Negra, \V. point Flores — Sta. Cruz, Fort. •[2] CORVO— The Southern point, or Pta. del Pesqueiro-alto 37 50 32 37 50 30 37 54 40 38 38 33 38 44 10 38 46 LONG. W. 38 33 6 38 45 5 38 3 5 39 4 10 38 25 38 25 38 32 5 38 31 38 34 38 36 20 30 39 27 3 39 40 7 25 29 40 25 41 45 25 47 35 27 14 10 27 3 27 23 50 27 46 27 28 20 15 27 58 46 28 4 43 28 28 12 28 2 45 28 34 28 38 5 28 44 28 50 40 31 8 37 31 8 VAR. "WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. 25 35 25 45 25 50 25 55 26 40 The Survey by Capt. A. T. E. Vidal, in 1842-44. NOTES. 1. Azores. — M. Fleurieu ascertained the position of the Mount of Brasil, near Angra, in Terceira, to be 38° 38' 37" N., and 27° 12' 27" W. Torino's result was 38° 38' 10" and 27° 14' 40" a remarkable coincidence, considering the distance of time at which the observations were made. The longitude of this spot was, therefore, assumed by the Spanish commander, as the meridian referred to from the points subsequently determined. The summit of the Mount, as given by Captain FitzRoy, R.N., is in 38° 38' 35", and 27° 12' 54". Captain Alexander T. E. Vidal, R.N., who re-surveyed these islands, makes the Fort at Villa do Porto, in St. Mary's in lat. 36° 56' 30", long. 25° 9' 45" W. 2. Flores and Corvo. — The longitudes of these islands were given according to the results of Tofino ; they differ from those of Captain Vidal as now stated. The variation of the compass is decreasing at the rate of about 4' per annum. 40 POSITIONS OF PLACES. 10.— THE MADEIRA AND CANARY ISLANDS. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. MADEIRA. Town of Funchal, British Consul's Garden ....[1] Camera de Lobos Punta del Parga, the West Point Tristao, or N.W. Point.. . S. Jorge Point Cape Garajao, or Brazen Head, S.E. extremity . . Pta. de S. Lourenzo, the Lighthouse Pico Ruivo, summit, 6,056 feet Porto Santo— Villa Baleira on the South side Baixo Island, South point Dezertas — Chao Island, Sail Rock. . Bujio Island, Agulha Pt. The Salvages— Middle of the Great Sal- vage CANARY ISLANDS. Lanzarote, or Lancerote Allegranza Isle, off the North end Port de Naos, Lighthouse FUERTAVENTURA — Isle of Lobos, Point Mar- tino, Lighthouse .... Point Jandia, the S.W Point Canaria, or Grand Ca NARY — The Isleta, or N.E. Point Point Arguineguin, or S. Point Point Aldea, the W. Pt. Tenerife, or Teneriffe — Santa Cruz, Mole Lt. [3] 28 28 33 32 38 22 32 38 35 32 48 7 32 51 25 32 49 40 32 37 18 32 43 10 32 45 33 3 30 52 59 10 32 35 45 32 24 30 8 30 29 25 30 28 57 20 28 45 25 28 3 28 11 27 44 55 28 1 Pico de Teide, summit Orotava, N.W. side Pta. de Anaga, E. Point Pta. de la Rasca, S. Pt. 28 16 35 28 25 28 33 50 2S 30 16 54 45 16 59 17 16 20 17 12 7 16 54 40 16 51 42 16 39 30 16 57 16 20 3 16 18 50 16 33 16 28 20 15 55 36 13 30 30 13 33 13 48 14 31 30 15 25 10 15 40 10 16 30 16 14 16 38 16 33 16 6 16 41 21 20 40 19 20 19 35 19 50 Capt. Matt. Flinders, H.M.S. Investigator, 1801 ; Gen. Sir Thomas Brisbane, 1821. Capt. W. Fitzwilliam Owen, 1820, 1827. Capt. A. T. E. Vidal, 1844. POSITIONS OF PLACES. MADEIRA AND THE CANARY ISLANDS— Continued. 41 LONG. W, VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. GOMERA — The Port Pta. de Calera, W. Point Palma — Sta. Cruz, on the E. side Taxacorte, on the W. side Ferro — Port de Hierro Point Orchilla, S.W. Pt. Pta. de la Restinga, S. Pt. 28 8 2cS 6 45 28 40 30 28 38 12 27 46 30 27 42 20 27 37 3 a ' o / 17 5 55 17 22 17 44 28 17 55 55 17 54 22 20 20 18 9 45 17 59 50 NOTE. 1. Funchal.— The latitude of Funchal is well ascertained. The longitude was esti- mated by M. Bory, in 1772, as 16° 56'. It is unnecessary to repeat the varying results of other observers, the differences having been decided by our respected countryman, Captain Flinders, from whose observations, in H.M.S. Investigator, 1801, the latitude of the road appeared to be 32° 37' 44', and the greatest longitude, by any of six chronometers, 16° 54' 26". Sir Thomas Brisbane, on his voyage to New South Wales (1821), obtained his time at the house of Mr. J. W. Gordon, at Funchal, by four excellent chronometers, by which the mean longitude was concluded as 16' 54' 36". At the same time the latitude of the tower, on Mr. Gordon's house, was found to be 32° 38' 19.7", and that of the Loo Rock, 32° 37' 53.8". The longitude given by Sir Thomas Brisbane was confirmed by ten Ad- miralty chronometers, under the care of Dr. Tiarks, in 1823, which gave for the longitude of the British Consul's Garden, 16 D 54' 45" (in time, l h 7 m 39 s ), the position given in the Table. Captain Fitzwilliam Owen, from observations in H.M.S. Leven, in 1820, gives the landing- place, near the Loo Castle, in 32> 37' 42" N., and 16° 55' 30' W. Captain Win. Mudge, R.N., who, with Captain Vidal, surveyed the Great Salvage in 1820, places its South side in 30' 7' 39" N., and 15° 56' 18' W. ; and he says of it— "This island is obviously of volcanic origin, and consists principally of a dark-coloured black rock, the detached parts of which, as well as the whole, exhibit strong marks of fixed magnetic polarity. Even the dust of the roads, and of the floors of the cottages, has the same character as the rock itself, and may be gathered up, like steel filings, by means of a bar magnet." 2. Tenerife. — The position of Sta. Cruz in the Table is that given by Captain Vidal in his completion of the survey of these islands (1844). The previous observations have placed the longitude generally one or two minutes more, or to the westward of those in the Table. Capt. Fitzwilliam Owen, from his observations in the Leven, 1820, gives the Mole Head in 28° 27' 54" N., and 16° 15' 0" W. The peak he gives in 28° 16' 24" N., and 16 3 39' W. The variation of the compass is decreasing at the rate of 4' or o per annum. N.A.O. 42 POSITIONS OF PLACES, 11. —CAPE VERDE ISLANDS. LAT. N. Sal or Salt Island The North Point . The South Point . BONAYISTA : — The N.W. Point The N.E. Point . The New Town . The South Point Leton Rock . . . Mayo, or Isle of May The North Point . . . English Road South Point Island of St. Iago: — Bighude, or North Point East Point Porto Praya, Quail I. [1] S.W. Point Island of Fogo: — North Point Town of N.S. da Luz . . . Brava : — Road on the West side . St. Nicholas: — East Point North Point West Point South Point 16 51 16 34 Raza, East Point 16 38 St. Lucia: — East Point . North Point 16 13 20 16 11 16 7 15 57 15 48 15 12 30 15 7 30 15 6 40 15 19 30 15 30 14 53 40 14 58 30 15 1 15 14 53 14 48 16 34 30 16 42 16 38 16 28 30 16 46 16 49 St. Vincent:— Porto Grande St. Antonio : — North Point ., West Point South Point ., East Point . . . [2] 16 54 42 17 17 16 17 LONG, w, var. "WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. o / « ' 22 54 34 22 56 4 22 55 41 22 42 31 29 25 22 55 31 23 44 23 9 4 23 12 4 13 13 4 23 10 4 23 45 34 23 25 56 23 30 34 23 44 56 24 22 24 31 i 24 43 34 24 20 5 24 21 20 24 27 24 19 24 38 30 24 42 24 47 30 25 1 12 25 6 45 20 25 23 10 25 19 25 25 5 The Survey of the Cape Verde Islands, by Lieutenants (afterwards Captains) Vidal and Mudge, R.N. ; taken by order of the Lords Commis- sioners of the Admiralty, in the years 1819, 1820, and 1821, compared with the ob- servations of Captains King, Foster, Owen, &c. NOTES. 1. PoRTO Praya. — The longitude of this place appears to be well determined ; particular attention having been directed to it by many of our most skilful navigators. Captain FitzRoy places the West point or landing-place on Quail Island (called also Gun Point), at Porto Praya, in longitude 23° 30' 0' W. Captain P. P. King had made it 23° 30' 17" j POSITIONS OF PLACES. 43 Captain Vidal, 23" 31' 28" ; and Captain Owen, 23° 31' 3' ; therefore, 23° 30' 34", the longi- tude formerly assigned to it by Mr. Purdy, in previous editions of this work, cannot be far from the truth. 2. Capt. King made Terrafal Bay, at the S.W. end, by eleven chronometers, in longitude 25° 20' 1" ; Caplain Owen made it 25° 21' 42' ; and Captain Foster, 25' 22' 56" ; therefore, from these it will be about 25 3 21' 30" ; and the West point, 25° 23' 10'. The variations of the compass are now increasing at the rate of 5' per annum. 12.— THE FiEEOE ISLES, ICELAND, GREENLAND, LABEADOE, AND NEWFOUNDLAND. The F^EROE ISLANDS.! Munkn Islet Sudti 6, Porkei ji Lando, Village Waago, Sorwaag Myggenses, West Point . . Stromo, T horshavn Ostero, Ristang N. Point Fuglo, East Point ICELAND. Snefells Jokel, 4700 feet . . Breidavik, Stapi Akra Nes Thormod's Skar, S. point. . Reikiavik C. Uukalar Beacon Reykjanes Point Grindavik Church Herdisarvik, anchorage . . Keflavik, anchorage Olfusa, entrance Piorsa, entrance Affall, entrance Markarflint, entrance .... Hohla, 5364 feet Portland Head, S. point of Iceland Ingolfs Hofde Home Fiord, entrance .... Hvalsbak Islet Rode Fiord, Krosnces .... Hornnpes, East point of Iceland Langanses, N.E. point Tiornses Grimsey Church Holar Church Skagen, Skagataa North Cape Staalbierg Huk, W. Point LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. 61 23 40 6 37 30 61 31 32 6 42 61 52 30 6 46 62 5 7 12 30 62 6 7 36 62 2 40 6 43 62 22 6 56 62 18 40 6 10 64 4S 23 50 04 46 15 23 40 64 39 40 22 30 64 25 30 22 22 64 8 20 21 59 15 64 4 50 22 45 45 63 48 22 45 50 63 49 22 35 63 51 30 21 51 15 61 50 30 21 31 30 63 52 21 15 4-3 63 46 40 20 53 13 63 37 45 20 35 30 63 31 30 20 5 63 59 19 45 63 23 45 19 12 63 4S 50 16 35 64 15 15 8 30 64 37 13 21 65 1 30 13 32 50 65 10 50 13 28 66 23 14 28 66 13 40 17 / 66 33 30 18 65 45 30 19 5 66 8 20 3 30 66 29 22 25 63 30 25 24 30 13 26 25 26 50 45 45 44 43 36 30 45 The Survey by Capt. Born, of the Danish Navy, 1790-5, published in 1806, subse- quently corrected. Mr. BjOUN GUNNLAUGS- son's Survey, 1849, and French Survey, 1859. These longitudes are G' or 8' further West than those of the Danish Survey, 1845. &c The Danish Survey, 1845, 44 POSITIONS OF PLACES. GREENLAND, LABRADOR, &c— Continued. LAT. N. AUTHORITIES. GREENLAND. [1] Land reported, 1G70 Cape Bismarck .... Pendulum Island, 3,000 feet Cape Hold-with-hope, 3,000 feet K. Francis Joseph Fiord, entrance Davy Sound, Smith Island Cape Gladstone Scoresby Sound, Cape Brewster Knighton Inlet, C. Barclay Horror Bay Cape Dan [2] Dannebrogs Oe or Isle .... Cape Lowenorn Colberger Heide Cape Mosting Cape Juel Kinarbic Cape Bille Cape Tordenskiold Cape Discord Cape Valloe Cape Farewell or Staten- huk Fiederiksdalor Ikigeit .... Arsuk Fiord, Ivugtut Frederiksbaab Godtbaab Fiord, entrance . . Holsteinborg Disko Bay, Egedesminde. „ Christianshaab „ Jakobshawn . . „ Godhavn Disko Island, E.'side, coal cliffs Hare Island (coal) N. point Upernivik Carey Islands, southern . . Hall's Rest, Tablet erected by British, 1876 Alert, Winter Q., 1875-6 . . Markham & Pan's farthest Cape Colombia (Aldrich).. Aldrich's farthest Beaumont's farthest LABRADOR [3]. Resolution Island, C. Best Cape Chidley Eclipse Har., Mt. Bache, 2,150 ft .. .. Raman. Mission Station . . 78 33 76 47 30 74 39 73 26 73 12 71 49 71 30 71 69 10 66 49 65 37 6.3 18 64 30 64 8 63 40 63 15 62 47 61 58 61 24 60 53 60 38 59 49 12 60 61 12 62 64 .5 66 56 68 42 68 48 69 12 30 69 14 19 18 30 18 31 30 20 28 22 25 22 20 21 38 21 24 33 36 38 39 40 40 40 41 12 42 42 42 55 30 20 10 30 30 7 15 50 O 42 5 20 30 45 43 53 40 45 6 48 21 49 42 52 20 53 40 53 5 51 16 51 14 53 40 70 53 10 70 28 55 72 48 56 20 o 76 40 72 20 81 38 61 40 82 27 61 20 83 20 26 63 o 83 7 45 70 30 82 21 86 82 20 51 61 21 64 55 60 30 30 64 oo 59 51 17 64 5 15 51 49 63 30 43 46 47 North German Polar Ex- pedition, 1870. 52 30 55 68 The Chart of Greenland, published by authority at Co- penhagen in 1832. to illustrate the voyage of Capt. Graah. Danish Chart, with addi- tions from U.S. Exp. under Kane and Hayes, 1854 — 1861, and Hall, 1871-2. 100 55 Alert and Discovery, 1875-6. Various authors up to 1876. POSITIONS OF PLACES. LABRADOR— Continued. 45 VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Hebron Mission Station, , * o . . o - 58 5 SO 57 38 62 51 30 62 18 Akkak Mission Station. . . . Port Manvers, entrance . . 57 62 7 56 32 45 56 26 59 61 40 30 61 13 11 Staff Commanders Max- well, 1873 5, and Chimmo, 55 49 30 58 52 1867. Hopedale Mission Station 55 27 4 60 11 49 Gull Island, North end 55 30 20 59 43 55 13 50 59 S 20 43 Aillik Bay, H. B. Co. Sta. 55 9 59 5 Webeck Har., (Cannatock- tuit), Harbour Rocks. . . . 54 54 27 58 1 51 54 55 50 54 45 10 54 11 20 57 55 40 56 50 58 25 10 Bulldof Island Hamilton Inlet, Rigoulettt „ Herring Isles, S.E. 54 19 24 57 5 Outer Gannet Island 54 O 56 32 Independent Island, S. pt. 53 50 40 56 51 30 The Wolves, S.E. one .... 53 48 16 56 19 Curlew Har., Curlew Id. . . 53 46 56 33 18 Cart wright Harbour 53 42 37 56 59 50 S. Wolf Island, S. Wolf 53 38 55 55 53 Domino Run, Spotted Id., 53 29 30 55 43 10 ,, Grog Island, summit 53 30 36 55 52 30 Roandhill Island, S.E. end 53 25 45 55 36 Shoal Bay, E. entrance pt. 53 17 55 46 American Tickle, Long Id. 53 12 50 55 41 29 Partridge Island, E. end . 53 10 30 56 12 25 53 6 15 52 58 9 54 45 38 55 45 55 Venison Tickle Flagstaff . . Cape Bluff 52 50 15 52 42 55 48 55 48 18 St. Michael Bay, First pt. Occasional Har., Twin Ids. 52 40 55 44 18 39 10 Fishing Ship Harbour, En- 52 36 10 52 33 30 55 45 20 55 41 30 Cape St. Francis St. Lewis Sound, Goose Id. 52 19 17 55 42 50 52 13 55 42 The Surveys by .Admiral Bay- Peterel Island, S.E. end . . 52 4 55 41 field, 1827—1860. Chateau Bay, York Point 51 58 55 52 40 51 48 51 27 10 56 11 56 51 30 Amour Point Lighthouse. . NEWFOUNDLAND [4]. Belle Isle, N.E. point 52 1 8 55 15 30 The Survey by Captain F. „ Lighthouse or: Bullock, R.N. 51 53 .51 38 55 22 15 55 53 40 Cape Norman Lighthousi The Admiralty Surveys by 51 39 51 32 33 55 25 55 26 20 37 i Lieut, (since Adm.) Frederick Griguet Bay, East point . . Bullock, R.N., and his assist- 46 POSITIONS OP PLACES. NEWFOUNDLAND— Continued. White Cape, near St. Lu- naire Bay Brehat or Braha Shoal .... Cape St. Anthony Cremailliere Cove, entrance Goose Cape, S.E. point . . . How Harbour, entrance, W. point Fishot Isles, Northern Isk Croc Harbour, entrance . . Groais Isle, N.E. point Bell Island, N.E. Rock.... Rouge Isle, N. point Canada Bay, entrance .... Hooping Harbour, entrance Fourchette Har., entrance Orange Bay, entrance Little Harbour, Deep Head Cat Head, extremity •Coney Head Arm Partridge Point Fleur de Lys Harbour, Bear Hill St. Barbe, or Horse Isles, S.E. point Paquet Harbour, entrance La Scie Harbour, entrance Cape St. John. North Bill South Bill St. John's Gull Isle Bishop's Rock Nippers' Isles, S.E. Point. . Cut well Harbour, E. Point Triton Harbour, entrance Fortune Harbour, N.W. Point Toulinguet Island Light-ho. Change Isles, N.E. Islet . . Fogo Isles, Change Island, Tickles, Tobacco Island. . „ Foffo Har., Slade's staff „ Hare Bay, N. entr. point „ Seldom-come-by Har- bour, Ship Hill Ireland Rocks, East end . . Snap Rock Funk Island, West end. . . . Offer Wadham Id. Light .. Gander Island, N. point . . Deadman Point Cape Freels, Brandies Id.. . Puffin Island Light Offer Gooseberry Island, N. end LAT. N. 51 30 25 51 25 40 51 21 44 51 20 51 18 20 51 20 45 51 12 30 51 3 50 58 30 50 48 30 50 54 30 50 42 30 50 36 30 50 31 45 50 22 50 14 50 12 10 49 57 50 50 9 20 50 6 35 LONG. W. AUTHORITIES. 55 26 20 55 26 20 55 31 55 35 55 35 55 56 55 39 20 55 44 55 30 30 55 25 50 55 43 45 56 6 20 56 12 40 56 16 20 56 25 45 56 31 45 56 38 50 55 46 56 9 20 56 7 42 50 11 10 55 41 50 49 58 30 55 51 3S 45 5S 55 36 50 49 59 30 55 30 10 49 56 25 00 28 30 49 59 30 55 21 30 49 55 30 55 26 40 49 47 55 51 49 37 55 40 49 33 00 37 49 32 55 17 49 41 54 49 49 41 35 54 24 49 41 35 54 23 35 49 43 54 16 19 49 40 21 54 17 13 49 36 50 54 11 57 49 51 30 54 1 30 49 53 15 53 42 30 49 45 25 53 11 10 49 35 45 53 45 30 49 28 10 54 22 25 49 21 30 53 40 10 49 16 40 53 27 40 49 3 40 53 32 38 4S 56 do 53 31 10 35 25 34 15 40 33 20 ants, Messrs. T. Smith, &c, 1823, 1824, 1825, and 1826. The longitudes adjusted by the onset rations of Capt. H. W. Bav field, &c. Remarks. By these excellent Surveys, a very important desideratum was obtained ; for before they were executed, the coasts which they display were comparatively un- explored, although frequented more or less by the fishers. The Admiralty Surveyors, Messrs. George Holbrook and William Bullock, 1819 to 1826. The Admiralty Survey un- der Staff Commander J. H. Kerr, R.N., 1866—1871, and Captain Orlebar, R.N., 1862—4. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 47 NEWFOUNDLAND— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Salvage Bay, Cow Head . . 48 42 Barrow Har., Gerrard Hill 48 40 4S Cape Bonavista Light .. 4S 41 58 Kelp Rock, breaks 48 47 50 Catalina Harbour, Greer. Island Lighthouse 48 30 15 Horse Chops 48 20 4G Trinity Har., Fort Point Lighthouse 4S 22 Bonaventure Head 48 16 50 Trinity Bay, E. Random Head 48 5 45 „ Deer Har. Green I. 47 53 43 „ Tickle Point 47 42 10 „ Heart's Content, Church 47 52 35 „ New Perlican Ch. 47 54 45 „ Salvage Point .... 48 3 55 „ Grates Point .... 48 10 15 Baccalieu Island Light. ... 48 8 45 Conception Bay Harbour, Grace Id. Lighthouse . . 47 42 45 „ Bay Roberts, East en- trance point 47 36 45 „ Cape St. Francis Light 47 48 30 Black Head 47 45 40 Torbay Point 47 39 40 St. John's Harbour, Chain Rock Battery [7] 47 M 2 „ Fort Amherst Light, S. side of entrance .... 47 33 50 Cape Spear Light 47 31 20 Bull Head 47 18 25 Cape Broyle, North Point 47 4 20 Cape Ballard 46 47 10 Cape Race, Lighthouse . . 46 39 25 Virgin Rocks, on the Gt.j Bank of Newfoundland) 46 26 30 Trepassey Harbour, Shingle Neck 46 43 32 Cape Pine, Lighthouse. .. . 46 37 4 St. Mary's Cape, Li^htho. 46 49 30 Placeutia Harbour, Prive- cceur Point 47 15 24 Cooper Cove, Obs. spot. .. . 47 17 55 Fox Island, S.W. Point .. 47 21 10 Burin Island Light 47 26 Corbin Head 46 56 20 Great St. Lawrence Har- bour, Episcopal Church 46 55 26 St. Pierre Island, Galantry Head Lighthouse 46 45 30 „ Pigeon Island, N. pt. 46 47 25 Green Island, "West point.. 46 52 10 Miquelon Ids., Cape Coupe, South point [ 46 46 39 53 38 40 53 39 14 53 4 35 53 3 30 53 2 40 53 12 25 53 20 50 53 23 25 53 33 53 42 25 53 40 20 53 22 14 53 21 40 53 9 52 56 40 52 47 50 53 8 14 53 10 52 47 10 52 42 40 52 39 40 52 40 50 52 52 52 52 52 40 20 37 12 44 45 50 50 56 45 4 20 50 57 30 53 53 54 22 13 31 45 11 30 53 59 30 53 58 35 53 59 5 55 8 43 55 14 55 22 58 50 56 56 9 32 7 ol 5 oS 5G 21 32 20 The Admiialty Survey under Staff Commander J. H. Kerr, R.N., 1S66— 1871, and Captain Odebar, R.N., 1862—4. 31 40 Captain James Cook, Cap- tain (Rear-Admiral) H. W. 29 20 I Bayfield, 1827 to I860), Cap- | tain Orlcbar, 1862, and Staff | Commander Maxwell, 1873 — 1876. 29 45 48 POSITIONS OF PLACES. NEWFOUNDLAND— Continued. " ■ ™" " - ■ ■ ■ VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. o O 1 Miquclon ltoad anchor- age 47 6 47 8 12 50 33 56 20 35 Captain James Cook, Cap- „ Cape Miquelon, N. pt. rain (Rear-Admiral H. W. Brunet Island Lighthouse 47 15 30 55 51 50 Bayfield, 1827 to 1860), Cap- Devil Bay, E. entrance pt. 47 30 40 56 37 10 tain Orlebar, 1862, and Staff New Harbour, entrance .. 47 35 30 50 39 10 28 45 Commander Maxwell, 1873 — Fransway or Francois Bay, 1876. 47 33 30 56 44 Cape La Hune 47 31 30 47 34 5 56 51 50 57 7 15 Little River Point Old Man's Bay, E. point . . 47 35 35 57 10 50 Ramea Ids., Ramea Har., N. entrance point 47 30 30 57 24 30 Bear Island, W. point .... 47 36 35 57 23 35 Burgeo Ids., Boar Island Lighthouse 47 36 10 57 35 10 La Poile Bay, Great Har., Episcopal Church 47 39 48 58 24 18 Rose Blanche Point Lt.-ho. 47 35 50 58 41 30 Port Ba-que, Channel Ch. 47 33 50 59 7 33 Cafe Kay Lighthouse [8] 47 37 59 IS 28 Codroy Roads, Beach Point 47 52 38 59 23 47 St. George Har., Sandy Pt. 48 27 27 58 30 31 48 28 25 59 15 50 Bay of Islands, South Head 49 5 25 58 20 20 Cape Gregory 49 22 20 58 13 Bonne Bay, South entr. pt. 49 32 30 57 58 30 Cow Head 49 55 50 41 55 57 50 20 57 24 Pich Point Lighthouse. . . . St. John Har., S. entr. pt. 50 48 10 57 14 30 Ferolle Point, S.W. extr. 51 1 57 5 Green Island 51 24 51 38 56 34 55 53 40 37 Cape Norman Lighthouse NOTES. 1. The North German Polar Expedition of 1870, consisted of the steam-ships Germania, 143 tons, and the Ilansa, a sailing vessel of 242 tons. Its object was geographical discovery towards the North Pole by the eastern coast of Greenland. On reaching the coast, the vessels became separated, the sailing ship, proceeding to the southward, was ultimately lost in a storm, and the crew taking refuge on an ice-floe were drifted several hundred miles to the southward, to within reach of a Danish settlement near the southern extremity of Greenland. The Germania wintered near the southern end of Pendulum Island, near the locality of Sir Edward Sabine's magnetic observatory, when he visited the locality with Captain Clavering in 1823. From thks point sledging expeditions in the spring of 1870 were undertaken, which reached as far as 77 D north latitude. In returning down the coast a fiord, penetrating far into the interior of East Greenland, was discovered and partly explored. It is situated between Capes Franklin and Humboldt, and was found to be surrounded by a highly picturesque mountainous country, with sheltered and verdant pastures near the water, inhabited by herds of musk-oxen and reindeer. 2. An interesting account was published of the Discoveries of the Eastern Coast of Greenland, by Cant. Graah, of the Danish Royal Navy, in 1829, who proceeded along the POSITIONS OF PLACES. 49 coast from Staten Hook, to the parallel of 65£°, and who has disproved the existence of any ancient European colony upon it. In a single boat, amid difficulties almost insuperable, with only two Greenland men and four women, M. Graah reached an island, in latitude 65° 18' ; longitude, computed, 38° 27' ; he proceeded onward until stopped by an insurmount- able barrier of ice, and was forced to return to the S.W. All the coast appeared to be colder, more barren, and miserable, than the western coast. "It may be said to consist of one uninterrupted glacier, exhibiting only a few patches of vegetation, generally on the banks of the rivers, and elsewhere, often advancing into the sea, and forming promontories of ice, which are passed with so much the more danger that they frequently fall in avalanches." During the whole summer of 1829 there was not one day which could be called warm; and, before the 14th of June, the thermometer had never risen above 53°. During his last stay, in 1831, Capt. Graah determined the longitudes of the two southern Danish settlements, Jutianeshaab and Nemiortalic, with great precision, by means of occul- tations of fixed stars, &c. ; and we also gain, by his observations, the positions of Cape Farewell, never before ascertained, and Cape Christian, another promontory of the same island; Cape Farewell, lat. 59' 49' 12", long. 43° 53' 40" ; Cape Christian, lat. 59° 42' 30', long. 44° 45' 0". The eastern coast is distinguished by the name of the late excellent King Frederick VI. 3. Labrador. — The eastern coast of Labrador has been surveyed by the Newfoundland survey party under Commanders Chimmo and Maxwell. It has been an arduous under- taking, on account of the shortness of the navigable season. The survey had in 1876 been fairly completed to Halton Harbour, the northernmost fixed settlement of the Newfound- land fishermen. From that port northward to Nain, a Moravian Missionary settlement, a distance of nearly 200 miles, the coast had been explored, and the principal headlands fixed by astronomical observation. 4. Newfoundland. — The work of the surveyors in recent years has placed the coast of the island in a much more satisfactory light to the navigator. Previously great errors existed. The assigned positions of Cape Bonavista is an evidence of the uncertainty which existed in the longitudes of the old surveys. The first sheet of the survey by Messrs. Holbrook and Bullock, in 1817, made the long. 52° 59' 15". In the re-issue, shortly afterwards, of the same sheet, it was shifted to long. 53° 8' 20", or 8° 35' further West. In the modern survey it is placed in 53° 4' 35". The coasts to the northward appear to have been given much more to the westward. It is necessary to notice these discrepancies here, although the amounts of differences, as now settled, are not important to the general navigator. The exact longitude was determined by the Electric Telegraph connecting Ireland with Hearts Content in Trinity Bay in 1867, and from this the principal meridian has been deduced. The Admiralty Survey takes the Chain Rock Battery, on the North side of the entrance of St. John's Harbour as the meridian. The West coast of Newfoundland is still represented according to the surveys of the circumnavigator, Captain James Cook and Michael Lane at the latter part of the last century. The original charts of the West and South coasts were published by Mr. Laurie's predecessors, and it will be seen, upon comparison, that the positions given in Cook's first work are still found to be near the truth. The variations OF the COMPASS are nearly stationary in Newfoundland and Labrador. ». A. o. IX 50 POSITIONS OF PLACES. 13.— GULF AND RIVER OE ST. LAWRENCE, WITH CAPE BRETON ISLAND. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. THE GULF. [1] Island of St. Paul. [2] Noi'thern Extreme Light- house Eastern side of Neck .... South Point Lighthouse . . Magdalen Islands. [3] Entry Isle, Lighthouse on S.E. side South Cape Lighthouse . . Deadman Islet, W. Point. . Grindstone Island Light . . Coffin's Island, N.E. Point Bird Islet Lighthouse Bvron or Cross Isle, E. Pt. ANTICOSTI. [4] Eas.t End, Heath Point Lighthouse S*»ul. Point Lighthouse . . {•>. W. Point Lighthouse . . Cape Henry, S.E. extreme West Point, Lighthouse . . North Point, extremity . . Observation Cape, W. side Bear Bay, entrance of the River LABRADOR, &c. [5] Bradore Harbour, Flagstaff on Jones House Belles Amours Point, S.E. extreme Lion Island, Isthmus .... Mistanoque I , E. Point of Cove in N. side Island . . Mecattina Harbour, South Point of Dead Cove .... Grand Mecattina Point, ex. Antrobus Point, North Point of Island Hare Harbour, East side . . "Wapitagun Harbour, East Point of Islet Cape Whittle, S.W. extreme of Lake 47 13 50 47 13 9 47 11 20 47 16 30 47 13 47 16 3 47 23 10 47 37 30 47 50 40 47 47 53 49 5 20 49 4 49 23 45 49 47 42 49 52 30 49 57 32 49 38 51 49 30 22 51 27 30 51 26 34 51 24 1 51 15 43 50 46 44 50 44 2 50 33 12 50 36 24 50 11 40 50 10 30 o * tf 60 8 20 27 15 60 8 30 60 9 40 61 41 61 58 62 12 28 61 56 30 61 23 61 8 20 26 40 61 23 40 61 42 30 62 16 63 35 49 64 23 44 64 31 40 27 40 64 9 62 41 27 62 24 32 57 14 15 57 25 53 57 38 33 51 12 8 58 59 23 59 5 13 The observations of Captain (afterwards Admiral) Henry Wolsey Bayfield, F.R.A.S., of H.M. surveying vessel, Gulnare, 1827 to 1834. 36 30 59 16 48 59 17 23 (if. 1 23 60 7 o| 32 The Survevs bv Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827—1860. POSITIONS OF PLACES. GULF AND RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE— Continued. 51 LAT. N. LONG. W, VAR. WEST, 1878-9. Coacoacho Bay, S. Point of Outer Islet Kegashka Bay, Islet at S end of Beach Natashquan River, S. Point of entrance Little Natashquan Harbour, North Point Islet at head of Bay Nabesippi River, S.E. of entrance Appetetat Bay, East Point Betchewvn Harbour, S.E Point of Low Isle Clearwater Point, South ex- treme Mingan Harbour, Sandy Point Mingan Island, summit St. John River, East Point of entrance Manitou Point, extreme St. Charles Point, South extreme Moisic River, S.W. point of entrance Carousel Island, Lighthouse Seven Islands Bay, Store- house, East side St. Margaret's Bay, extreme Cawee Islands, West Point of Little Island Egg Island, Lighthouse . Trinity Bay, S.W. Point . Point de Monts, Lighthouse ,, South extreme River St. Lawrence, N. Shore. Goodbout R., Trading Post St. Nicholas Point, South extreme Manicougan Point, S.E. ex treme Bersimis River, South Point of entrance „ Point, S. extreme Jeremie, Trading Post . . . Port Neuf, Church Saguenay R., Lark Islet, Lighthouse Chicoutimi (Saguenay R.), Trading Post Isle aux Coudres, W. point of Laprairie Bay .... 50 9 4 50 11 19 50 6 57 50 11 41 50 13 52 50 16 35 50 14 13 50 12 27 50 17 24 50 12 48 50 17 3 50 17 34 50 15 17 50 11 16 50 5 40 50 13 50 2 25 49 29 21 49 38 13 49 23 39 49 19 35 49 18 41 49 18 25 49 15 47 49 6 5 48 55 23 48 53 57 48 52 45 48 37 17 48 5 30 48 26 5 47 24 40 60 18 13 61 15 38 61 47 58 61 50 33 62 13 62 58 13 63 10 32 63 27 6 64 1 56 64 7 31 64 23 16 65 14 8 65 48 48 66 4 38 66 22 40 66 24 4 66 44 43 67 1 53 67 10 6 67 18 8 67 21 58 67 23 18 67 37 4 67 50 4 68 11 55 68 36 54 68 38 29 68 46 46 69 5 53 69 39 71 4 51 70 24 52 28 50 26 35 24 40 20 40 AUTHORITIES. The Survevs by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827-60. 52 POSITIONS OF PLACES. GULF AND RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE— Continued. QUEBEC, N. Bastion [6] „ Wolf Monument „ Flagstaff, King's Bastion, Citadel LAT. N. River St. Lawrence; above Quebec. St. Jean des Chaillons, R C. Steeple C. Madeline, R. C. Steeple Three Rivers, E. Steeple . . Point du Lac, R. C. Steeple Sorel, Episcopal Church . Repentigny, R. C. Steeple Montreal, Gate Island, N. end Lighthouse . . R. C. Cathedral [7] River St. Lawrence ; S. Shore. Dauphin River, Orleans Isle, S.W. point of entr. j Stone Pillar Id. Lighthouse Kamouiaska, N.E. point of Crow Island Brandy Pots, South point of South Rock Loup River, North point of entrance Red Island, Lighthouse . . Green Island, Lighthouse . . Razade Rocks, N.E. one . . Bicquette Island, Lightho. Bic Island, N.E. extreme of S.E. Reef Barnahy Island, N.E. pt.. . Father Point Lighthouse . . Camille Mt., summit 2,036 feet Little Metis Lighthouse' . . Matane River, Lighthouse Cape Chatte, Lighthouse . . Cape Magdalen Lightho. Martin River lighthouse Great Fox Bay, centre of. Cape Rozier, Lighthouse . Cape Gaspe, Lighthouse . NEW BRUNSWICK, &c. Cape Despair, Lighthouse Macquereau Pt., Lighthouse Port Daniel, North side West point „ n 46 49 46 48 38 46 48 32 46 83 23 40 22 6 46 20 43 10 17 21 46 2 42 4.3 44 28 45 80 22 1.3 30 24 46 58 4 17 i- 12 25 Q AUTHORITIES. 47 52 28 47 50 57 48 4 20 48 3 17 48 12 27 48 25 18 48 25 9 48 29 35 48 31 25 48 28 36 48 41 10 48 52 35 49 5 52 49 15 40 49 13 20 48 59 57 48 51 37 48 45 15 48 25 40 48 12 30 48 9 10 71 12 49 71 12 31 71 12 33 72 7 6 72 80 3 72 82 10 72 41 20 78 6 50 73 26 49 73 88 5 73 33 18 70 50 44 70 21 39 69 52 39 69 40 39 69 33 41 69 32 59 69 25 6 69 8 3 68 53 20 68 58 23 68 31 56 68 27 40 68 12 50 68 2 15 67 33 66 45 30 65 19 30 66 9 64 22 55 64 12 3 64 9 15 64 18 20 64 46 10 64 56 55 17 25 11 50 18 50 The Surveys by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827-60. 22 30 26 POSITIONS OF PLACES. GULF AND RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE— Continued. 53 LAT. N. LONG. w. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. 65 15 6 O / 65 26 26 66 7 66 21 65 45 10 26 30 65 36 64 58 64 53 64 42 64 29 64 39 40 43 12 28 36 24 35 64 51 64 56 64 47 64 42 25 50 30 30 23 10 64 37 45 64 31 41 64 33 32 63 42 7 64 1 63 30 63 9 62 39 18 40 10 22 25 62 29 54 61 54 32 61 52 61 44 56 5 61 28 42 23 45 63 59 64 23 20 10 64 9 39 63 47 10 63 38 51 63 11 29 63 7 7 63 1 50 62 27 24 AUTHORITIES. Paspebiac, Episcopal Ch. Bonaventure Point, South extreme Carlton, or Tracadigash Pt., • N. W . extreme Dalhousie I., East point . . Black Rock, Station on . . Bathurst Harbour, Alston Point, North Lighthouse Mizzenette Point, Station . Caraquette Island, Lightho. Shippigan Har., Fall's wh. Miscou Island, Lighthouse Shippigan Gully, N. entr. . Tracadie, N. Gully, Light- house Tabisintac Gully, Lightho. Escuminac Pt. Lighthouse . Richibucto Head, Lightho Buctouche River, Station at entrance Cocagne Head, ext. of Cliff Shediac, Episcopal Church Cape Tormentine, N. W. ex- treme of Jouremain Id. . . Tignish Head, Bay Verte Station Pugwash, Episcopal Ch. . . Amet Island, East extreme Pictou Harbour, Lightho. - Pictou Island, Lighthouse East End Cape George, Station ir Ballantine Cove Antigonish Harbour, North Beacon Pomquet Island, S.E. extr Gut of Canso, Light, North entrance PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. North Point extr. of Cliff. West Point, Lighthouse . Cape Egmont, Station on extreme Bedeque Harbour, Green's Wharf Cape Traverse, extreme of Cliff St. Peter's Island, Station S.W. extreme Charlottetown, Flagstaff on Fort [8] Prim Point Lighthouse . Panmure Id., Lighthouse . 48 1 47 48 17 48 5 9 48 4 16 47 51 54 47 39 20 47 50 2 47 49 40 47 44 52 47 1 47 43 24 47 33 20 47 17 35 47 4 32 46 39 40 46 26 55 46 21 31 46 14 15 46 10 6 46 28 45 51 14 45 50 15 45 41 25 45 49 50 45 51 49 45 41 49 45 39 17 45 41 42 47 3 45 46 37 30 46 24 11 46 23 32 46 13 17 46 6 59 46 13 55 46 3 10 46 8 47 The Surveys by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827-60. 54 POSITIONS OF PLACES. GULF AND RIVER OF ST. LAWRENCE— Continued. VAR. ~~ p LAT. N. LONG. W. WEST, AUTHORITIES. 1878-9. o , „ o * // i East Point, Station on ex- 46 27 15 61 57 42 24 50 The Surveys by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, 1827-60, and St. Peter's Harbour, Sand- hill, E. side of entrance . 46 26 44 62 43 56 Comm. Orlebar, R.N. Tracadie Harbour, Lightho. 46 25 20 63 2 30 Grenville Harbour,Lightho. 46 31 63 29 Richmond Bay, Station on Royalty Point 46 34 45 63 1 50 Cascumpeque Harb., Light 46 48 22 64 2 Cape Kildare, extreme .... 46 52 57 63 57 44 23 45 CAPE BRETON IS- LAND. 45 33 5 61 17 5 24 5 Plaster Cove, North end of Bridge 45 38 56 45 38 51 61 23 36 61 23 54 M'Keen Point, extreme . . Port Hood, Harbour Light at South entrance 46 61 31 40 Sea Wolf Island,Lighthouse 46 21 30 46 36 22 61 15 33 61 2 58 Chetican Point, S. extreme Cape St. Lawrence, N. ext. 47 2 54 60 35 36 Cape North, N. extreme . . 47 2 35 60 24 56 26 50 Cape Egmont, E. extreme . 46 51 1 60 18 3 Inganish, Archibald Point . 46 41 31 60 21 18 St. Anne Harb., Beach Pt. 46 17 41 60 32 25 Ciboux Is., Lighthouse. . . . 46 23 12 60 22 30 Carey Point, W. side of en- trance of Gt. Bras d'or . . 46 11 41 60 24 50 Cunet Point, extreme 46 20 32 60 17 16 Sydney Harbour, Lightho. 46 16 12 60 7 22 Table Head, extreme .... 46 13 14 59 57 4 Flint Island, Lighthouse on N.E. end 46 11 5 46 2 13 59 45 50 59 40 18 25 45 Scatari Island, Lighthouse Menadou Harbour 46 29 59 49 58 Cape Breton, extreme 45 57 14 59 47 3 Gabarus Bay, Ch. on Cape 45 42 7 60 5 3 Louisbourg, Lighthouse . . 45 54 34 59 57 15 Michaux Point, Station on extreme 45 34 11 60 41 L'Ardoise, R. C. Church 45 36 45 45 34 54 60 45 59 60 48 39 St. Peter Island, S.W. ext. St. Peter Bay, Old Fort on West side of Haulover . . 45 39 21 60 52 4 24 40 Madame Island— Grande-digue Lennox Passage, Station .... 45 35 49 61 1 11 Arichat Harb., Jersey- man Id., N. extreme 45 30 25 61 3 7 24 15 ■ ; Lighthouse Ma- 45 29 2 61 1 52 POSITIONS OF PLACES. 55 NOTES. 1. GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE.— Among the difficulties of the navigation in the Gulf of St. Lawrence are the fogs and ices. In spring, the entrance and eastern parts of the gulf are frequently covered with ice, and vessels are sometimes beset for many days. Being unfitted for contending with this danger, they often suffer from it, and are occa- sionally lost; but all danger from ice is far less than that which arises from the prevalence of fogs : these may occur at any time during the open or navigable season, but are most frequent in the early part of summer. They are rare, and never of long continuance, during westerly winds, but seldom fail to accompany an easterly wind of any strength or duration. This observation is, however, subject to restriction, according to locality or season. Thus winds between the South and West, which are usually clear weather winds above Anticosti, are frequently accompanied with fog in the eastern parts of the gulf. "Winds between the South and* East are almost always accompanied with rain and fog in every part. E.N.E. winds above Cape de Monts, at the mouth of the river, are often E.S. B. or S.E. winds in the gulf, being changed in direction by the high lands of the South coast, and have, therefore, in general the same foggy character. This is said of winds of consi- derable strength and duration, and which may extend over great distances. Moderate and partial fine weather winds may occur without fog at any season, and in any locality. In the early part of the navigable season, especially in the months of April and May, with clear weather, N.E. winds are of frequent occurrence, and they sometimes occur at other seasons, and in every part of the gulf and river. The fogs sometimes last several days in succession, and to a vessel either running up or beating down, during their continuance, there is no safe guide but the constant use of the deep-sea lead, with a chart containing correct soundings. The fogs which accompany easterly gales extend high up into the atmosphere, and cannot be looked over from any part of the rigging of a ship. They, however, are not so thick as those which occur in calms after a strong wind, and which are often so dense as to conceal a vessel within hail ; whilst the former frequently admit the land or other objects to be distinguished at the distance of half a mile or more, in the daytime. The dense fogs which occur in calms, and even in very light winds, often extend only to small elevations above the sea ; so that it sometimes happens, when objects are hidden at the distance of 50 yards from the deck, they can be plainly seen by a person 50 or 60 ft. up the rigging. In the months of October and November, the fogs and rain that accompany easterly gales, are replaced by thick snow, which causes equal embarrassment to the navi- gator. — Admiral Bayfield. 2. The Island of St. Paul lies N. 52 c E., true, 10 miles from Cape North ; it is about \\ mile in length from North to South, and inclining to the southward at the North end. Its average breadth is about a quarter of a mile. The margin is rocky and precipitous almost all round, indented on the N.E. and N.W. sides by two coves, both of which afford shelter during the prevalence of certain winds. 3. The Magdalen Islands. — These islands have been surveyed by Lieut. P. E. Collins, in 1833, and a beautiful chart of them has been published by the Admiralty. They form an irregular group, and are named respectively Entry Island, Amherst, Grindstone, Alright, Wolfe, Grosse. and Coffin Islands ; exclusive of Byron or Cross Island, and the Bird Islets, which lie more to the North. Of these, Amherst is the most southern and principal island, but Entry Island is the highest, and is 580 feet above the sea, visible from 8 to 9 leagues off. 4. Anticosti. — This island, with one exception, has no bay or harbour capable of affording shelter to shipping in general. It is uncultivated ; yet, rude and unhospitable as its aspect may be, it is not absolutely unprovided with the means of succouring the distress of such as suffer shipwreck on its coasts, there being government agents, who reside upon it (and, with the lighthouse keepers, are the sole inhabitants), at different stations, all the year, furnished with provisions for the use of those who have the misfortune to need them. 56 POSITIONS OF FLACES. Boards are placed in different parts, describing the distance and direction to these friendly spots ; these establishments were first made in the year 1809. " One of these provision posts is at 2 leagues to the S.E. from the West end of the island, in Ellis's Cove or Grand Bay ; the second at the lighthouse at the S.W. point ; the third at Shallop Creek, otherwise called Jupiter River; and the fourth at the eastern lighthouse on Heath Point." The South shore of the island is dangerous ; but, to modify its character, four beacons have been erected— 1. With a small triangular head, 40 feet high, on the South point. 2. At Pavilion River, large triangle, with cross over it. 3. Six miles East of Salt Lake Bay, large triangular head. 4. On Cape St. Mary, with a cross (1851). 5. LABRADOR. — The Descriptions and Directions by Capt. Bayfield, of this hitherto but little-known region, are given in the British American Navigator. A part of the coast was re-examined by Capt. Chimmo, R.N., in 1867. 6. QUEBEC. — In the early editions of this work the longitude of Quebec was stated to be 71° 10', " according to the observations of M. le Marquis de Lotbiniere, M. Bedard, Director of the Seminary of St. Louis, and Captain Holland. M. Mechain computed the longitude to be 71° 10', by several eclipses of Jupiter's first satellite, observed by Messrs. Lotbiniere and Holland, and the passage of Venus, that Captain Holland observed in 1769. All the observations, made at different times, have given very coherent results." — Vide American Trans., vol. i., &c. The above passage, from " Analysis of a General Chart, &c, Paris, 1786, shows the position in which Quebec was laid down in the charts, and it agreed with that given in the " Connaissance des Temps." But Quebec was afterwards exhibited considerably more to the eastward. Mr. Wright, in his chart of 1807. made it 70° 27'. The Requisite Tables, of 1802, gave latitude 46° 48' 38", longitude 71° 5' 22'. Colonel Bouchette, in his work on Canada, 1815, gives 46° 48' 49" N., and 71" 11' W. In the years 1819, 1820, and 1821, th e officers of H. M.S. Nev;cnstle. provided with four chronometers, made many observations in *he river, and these observations may be judged of by the longitude they placed Quebec in for three successive years, assuming Halifax as in 63° 33' 40" ; July 16th, 1819, 71° 12' 48"; June 19th, 1820. 71° 13' 14"; July 5th, 1821, 71° 12' 25". The greatest difference is 49', and the mean of the whole is 1" farther West than longitude given in 1819. From these and other observations combined, the late Mr. Purdy placed Quebec in lon- gitude 71° 13', in the charts. &c, which he constructed, as they still remain. When the charts of Captain H. W. Bayfield were published in 1837, they were based upon a longitude of 71 °16' W. for Quebec. This was shown to be in error nearly 3J minutes of arc, by electric telegraphic signals transmitted between Quebec and Cambridge Observatory, in Massachusetts, by Lieutenant E. D. Ashe, R.N , in September and Octo- ber, 1857. The position of Cambridge, as will be seen in the Note on that longitude on a subsequent page, is definitely settled as 71° 7' 58".55, and the mean difference between that Observa- tory and the Observatory in Mann's Bastion in the Citadel of Quebec, as determined by Lieut. Ashe, is 0" 4' 34". 17, which places Quebec in 71 J 12' 32". 72. 7. Montreal. — The longitude of Gate Island, opposite the Cathedral and the Hotel Dieu, is given by Captain Bayfield in 73° 34' 38" (erroneously on Admiralty Charts, as 68° 54' 48"). Lieutenant Ashe, R.N., as stated above, in continuation of his work on electric time- fignals, obtained the difference of longitude between Quebec and Viger Square, 630 feet West of Gate Island, on March 12th, 1857, as 2° 20' 45". 5, which makes it in longitude 73° 33' 18".12, as shown in the Table. 8. Charlottetown and Prince Edavard's Island. — The position of the flagstaff in the Fort of Charlottetown, has been given by Rear- Admiral Bayfield as 46° 15' 55", long. 63° 7 23' W. It had been before placed 3' more to the West, but the exact difference of longitude between this point and Quebec, has lately been determined by the electric tele- graph as 8° 5' 26'. Th* variations of THE COMPASS are decreasing at the rate of 5' or 6' per annum. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 57 14.— NOVA SCOTIA, ETC.— (Southern Coasts.) LAT. N. LONG. W. SABLE ISLAND [1] Lighthouse 1| mile from East end Lighthouse on West end . . The MAINLAND [2] .... Cranberry Is., Lightho. Canso Harbour, Cutler Id., S.E. extreme „ Steeple of Church "White Head Id., Lt.-ho. White Haven, Observa- tion Station in Marshall Cove Berry Head, Lighthouse . . Mew Harb. Head, Nob Green Id., Lightho. on South pt Harbour Id., N.E. Point Isaac Harb., Red Head, summit Country Harbour, station opposite Window Pt. . . Hollins Head, summit . . Wedge Island, beacon . . St. Mary River, above Episcopal Church ... Liscomb Island, Lightho. Mary Joseph Harbour, Lobster Pt., extreme . . Beaver Island, Light- house Salmon River, West of wharf Sheet Harb., \ mile N.W. from Watering Cove. . Taylor Head, summit . . Pope Harbour, Harbour Island, Lighthouse. . . . Ship Harbour, Islet near Salmon Point Egg Island, centre Jedore Harb., Marsh Pt Jedore Rock, centre .... Jedore Head, point .... Graham Head, summit.. Devil Island, Lighthouse Halifax Harbour, Light house, Maugher Beach Grahams Head, summit. , Laurenceton Head, sum mit HALIFAX, Dockyard Observatory ...... [3] N.A.O. 43 58 30 43 57 45 19 45 45 20 42 45 20 10 45 11 58 45 14 37 45 11 40 45 9 7 45 6 15 45 8 25 45 9 39 45 14 41 45 4 19 45 36 45 6 12 44 9 20 44 57 52 44 49 33 44 54 32 44 54 11 44 47 24 44 47 40 44 46 59 44 39 55 44 43 19 44 39 49 44 40 22 44 37 44 44 34 48 44 36 6 44 37 44 44 38 34 44 39 38 VAR. WEST, 1878-9 AUTHORITIES. • ' ♦ o , 59 46 22 50 GO 8 60 55 54 60 59 27 23 45 60 59 25 01 8 27 61 11 43 61 18 40 61 28 21 Gl 32 30 61 36 43 61 38 52 61 47 6 23 61 44 57 61 52 47 61 58 7 61 .37 50 62 4 57 62 20 38 62 23 33 62 30 37 62 33 8 G2 38 50 21 45 62 49 i3 62 ,y> 9 63 39 63 57 63 3 14 63 17 23 63 27 51 63 32 18 21 5 63 17 23 63 21 35 63 :>„-> 35 The Surveys by Admiral H. W. Bayfield, and Commanders Shortland and Orlebar, R.N., 1827-60. The Surveys by Admiral Bayfield, 1853. 58 POSITIONS OF PLACES. NOVA SCOTIA, ETC. Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAIi. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Sambro Island, Lightho Betty Island, Lighthouse S.W. Island, on the W side of St. Margaret': Bay Green Island, off Mahone Bay, centre Cross Island, off Lunen- burg Harbour, Light- house Cape Le Have, W. Iron- bound Id., Lighthouse Medway Head, Admiral- ty Head, Lighthouse. . Coffin's Island, Light- house, near Liverpool Harbour Mouton Island, S. Rock Shelburne or Cape Rose- way, Lighthouse on Macnutt Island Negro Island, Lighthouse Baccaro Point, Light on W. side of Port Latoui Brasil Rock Cape Sable, Lighthouse Seal Island, Lighthouse, half mile from South Point [4] Cape Fourchu, near Yar- mouth, Lighthouse . . Bryer's Island, Lightho. Point Prim, Lighthouse (entrance of Annapolis- Basin) Black Rock Pt., Lightho. Horton Bluff, Lighthouse Partridge Island, in the Mines Channel Cape Chignecto NEW BRUNSWICK. Hillsborough Light Cape Enrage, Lighthouse . . Quaco Head, Lighthouse.. Cape Spencer, Lighthouse. . Partridge Id., Lighthouse. . City of St. John Point Lepreau, Lighthouse Beaven Harboui", Lightho. 44 26 11 44 26 20 44 30 10 44 22 55 44 18 43 44 13 43 44 6 10 44 1 58 43 52 55 43 37 17 43 30 55 43 26 54 43 21 25 43 23 20 43 23 34 43 47 30 44 14 57 44 41 30 45 10 10 45 6 30 45 21 50 45 19 35 45 55 15 45 35 35 45 19 20 45 12 30 45 14 3 45 15 30 45 3 30 45 3 45 c § f ea 33 40 63 45 50 G3 59 33 64 2 50 64 9 55 64 16 20 19 55 G4 32 15 64 37 30 04 45 25 65 15 45 65 21 65 28 12 65 26 48 65 37 10 66 50 66 9 20 66 23 32 18 10 65 47 10 64 45 50 61 13 20 61 20 10 64 56 45 20 55 64 38 (il 46 55 65 31 55 65 54 66 3 5 66 3 15 19 50 r,r, 27 39 66 44 The Surveys by Commander Shortland, R.N., Admiral Bayfield, and Commander Orlebar, R.N., to 1867. The Survey by Captain P. F. Shortland, R.N., 1860-2. Lieutenants Harding Kortright, R.N. and NOTES. I. Sable Island. — On this island is an establishment for the relief of shipwrecked mariners. It was founded, in 1803, by the Provincial Legislature at Nova Scotia, at tho POSITIONS OF PLACES. 59 recommendation of the late Sir John Wentworth, then Lieutenant-Governor ; and has since proved the means of saving many lives. 2. NOVA SCOTIA. — The coasts of Nova Scotia have been heretofore laid down from the surveys of Mr. Des Banes, with emendations by Mr. A. Lockwood, R.N., and various corrections in position by Admiral Owen and others. Since the completion of the survey of the Canadian coasts, our Admiralty Surveyors, Admirals Bayfield and W. F. Owen, with Captains Shortland and Orlebar, have re-examined the S.E. shores of Nova Scotia and the Bay of Fundy, the results of which are shown in the Table. 3. Halifax. — In former editions of this work the following appears : — " The latitude of the Naval Yard of Halifax, from observations very carefully made by the officers of H.M.S. Niemeriy in 1842, was 44° 39' 37'. This was gained by eleven meridian altitudes with the artificial horizon, and several observations made on each side of noon at small intervals ; the mean true altitudes being computed from the hour angles. The longitude, 63° 33' 43", was obtained as the mean result of more than 30 sets of lunar distances. We formerly gave the longitude of M. Des Barres, &c, as 63° 32' 40'', and therefore presume that a statement of 63° 37' 48", which has lately appeared, is 4' too far West." Captain Bayfield, as above stated, assumed the longitude of the Dockyard, in his survey, to be 63° 37' 48". The late Admiral W. F. Owen, in H.M.S. Columbia, in 1844, made 'it 63° 35' 28" W. The late respected Lieutenant Raper makes it, as a secondary meridian, 63° 37' 36", or as Captain Bayfield. Recent observations show that M. des Barres' longitude is as near the truth, accidentallv perhaps, as that resulting from the refined operations of Admiral Bayfield, a mean between the two positions being that which must now be adopted. In the determination of this, and of other longitudes, the Electric Telegraph has decided the question beyond controversy. % The difference of longitude between Cambridge Observatory, Massachusetts, and that of Halifax Dockyard, has been determined, electrically, by Professor Bond, and Captain Shortland, R.N., to be h 30 m 9 s in time, or 7° 32' 23.45" in arc. This meridional difference applied to the determined longitude of Cambridge, as shown in the note, or 71° 7' 58.55", makes Halifax Dockyard Observatory to be in 63 d 35' 35' W. of Greenwich. 4. Seal Island. — " M. Des Barres places the southernmost point of the southern Seal Isle in lat. 43° 25' 25", and long. 66 D 0' 35". Later charts have it in lat. 43° 26' 35" ; but our correspondent, Lieut Hare, gave the latitude of the South point 43° 22' 23', or four miles more to the southward. This result, since confirmed, will account for so many ships having been yearly cast away, on coming out of the Bay of Fundy. A very strong in- draught, both on the ebb and flood, sets toward the isles, and in the vicinity, equal to 4 knots an hour, and they should not be approached without a commanding breeze? The light- house will obviate this. The variations of the compass are increasing at an annual rate of about 4.5'. 15.— THE UNITED STATES. LAT. N. Maine. Passamaquoddy Bay, Light on Quoddy Head Little River, Light at en- trance Machias Seal Ids., Light- house on E. one (Brit.) . . 44 49 44 39 22 I 44 30 66 57 67 10 35 67 5 30 VAR. WF.ST, 1878 9 AUTHORITIES. 18 40 The Surveys by S. Holland, Esq., with subsequent cor- rections. 60 POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Continued LAT. N. Machias Bay, Lt. on Libby Island Moose a-bec or Moose Peak, Mistake Island Light . . Petit Man an, Lighthouse on S. end Mount Desert Island, S.E. end Moi,nt Desert Rock, Light slle au Haut, Light on Sad- dle Back Islet Matinicus Rock, Lightho. Penobscot Bay, Ragged Mountain on West side. . , Owls' Head Light- house Manheigan Island, Light- house Cape Small, Station 5 miles North of Cape. . Portland Head, Lighthouse Cape Elizabeth, E. Light. . Fletcher's Neck, Light on Wood Island Cape Porpoise Harbour, Light on Goat Island . . Cape Neddick, Station York Harbour, Light on Boon Island New Hampshire. Agamenticus Hill, Station on summit Portsmouth Harb., Whaler Back Light Isles of Shoals, Station near Hog Island Harb.. . , White Is. Lighthouse Massachusetts. Newbury Port, East Light on Plum Island Cape Ann, North Light on Thatcher Island , Light on E. point Baker's Island, Lighthouse Marblehead, Light at en- trance Nahant, Hotel BOSTON, State House [1] , Cunard Wharf; Flagstaff CAMBRIDGE Observa tory, Dome [2] 44 30 4 44 28 52 44 22 44 18 20 43 59 30 44 1 47 43 51 15 44 12 44 44 6 10 43 46 15 43 46 42 43 27 22 43 36 56 43 27 23 43 20 43 10 1 43 7 15 43 13 23 43 3 30 42 59 13 42 59 42 48 25 42 38 19 42 34 47 42 32 10 42 30 18 42 25 7 42 21 28 42 21 48 42 22 51 LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 18789. o ' * 07 21 12 07 31 43 67 52 08 10 15 68 4 41 68 43 49 68 47 58 69 9 12 09 59 09 18 25 16 5 69 50 54 70 12 38 70 12 10 14 40 AUTHORITIES. The Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superin- tendence of Professor A. D. Bache. *** The Stations of the pri- mary triangulation are distin- guished by small capitals. 70 19 54 13 20 70 28 70 36 14 7 70 28 44 70 41 41 12 40 70 42 3 70 37 70 37 4 39 12 4n 70 49 15 70 34 70 40 70 47 39 28 25 70 51 70 54 71 4 5 34 5 11 40 71 2 40 71 7 58 i %* For the purposes of the Survey, the coast of the United POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Costing ed. 61 LAT. N. LONG. W. VAll. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Boston Bay, Lt. on Little Brewster Island , Minot's Ledge, Light Scituate, Unitarian Church Plymouth Harbour, Piei Head Sandwich, Church Spire . . Barnstaple, Beach Point Light Billingsgate Pt. Lighthouse Cape Cod, Provincetown. Orthodox Church Spirt , Race Point, Lightho , Highlands Lightho , Nausett Centre Light Monomoy Island, Light at S. end Nantucket Island, Cliff West of Harbour .... , S. towered Church , Light on Great N.E. Point , Sankaty Head Light , Tuckanuck, Telegraph at W. end Davis South Shoal, Light- vessel, about Muskeget Island, N.E. pt. Martha's Vineyard, Cape Poge Lighthouse .... , Edgartown, Spire , Holmes' Hole, Spire , West Chop, or Noith Point Light , Indian Hill on N.W. side , Gay Head, Lightho. No Man's Land, Station on centre Cuttyhunk, Light on S.W. Point Nashon Island, Station. . . . Nobska Lighthouse Mattapoiset, Lt. on Ned's Point New Bedford, Fort Seconnet Point, East Rock Rhode Island, Newport, Spire , Beaver Tail Light Quaker Hill, near North End Bristol, Court House Providence, Unitarian Ch. Point Judith, Lighthouse. . • , 42 19 39 ■J 2 16 9 -12 11 59 -11 58 44 -11 45 26 -11 43 19 41 51 37 42 3 2 42 3 42 42 2 21 41 51 36 41 33 33 41 17 33 41 16 54 41 23 22 41 16 15 41 18 12 40 56 10 41 20 12 41 25 14 41 23 16 41 27 13 41 28 55 41 25 44 41 20 52 41 15 9 41 24 50 41 29 23 41 30 55 41 39 1 41 37 25 41 27 2 41 29 12 41 26 54 41 34 55 41 40 10 41 29 26 41 21 28 I o , » O , 70 53 70 45 70 45 40 48 36 70 39 70 30 27 14 70 17 70 4 7 34 70 11 70 14 70 3 69 57 31 51 53 48 11 50 69 59 53 70 7 70 6 7 11 70 2 69 58 59 10 70 15 13 69 51 70 18 30 13 11 10 70 27 70 31 70 36 20 20 34 70 36 26 70 40 70 50 55 23 70 49 4 70 57 70 44 70 39 15 48 36 70 48 70 54 71 11 1 25 53 71 19 71 24 5 15 10 15 71 15 31 71 16 46 71 24 35 71 29 10 The Great Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superintendence of Professor A. D. Bache. States is divided into eleven sec- tions (nine of which are on the Atlantic Coast), in all of which the work was carried on simul- taneously, the Survey being in different stages of progress in the several sections. These several sections are defined as follows: — Section I., from Pas- samaquoddy Bay to Point Ju- dith. Section II., from Point Judith to Cape Helopen. Sec- tion HI., from Cape Henlopen to Cape Henry. Section IV., from Cape Henry to Cape Fear. Sec- tion V., from Cape Fear to the St. Mary's River. Section VI., from the St. Mary's River to St. Joseph's Bay. Section VII., from St. Joseph's Bay to Mobile Bay. Section VIIL, from Mo- bile Bay to Vermilion Bay. Sec- tion IX., from Vermilion Bay to the Rio Grande. Section X., Coast of California, San Diego Bay," to 42nd parallel. Section XL, Coast of Oregon, 42nd to 49th parallel. The Tables give the latitudes and longitudes of the trigonometrical points in each section. The manner in which these data have been ob- tained may be briefly explained here. In each section a base line of from five to ten miles in length is measured with all possible accuracy. A series of triangles, deriving the length of their sides from this base, is then established along the coast, by the measure- ment of the angles between the intervisible stations. In this primary series the triangles are made as large as the nature of the country will permit, because the liability to error increases with the number of triangles. On the bases furnished by the sides of the primary triangles, a secondary triangulation is next established extending along the coast, and over the smaller bays and sounds, and determining a 62 POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Block Id., Light on N. Pt. ■ , Beacon Hill at S. End "Watch Hill, Lighthouse . . Connecticut and New York. Long Island Sound : — Montauk Point, Lightho. Plum Island, Lightho. . . New London, Presbyte- rian Church Spire Connecticut River, Light on Saybrook Point Faulkner's Id., Lightho. Newhaven, Episcopal Ch. , Light on Five Mile Point Stratford Point, Lightho. Middle Ground Lightho. Throg's Neck, Lightho. . . Lands Point Lighthouse Eaton's Point, Lightho. Old Field Point, Lightho. Horton's Point Lightho. Long Island, South side, Shinnecock Bay, N. Pt. Fire Island, Lighthouse . . NEW YORK, City Hall.. , Naw Yard Flag- staff ....* [3] New Jersey. Sandy Hook, Lighthouse. Highlands of Navesink, Lt. Barnegat Inlet, Lightho. . . Little Egg Harb., Board ing House at North end of Tucker Island Absecum Inlet, Light on S side ... . Hereford Inlet, Lighthouse Delaware Bay. Cape May Lighthouse Egg Island Lighthouse Cohansey Lighthouse .... Ship John Shoal Lightho. Philadelphia, Girard Col. „ Navy Yard Wilmington, Lt. at Chris- tiania River Bombay Hook, Lighthouse 41 13 27 41 10 30 41 lfi 12 41 4 13 41 10 24 41 21 16 41 16 15 41 12 41 41 18 11 41 14 54 41 9 5 41 3 30 40 48 17 40 51 55 40 57 12 40 58 34 41 5 40 51 40 37 53 40 42 43 40 42 2 40 27 39 40 23 42 39 45 49 39 30 48 39 22 o 39 38 55 50 39 10 31 39 20 18 39 18 15 39 58 23 39 55 47 39 43 15 39 21 46 71 34 38 71 36 27 71 51 48 71 51 42 72 12 58 72 6 5 70 20 52 72 39 30 72 55 49 72 54 51 73 6 29 73 5 45 73 47 36 73 44 4 73 23 51 73 7 24 72 26 51 72 30 36 73 12 51 74 39 73 59 6 74 24 73 59 25 74 6 41 74 18 12 74 25 36 74 47 74 57 51 75 8 37 75 21 45 75 22 40 75 10 30 75 8 50 75 31 32 75 30 55 9 25 8 35 5 35 6 15 The Great Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superintendence of Professor A. D. Bache. large number of points at dis- tances of a few miles apart. The distances between the points thus determined, as given in the Tables, are liable to an average error of about one foot in six miles, until a final adjust- ment between the base lines sball have been made. As, on the completion of the primary triangulation in each section, the several series form one connected chain, the dif- ferent bases afford verifications of each other, and of the trian- gulation connecting them. The first three sections are thus con- nected at present. POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Continue! 63 LONG. \V, AUTHORITIES. €ape Henlopen, High Light Virginia, &c. Indian River, Salt Works Assateague Id., Lighthouse Hog Id., Lightho. atS. end Cape Charles, Lighthouse Chesapeake Bay. -ho, Old Point Comfort Lt York Spit Lighthouse .... Wolf Trap Shoal, Lightho. Smith's Point Lighthouse. . Cove Point Lighthouse. . . . Thomas Point Lightho. . . Baltimore, Lazaretto WASHINGTON, Capitol Dome „ National Obser- vatory . . [4] North Carolina. Cape Henry, Lighthouse . . Currituck Beach, Lightho. Entrance to Pamplico Sound, Body Island Lt. (building) Stevenson's Point, N. side of Albemarle Sound. . [5] Cape Hatteras, High Light „ extremity. . Ocracoke Inlet, Light on W. end of Island Cape Lookout, Lighthouse „ extremity Beaufort Inlet, S. Light near Fort Macon Bogue Inlet, entr., about Cape Fear River, Light on Federal Point Cape Fear, Lightho. Bald Head „ S. extreme . . Little River, entrance .... South Carolina. George Town, Light at en- trance of Pedte River . . Cape Romain, Light on Raccoon Kay Bull's Bay (Refuge Harb.). Light at N. end of Bull's Island 48 46 38 38 35 35 37 54 37 37 23 18 37 7 48 37 3 37 12 31 37 23 13 37 53 38 38 23 7 38 54 6 39 15 39 38 53 20 38 53 39 36 55 29 36 22 32 35 47 21 36 6 18 35 15 11 35 14 50 35 6 31 34 37 20 34 31 50 34 41 43 34 38 33 57 34 33 52 18 33 49 55 33 49 33 13 21 33 1 8 32 55 20 75 '5 19 • 75 3 75 21 75 42 75 52 50 40 12 48 3 76 18 76 15 76 11 76 11 76 22 76 25 76 35 26 18 35 44 56 37 14 77 51 3 20 77 3 23 76 75 49 4S 53 75 31 20 76 11 75 30 75 31 3 59 5 2 75 58 76 31 76 31 51 7 36 76 40 77 6 77 55 20 20 11 Var. E.j 30 78 15 77 57 50 78 30 30 79 10 53 79 22 12 79 33 44 The Great Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superintendents of Professor A. D. Bache. 64 POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Continued. LAT. N. AUTHORITIES. CHARLESTON, Main Lt. ho. on Morris Id., at W entrance „ St. Michael's Ch. [6] North Edisto River, E. end of Base line, If mile W of entrance Port Royal, Martin's Indus try, Lightvessel Georgia. Savannah River, Tybee Lt.- house „ Exchange Spire Sapelo Bar, Blackbeard Id., East Point St. Simon's Sound, Light- house on N. side St. Andrew's Sound, Light on Little Cumberland Island Florida. St. Mary's River, Light on N. end of Amelia Island Fernandina, railroad wharf St. John's River, Lightho. St. Augustine Inlet, Light on Anastasia Island .... Cape Canaveral, Light .... Jupiter Inlet, Lt.-ho. S. of Cape Florida, Biscayne Kay [7] Florida Reefs, Lighthouse on Fowey Rocks ,, Alligator Reef Lt.-ho. „ Sombrero Shoal Lt.-li. „ Sand Kay Lighthouse Key West, Light on S.W. Point ,, Tifts Observatory . . Marquesas, S.E. Point .... Dry Tortugas, Lighthouse on Bush Kay, Fort Jef- ferson Cape Sable, Fort Poinsett Cape Romano Sanibel Island, East Tampay Bay, Egmont Kay Lighthouse Anclote Kays, Inlet Cedar Kays, Lightho. on Seahorse Kay St. Mark's Harbour, Light- house 32 41 44 32 46 33 32 33 17 32 5 31 32 1 21 32 4 53 31 30 10 31 3 46 30 53 32 30 39 26 30 40 17 30 23 40 29 50 48 28 27 26 55 26 25 41 25 35 20 24 51 2 24 37 36 24 26 30 25 32 32 24 33 31 24 32 54 24 37 47 25 6 25 51 26 27 30 27 36 28 17 29 5 45 30 4 24 o . • o , 79 52 79 55 58 38 1 25 80 13 20 80 35 13 80 50 81 5 33 14 2 30 81 16 81 32 29 81 32 25 81 30 54 81 27 42 81 24 40 81 19 80 33 80 5 11 5 3 20 80 9 24 80 5 80 37 81 6 81 52 50 10 43 42 81 48 81 47 82 5 7 32 4 20 82 52 81 9 81 57 82 10 53 82 45 82 54 15 83 4 50 4 10 84 10 37 The Great Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superintendence of Professor A. D. Bache. TOSITIONS OF PLACES. THE UNITED STATES— Continued. 65 VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Dog Id.. Lt. near W. end . . Cape St. George, Lightho. . Cape St. Bias, Lighthouse Peusacola Bay, Lighthouse Alabama. 29 46 29 36 10 29 41 41 30 19 84 34 42 84 58 38 85 24 34 87 17 24 5 50 The Great Triangulation made for the United States' Coast Survey, under the superintendence of Professor A. D. Bache. Mobile Point, Fort Morgan [8] Dauphin Island, West end Mobile, Episcopal Spire . . Horn Island, East Point . . 30 13 48 30 14 27 30 41 26 30 13 21 88 25 88 13 53 88 1 29 88 30 58 6 10 Mississippi & Louisiana Ship Island, Lighthouse on W. Point 30 12 55 30 3 22 29 8 36 28 58 28 29 57 30 29 4 29 19 30 29 43 55 88 57 1 88 51 49 89 1 30 89 21 90 2 18 90 16 30 91 33 93 50 19 7 5 Chandeleur Island, Light- Entrance of the Mississippi, Pass a Loutre Lighthouse „ S. W. Pass Lighthouse New Orleans, City of [9] Timballier Bay, Lighthouse on W. side of entrance . Atchafalaya Bay, Point au Fer Sabine River, Lighthouse Texas. Galveston Bay, Lighthouse on Bolivar Point Galveston, Court House . . Matagorda Island, Light- house on E. Point Aransas Pass, Lighthouse on N. side 29 22 35 29 18 14 28 20 58 27 23 53 26 4 52 94 45 40 94 46 33 96 23 57 96 56 30 97 11 4 8 55 8 40 Brazos Santiago, Lightho. NOTES. GENERAL NOTE.— In the year 1807. the United States' Legislature determined upon the survey of the coast. This was not properly commenced until 1817, when some base lines were measured, and triangles taken. In 1832 the operations were resumed, under its original superintendent, Mr. F. R. Hassler. In 1842 a plan was drawn up by Congress for its further organization, under which it has since continued under the able superintendence of Professor A. D. Bache. In the conducting of this extensive survey, every refinement and appliance to ensure accuracy is employed, and many new and important discoveries in geodetic science have been made. N. A. O. -K 66 POSITIONS OF PLACES. The latitudes and longitudes of the points between Mount Desert Island, in Maine, and the Chesapeake, are connected togetliei in the triangulation. South of this, the survey has only been carried on in detached portions, as stated in the respective notes, and their points given are dependent on the accuracy of the position of the primary station in each section. As shown in the Note on pp. 6^-2, the whol* of the coasts of the United States is divided into eleven sections, of which two are composed of the Pacific Coasts, and the geographic connexion between America and the rest of the world, is mainly dependent on the position of the Observatory of Cambridge near Boston. The positions given are taken from a list of nearly 4.000 points, established in the course of the survey, as published in 1851-3, with a slight subsequent correction. But each place may now be taken by the mariner as absolutely accurate, as the amount of pro- bable error is so small, as to bo totally beyond, his means of detecting. Therefore each lighthouse, cape, &c., will equally well serve to correct 'us reckoning, or rate his chrono- meter, as the primary observatory. 1. Boston. — Dr. Bowditch, from six astronomic ohservations, viz., two transits and four solar eclipses, made the longitude of Boston as 4 h 44 1 ' 1 16 s, 6; and it was the opinion of Dr. Bowditch that this longitude was more acetira.tely ascertained than that of any other place in the United States. The State of Massachusetts was surveyed trigonometrically, by Simeon Borden, and Robert Treat Payne, Esqrs., and the survey was based on the position of Boston State House. " From observations in 1S29 and 1830," says Mr. Borden, " I made the longitude of the State House as 4 h 44 m 14 B, 6, and by the great solar eclipse, May 15th, 1836, 4 h 44" 19Hi ; mean of the whole, 71° 4' 13".5, or only 8" more than in the Table. The latitude deduced as 42' 21' 22". 7, was from 630 observations. 2. CAMBRIDGE OBSERVATORY.— The longitude of the Observatory of Camhridge near Boston, is the primary meridian of the greater portion of N.W. America, inasmuch as the longitudes of most other places have been referred to it by triangulation, or by electric signal. Its relation to Greenwich has also employed years of assiduous labour and con- summate skill, and may now be considered as entirely established, within probably an insignificant amount of error. Prior to the year 1849, the astronomic observations systematically carried on there had resulted in a longitude assumed as 71° 8' O'.O West of Greenwich. When the positions of the United States' Coast Survey Stations were published in 1851, it was assumed as 71° 7' 22". 5, from the following data: — Moon culminations at various observatories referred to Cambridge, 4 h 44 m 28 s .4; by eclipses and occultations in the same manner, 4 h 44 m 29 s .6; and by chronometric differences to that date 4 h 44 m 30 s . I. This latter determination was afterwards assumed by Professor Bond to be very nearly the true longitude. But in 1855 the chronometric operations were again resumed early in January, and the first meridional distance was carried by the steamer America, June 5th. and the last by the return of the Africa to Boston, October 26th, 1855. There were six voyages across the Atlantic, between Boston and Liverpool, and the total number of chronometers used was fifty-two, and the final longitude determined is as follows : — h m 9 Voyages from Liverpool to Cambridge 4 32 31-92 Voyages from Cambridge to Liverpool 4 32 31-75 Mean 4 32 31-84 Liverpool West of Greenwich 12 005 Resulting longitude 4 44 31-89 or Cambridge 71° 7' 58'. 55 West of Greenwich, which is here assumed. This longitude, which is l s *79 in excess of the longitude of 1851, is a very close approximation to that established by Dr. Bowditch and Mr. Borden for Boston as in the previous note, and is also nearly POSITIONS OF PLACES. r,7 identical with that of New York, as obtained by Mr. Dent's chronometers in 1839. For these reasons the result of 1855 has been preferred, and 36" has been added to the longi- tudes given in the extensive tables published by the United States' Coast Survey depart- ment in 1851, above alluded to. The longitudes in Sections I, II, III, and V, of the United States' Survey are dependent on this. 3. New York. — In the Ladies' and Gentleman's Diary, or United States' Almanac, for 1820, Mr. Nash, the Editor, having the reputation of an excellent observer, gives parti- culars of a great many meridian and circum-meridional observations taken at his school, Broadway, New York, from which lie infers the latitude of No. 331, Broadway, as 40° 42' 58*. The difference of latitude, trigonometrically found, between Mr. Nash's and the City Hall, was somewhat less than 1,300 feet, which, assumed as 13', gives the latitude of the City Hall 40° 42' 45", i.e., allowing 40 c 42' 58", as the latitude of No. 331, Broadway. By observations of a solar eclipse, which Dr. Bowden observed at New York, he found the difference of longitude between Greenwich and Colombia College, equal to 74° 0' 45" W. On the 29th of May, 1818, at a few minutes past noon, the longitude of No. 331, Broadway, by the mean of three distances of the sun and moon, appeared to be 74° 0' 42", and Mr. Nash adds, " 1 am inclined for the present, to place the City Hall in 74° W." By seventy lunar distances, forty of Pollux East, and thirty of Aldebaran West of the moon, in December, 1822, and January, 1823, Captain (afterwards Genl. Sir Edw.) Sabine gave the loDgitude of the cupola of Colombia College, New York, as 74° 3' 27", and the latitude which he assigns to it is 40° 42' 43'. Mr. De Witt, on his survey of the province, gave the longitude as 74° 3'. The chronometers of Messrs. Arnold and Dent, however, appear to have decided the longitude of New York. Four of them were embarked in the British Queen steam-vessel, under the care of Captain Roberts, on her first voyage from England to America in July and August, 1839, and gained the longitude of the City Hall in New York, as 4 h 56 m 3 S *35 )=74° 0' 49"). A second experiment was made on the next voyage of the same vessel, in October and November of the same year, by another set of four chronometers, and by this the difference of longitude between the Observatory at Greenwich and the City Hall, New- York, appeared to be 4 h 56 m S, 24, Say 74° 0' 10'. M. Daussy, the French Hydrographer, had previously given it in the Connaissance des Temjys as 4 1 ' 56 m O s *72, or 74° 0' 11'. By the determination of the United States' Coast Survey, from data up to 1851, it was lin longitude 74° 0' 3-09; but, by the subsequent correction of the Cambridge longitude as shown above, it is in 74° 0' 39 ", as in the table, very nearly identical with the determina- tion of M. Daussy and Mr. Dent. 4. Washington. — In our former editions, the Dome of the Capitol is placed in longi- tude 77° 0' 20"; from the State Survey of 1816, this is shown to be nearly correct. Seaton Station in the City of Washington, is the point to which all telegraphic differences of longitude are referred, and which have now placed it in connection with most of the important places on the coasts of North-west America, and established beyond controversy, their true relative longitudes. 5. North Carolina. — The longitudes of the coasts South of Cape Henry, at the Chesapeake, as far as Cape Fear, or Section IV. of the United States' Coast Survey, are dependent on that of Stevenson's Point, the West Point of Little River, on the North side of Albemarle Sound. The Base line upon which the triangulation was established, was measured upon Body's Island, on the coast of Pamplico Sound, and the South end of it is near the Lighthouse. 6. Charleston. — The longitude of Charleston was obtained from Seaton Station, in Washington, by Electric Telegraph, in 1850, by Professor Walker and Lieutenant Gibbes. Section V. of the United States' Coast Survey system is thus connected with the rest of the series. 63 POSITIONS OF PLACES. 7. Cape Florida, &c— In 1845, Captain Edward Barnett, R.N., made a running- survey of the Coast of Florida and the adjacent banks. His longitudes found by eight chronometers by meridian distance from Havana, and in other portions of this region have been found very consistent. He placed Cape Florida in longitude 80° 3' 0" W. But the United States' Surveyors make this position a primary point for the longitudes in Section VI. of the Coast Survey, and they made it, according to their estimate of 1851, 80' 5' 0', and in 1859, 80° 9' 29', or 6J' further West than Captain Barnett. Yet Sand Kay is placed by the United States' authorities, in November, 1852, as 81° 52' 43', while Captain Barnett's longitude is 81° 51' 12", a difference of only 1£'. 8. Mobile. — Fort Morgan, on Mobile Point, is made the primaiy station of Sections VIII. and IX. of the United States' Survey, or between it and the Mexican frontier. 9. New Orleans. — The position of New Orleans is given approximately from the sketch published by the United States' Coast Survey. The triangulation was not entirely completed from Mobile. The longitude of New Orleans is of some interest. The United States' Coast Survey has assumed a considerable degree of importance from its extent, and these results being extended to the other portions of the territory, render the consideration of a primaiy meridian for the western world one necessary to be determined in the early state of the operations. The capitol of Washington would naturally appear to be the fittest starting point ; but as the introduction of greater diversity in astronomic and other Tables than at present exists is certainly not desirable, the United States' Survey Department commissioned Professor Baehe to report on the subject. Impressed with the inconvenience attached to the introduction of a fresh mode of reckoning meridional distances, and at the same time to give due importance to the geodetical operations carried on in America quite independent of any in the eastern hemisphere, he recommended, if any transatlantic meridian were to be assumed as a primaiy, that of Nmo Orleans would be the fittest. The progress of the survey having shown that New Orleans was in long. 90° 0' 0", or nearly so, it became manifest that one objection to a new fractional element being intro- duced was in some degree removed if this were taken. With this view, if any meridian were to be assumed for the United States, that of 90° West of Greenwich, wherever it may fall, is the fittest. in the course of the operations any correction be found necessary to this meridian, as marked in some part of New Orleans, let it be removed accordingly Thus the first meridian of the United States, would be one fourth of the circumference, or six hours in time Wwt of that of Greenwich. VARIATIONS OF THE COMPASS. The question of Magnetic Variation of Declination, has received much attention from the Survey department under the superintendence of Professor Bache, w T ho, with Mr. J. E. Hilgard, have repoiicd on the subject. The exact observations at present collected, have not been sufficient to establish the exact amount of secular change which is necessary to bring the observed result of former years in accordance with the existing Variation. As the amounts given in Professor Bache's and Mr. Hilgard's Tables are for various epochs between 1844 and 1856, we have taken the secular change at the amounts estimated by Staff-Captain F. J. Evans, R.N., and added them to those quoted in the American list, to bring them down to the epoch 1878-9. The line of No Variation intersects the coast to the westward of Cape Lookout, in about longitude 77° 40' W. To the north-westward of this line, the Westerly variation is increasing about 3.0 per annum in the vicinity of Cape Hatteras; about 3'.5 per annum near New York, and 4'.0 per annum on the Coast of Maine. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 69 The lines of equal variation run about N.W. and S.E. true on the coast of Maine ; N.W. by W„ and S.E. by E. about New York, and N.N.W. and S.S.E. on the coast of Carolina and Georgia. The variations to the south-westward are decreasing at the rate of 1' to 1'.5 per annum. 16— .THE BERMUDA ISLANDS. LONG. W. VAR. WEST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Ireland Id., entr. of hai'bour Somerset Island Beacon . . Gibb's Hill Lighthouse, light revolving every minute (362 feet) Castle Island, entrance of Castle Harbour St. David's Head (Lightho. building) Fort Cunningham, at the entrance of St. George's Harbour Mill's Breaker, eastern ex- tremity of the reef . . North Rock, northern side of Reef Challenger Bank N.E. extr 47 fathoms 32 19 15 32 17 4 32 15 4 32 20 18 32 22 32 22 18 32 24 30 32 28 20 32 7 20 64 51 40 64 54 64 51 36 64 41 50 64 40 30 64 41 64 39 20 64 47 45 65 4 7 20 The Trigonometrical Survey, by Capt. Thos. Hurd, R.N., under the orders of the British Admiralty, between the years 1783 and 1797, adjusted by the observa- tions of Captain Edward Barnett, R.N., 1846, &c. NOTES. 1. Between the years 1783 and 1797, Captain T. Hurd, R.N., was employed in the survey of these beautiful islands, the outline of which survey is published by the British Admiralty. Captain Hurd deduced his longitudes from Wreck Hill, which, frcm its position as recently ascertained, may be taken as having been within 4' or 5' E. of the correct longitude. In the chart of the Bermuda Islands, as published by Mr. Laurie, we have placed the islands in the longitudes, which, from the accuracy of recent observations, we may suppose to be finally settled. Ireland Island. — The position of Bastion C, which serves as a groundwork for the rest, was determined by meridian altitudes ; and the longitude, we presume, is by chronometer, from the West Indies. The detail of these operations is given by Capt. Edw. Barnett, R.N., in the " Bermuda Royal Gazette," August 25th, 1826. 2. Wreck Hill. — As we have mentioned, Capt. Hurd considered this to be in latitude 32° 15' 20", and long. 64° 50'; but, according to the corrected position of Ireland Island flagstaff, this is 1' 25" South, and 4' 40" E. of its right place. 3. Gibb's Hill Lighthouse. — The position of this was obtained by triangulation from Ireland Island; but, on applying these calculations to Captain Hurd's survey, we find some small discrepancies ; but as they are not of sufficient magnitude to affect navigation, we have not attempted to adjust them. The variation of the compass is increasing about 2' per annum. TOSITIONS OF PLACES. 17.— THE BAHAMA AND PASSAGE ISLANDS. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. LITTLE BAHAMA BANK. Matamlla, or Maternillo Bank.N.W. end of [1].. Matanillo Shoal, 12 feet .. Outer part of the Western Reef Memory Rock Settlement Point, W. end of Grand Bahama Island S.E. pt. of Grand Bahama . Hole in the Wall, Light- house [2] N.E. Point of Ahaco (so called) Elbow Reef, Outer Point. GREAT BAHAMA BANK. The Southern Kays— The Brothers, East Rock Isle, The Jumentos— Little Ragged Beacon Ragged Island, Flagstaff Racoon Kay, Beacon . . Channel Kay Jamaica South Kay .... Man of War Kay, N. End Flamingo Kay Water Kay, S.W. Point. Yuma or Long Island : — South Point of the Isle. . Great Harb., Entrance . . Michael Bk., 12 fathoms Whale, or North Point . . ExDMA, the Beacon Galliot Cut, on the Bank. . Eleuthera, S.E. Point „ Governor's Harb. „ James' Cistern . . „ Harbour Island . „ Egg Island Reef, Extremity . . . The Isles, &c. on N.W.:— Fleeming Chann., Beacon Douglas Chann., Entr. . . Nassau, New Providence Lighthouse [3] 27 23 27 22 27 5 26 57 26 41 30 26 29 79 8 79 4 79 12 79 6 40 79 35 78 41 30 25 51 30 ! 77 10 43 26 30 26 33 22 3 30 22 9 30 22 11 40 22 21 50 22 32 15 22 42 56 22 47 20 22 52 22 58 22 50 23 7 23 9 15 23 41 37 23 31 53 23 55 24 37 25 11 15 25 21 25 30 25 34 25 16 45 25 7 30 25 5 10 76 57 76 50 75 44 75 44 30 75 47 17 75 49 39 75 52 50 75 54 46 75 54 75 53 6 75 45 3 74 52 74 52 30 74 45 30 75 20 75 49 21 76 15 76 9 23 76 14 b'i 76 23 76 39 76 55 30 76 55 3 7" 2 45 2 10 Captain Edward R.N., 1846. Burnett, The Observations of Captain Richard Owen, R.N., 1831 —32. 2 15 1 55 2 10 The Surveys of Capt. Richard Owen, Captain E. Barnett, Lieutenant T. Smith, R.N., &c, 1836-1842. POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE BAHAMA AND PASSAGE ISLANDS— Continued. 71 i LAT. N. Joulter Kays ; N. extrera. . Andros Isles : Morgan's Bluff, or N.E. Point . . High Kay, on the E. Coast Golding Kay Green Kay, in the Gulf . Berry Isles: — S. Stirrup Kay, N.W. Point Great Stirrup Kay. Lighthouse Holmes' Kay, centre . . . Great Isaac, Lightho. [4] Western side of the Great Bunk : — Moselle Bk., Bernini Is. . Gun Kay, Lightho. . . [5] Brown's Kay S. Hiding Kk.. Beacon . Orange Kays, Middle . Southern part of the Bunk: Guincho, or Ginger Kay Lobos, or Wolf Kay ... Mucaras, or Diamond Point [G] Cayo Verde, or Green Kay Kay of St. Domingo [7] THE PASSAGE ISLANDS. Little St. Salvador, W.Pt. . . St. Salvador, Columbus or S.E. Point ■ , Hawk's Nest, or S.W. Point , N.W. Point Conception Island, S. end. . Southampton Reef, exty . . Bum Kay, S.E. White Cliffs ■ , West End ....[8] Watling's Island ; Large White Rock at N. End The S.W. Point Hinchinbroke Rock Samana or Attwood Kays : East Low Kay Westernmost Reef, exty. Southern Reef Planas or Flat Kays, centre Crooked Islands, &c. :— The N.E. Breaker 25 19 30 25 10 24 24 39 30 24 13 40 24 2 12 25 25 5 25 49 40 25 37 40 20 2 25 49 10 25 34 35 25 23 40 21 14 24 56 30 22 45 22 22 50 22 10 22 1 40 21 42 20 24 36 22 24 8 30 24 8 50 24 41 10 23 48 46 23 55 15 23 38 40 23 39 24 10 15 23 56 27 23 56 40 23 5 23 5 50 23 4 45 22 35 10 22 43 30 LONG, W. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. 78 8 30 78 1 30 77 42 50 77 37 20 77 10 77 55 30 77 53 45 77 44 79 6 30 79 17 30 79 18 50 79 13 79 10 79 9 24 78 77 36 77 19 75 10 75 44 45 75 58 75 16 48 75 32 30 75 45 30 75 6 75 7 3 74 47 20 74 56 35 74 28 30 74 34 74 28 33 73 36 43 73 52 73 45 73 33 73 47 AUTHORITIES. The Surveys of Capt. Richard Owen, Captain E. Barnett, Lieutenant T. Smith, R.N., &C, 1836—1842. 2 25 2 20 1 45 1 35 72 POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE BAHAMA AND PASSAGE ISLANDS— Continued. VAR. LAT. > LONG. W. EAST, AUTHORITIKS. 1878-9. N.E. Reef, Extremity . . 22 47 b 73 49 45 * The Surveys of Capt. Richard 22 44 10 74 7 33 Owen, Capt. E. Barnett, Bird Rock Lighthouse . . 22 51 74 22 15 Lieutenant T. Smith, R.N., Fortune Tsle, or Long- &c, 1836—1842. Kay, S. Point 22 32 74 23 Castle Isle [9] 22 7 74 18 45 1 55 Miraporvos : — * * The Miraporvos Bank and 22 7 22 5 21 58 22 31 50 30 74 74 74 74 32 40 32 15 27 30 47 30 Kays were surveyed by Mr. De South Kay, Sand-hills . . Hobart's Breakers, S.E. End Mayne, in 1827. The Bank is eleven and a half miles in ex- tent from S S.E. to N.N.W., and the shoals upon it are very dan- gerous, particularly to those advancing from the S.E. With the wind blowing strong from Diana, or Monkey Bank, Marihuana, or Mayaguana, S.W. Point 22 21 45 73 9 30 the northward they break heavily, and at all times there Eastern End of E. Reef . 22 18 72 38 16 is a heavy swell upon them. The current generally sets from the The Catcos : N.E. over the shoals at the rate Cape Comet, N.E. Point of 1 mile an hour. [10] Large House near the 21 42 50 71 27 38 1 20 The Surveys of Capt. Richard 21 49 71 41 Owen, 1831-32. The Three Maries 21 57 30 72 2 30 "West Cay cos, South End 21 37 30 71 44 33 Providenciales, N.W. Pt. 21 52 40 72 20 3 West, or Little Cayco, 21 37 30 72 28 33 21 2J 72 5 South Shoal 21 2 21 5 15 71 71 44 33 29 Swimmer Shoal The Hogaties, N.W. Kay 21 41 30 73 50 Great Inagua-. — ihe N.AV. Point.... [IT 21 7 30 73 39 30 Middle Point 21 1 20 55 20 58 45 73 73 73 41 39 3 39 30 S.W Point Lantern Head (82 feet hi»-h} 20 56 20 57 21 20 21 29 30 45 30 15 73 73 72 72 19 24 9 48 59 30 55 33 1 45 S E. Point N.E. Point Remarks. Little Inagua ; East Point . „ „ N.W. Point . 21 30 40 73 4 33 Turks' Island Passage. — Near the S.E. end or elbow of the Caycos Bank, is a shoal in Turk's Islands : — lat. 21° 4', long. 71° 31' 32", hav- Salt Kay, centre 21 7 21 11 21 20 15 12 71 71 71 18 18 14 33 "12 1 20 ing over it, in some parts, only 5 feet of water, and lying with a bushy kay on :he bank bearing N. by W. (by compass) 6 or 7 Grand Kay, Roadstead miles. Lat. by merid. alt. : [12] 21 28 10 71 7 30 long, by two good chronometers, Square Handkerchief, made by Barraud : one giving N.E. detached Breaker 21 6 30 70 27 20 71° 31' 5"; the other, 71° 32' 6". S.E. extremity 20 47 30 70 27 — Edwd. DunsterviUe H.M.S. Western extremity .... 20 56 70 57 Carnation. POSITIONS OF PLACES. THE BAHAMA AND PASSAGE ISLANDS— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Silver Kay, or Plati Bank : — East End (10 fathoms) . . S.E. Point N.W. Point S.W. Point [12] Bajo de Navidad, or binr Bank: — Northern Extremity [13] Eastern South- West 20 35 20 20 13 20 55 20 17 20 20 14 « 4 69 21 53 69 35 48 69 56 13 70 53 1 15 The Surveys of Mr. Anthonj Dt May tie, &c. (\S 51 18 10 20 2 68 47 33 19 51 50 68 58 16 NOTES. 1. Mantanilla Bank.— The Mantanilla Bank, to the north-ward of the reef, was not represented in Mr. De Mayne's Chart, although given in that of the Spanish surveyors. It was examined by Captain Edward Barnett, R.N., in 1846, and the positions corrected accordingly. 2. Hole in the Wall Lighthoi t se is a conical (-.tone tower 160 feet high, the upper part painted red and the lower part "white, the lantern is also painted -white. 3. Nassau. — The position appears to he finally f-ettled as in the Table. The Spanish Surveyors gave the town as in 25° 4' 33' N., and 77° 19' 30 W. Mr. De Mayne as 25° 5' 18" N., and 77° 19' W. 4. Great Isaac. — This islet is moderately high, has several wells of fresh water, and abundance of large shell-fish. The Providence droggers water here. 5. Gun Cay Lighthouse, 70 feet high, is coloured similarly to Hole in the Wall Lighthouse, as above described. 6. Diamond Point of the Mucaras. — The Mucaras, Lavanderas, and Lobos, with the dangers on the bank in the vicinity, have been surveyed, with great care, by Captain Edward Barnett, whose positions are those given in the Table. This portion of the bank was formerly represented, as in the Spanish Charts, rather more to the South, and 6' more to the East. 7.— Kay of St. Dcmtngo. — The southern part of the Great Bank, on which this kay is situate, is very dangerous by night. The kay had formerly the appearance of a sail, but, in 1835, the crew of the Thunder erected a beacon of stones, about 15 feet high, upon the centre of it ; 1he other part of the kay is about 5 feet only above the water. It is a rocky, and spot, producing nothing but a little samphire and wild grass. 8 P»'JM Kay — This island was formerly very erroneously represented on the charts, both as to magnitude and position. The white cliffs at the S.E. end are remarkable, and may be seen 6 leagues off. 9. Castle Isle. — The point appears to be finally settled. Former observations gave 22 c 7' 45" N., and 74 c 17' 30" W. 10. Caycos. — Captain Livingstone says: — "I am perfectly satisfied that any vessel shaping a course from off the rocks to weather the N.W. point of the Caycos by any chart hitherto published, will infallibly get entangled among the reefs on the West side of the Watering Bay. When a vessel once gets embayed among them, it mu>t be next to impossible to beat, out ; as the reefs extending from the land to the eastward hook sud- denly round, at their outer extremity, to the southward. Thus a vessel may be in blue K .A. G. L 74 POSITIONS OF PLACES. and deep water while the hook of the reef is outside her. I have three times examined tin; appearance of these reefs from the mast-heads of different vessels, and each time they appeared to me more dangerous than they had previously done." — (This was written in 1848.) 11. Great TnagUa. — This island has heen surveyed by Lieutenant Lawrence, R.N. — Matthew Town, a new settlement, lies 3 miles northward of the S.W. point. On the South-east coast of Inagua are several detached coral reefs about, and at some distance from, the S.E. point. On one of these H.M.S. Statira was lost; and on another, if not the same, the bark Emerald, Captain Nockells, struck, at 5 p.m., 11th June, 1834, on her passage from Jamaica to London. The bark was on it for two hours, while the small islet off the S.E. point bore West, distant 4 miles, and the nearest shore was 5 miles off. The depth of water was about 18 feet. The captain observes that, as broken reefs may extend a long way out, vessels in passing should not advance within 10 miles of the shore. The Emerald was so much damaged that it became necessary to abandon her ; and on the next day, at 7 p.m., her crew were saved in a Spanish schooner, bound for Philadelphia, being then, with 9 ft. of water in her hold, in lat. 20° 36', long. 73° 10', 24 miles to the southward of Inagua. It is now marked by a lighthouse near the S.W. point, which shows a re- volving light every minute at 120 ft., visible 17 miles. 12. Silver Kay Bank. — It seems that the Fletcher Reef, said to have been discovered near the S.W. extremity of the Silver Kay Bank, in 1833, really exists on the S.W. part of that bank, the true form of which was, for the first time, ascertained by Captain Owen and assisting officers, as now exhibited on the charts. Its N.E. side is extremely dangerous, having a cluster of rocky heads, extending 18 miles, and even with the water. There are also detached patches on the N .rth and north-western parts. 13. The Bajo de Navidad has been described as a fine clear bank of an oval form. Its greatest length 22 miles North and South, aud 11 in breadth; the least water on it 11 fathoms, which is on the S.E. edge. The general depths 16 and 17 fathoms, very even bottom, coral and sand ; the water being of a darkish hue, the bank is not easily distinguished. There is but little secular chango in the variations of the compass hereabouts. 18— CUBA, JAMAICA, ETC. South Side of Cuba. , „ Cape Maysi, Lighthouse [1] 20 15 10 Port Guantanamo, E. head 19 55 Santiago de Cuba, Blanca Battery [2] 20 19 „ Morro Lighthouse 19 57 42 Cape Cruz, Lighthouse .... 19 50 Caballones Channel, Pilot Point 20 46 30 Boca Grande Cay, West pt. 21 River Guaurabo, Ciriales Point 21 46 Port Xagua or Jagua, Light- house 22 1 P agua Bank, shoal part . . 20 37 Xiedras Cay, Lighthouse . . 21 58 Jardines Bank, East point 21 39 Rosario. Channel, South en- 1 trance 21 37 . , „ o . 74 10 75 16 24 2 20 75 50 22 2 50 75 54 77 44 20 30 3 30 78 58 79 19 30 80 2 80 30 80 35 81 3 81 2 o t 81 55 Chiefly from the Surveys by the Spanish Navy, with partial surveys by Captain Richard Owen, R N., and recent English Surveyors. POSITIONS OF PLACES. CUBA, JAMAICA, ETC.— Continued. 75 LAT. N. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Isle of Pines, Frances Point [3] Isle of Pines, extreme South point San Felipe Cays, S.W. part Laguna de Cortes, small Cay at entrance North Coast of Cuba. Cape Antonio, extreme . . Colorados Reef, West end Jutias Cay, Lighthouse(pro posed) Bahia Honda, Point Cerro del Morrillo Havana, Morro Light- house [4] „ Engineer's post under No. 4 fort Peak of Matanzas, summit . Cay Piedras, Lighthouse . . Bahia de Cadiz Cay, Light- house Paredon Grande Cay, Light- house Cay Confites, South point . Cay Verde, N.W. end .... Maternillos Point, Lightho. Port Nuevitas, Lighthouse, Barlovento Point .... Port Padre, Point Guinchos Port Naranjo, East side of entrance Peak of Sama, summit (885 feet) Port Nipe, Roma Point Port Sama, East side of entrance ■Lucrecia Point, Lighthouse Port Cayo Moa, Carenero Point Port Baracoa, Lighthouse The Grand Cayman : — S.W. Bay, Fort George JAMAICA, and Isles Adjacent. [5] Navassa Island, North ex- treme Morant Cays, N.E. Cay . . Formigas Bank, shoal spot Morant Point, Lightho . . 21 37 15 21 21 24 21 55 22 4 21 51 30 22 9 22 43 20 22 58 49 23 9 20 23 8 53 23 1 54 23 14 42 23 13 22 29 3 22 11 14 22 8 45 21 40 6 21 37 30 21 18 30 21 7 30 21 7 20 47 14 21 9 21 4 38 20 41 41 20 21 19 17 45 83 12 34 82 56 83 32 83 51 84 58 4 84 48 84 6 30 83 12 82 22 12 2 20 43 81 45 81 8 17 80 30 78 9 53 77 40 5 77 38 15 77 8 57 77 5 16 76 36 16 75 53 75 48 22 75 34 75 48 75 37 55 74 53 74 28 30 81 24 3 18 25 10 75 2 3 17 26 30 75 58 20 18 33 75 44 24 17 55 5 76 11 50 5 5 35 4 40 3 2 30 3 10 Chiefly from the Surveys by the Spanish Na^y, with partial Surveys by Captain Richard Owen, R.N., and recent English Surveyors. Remarks. The greater part of the har- bours are singularly formed, having a narrow entrance mostly bordered with a reef or shoal, but opening into a fine basin in- ward, which affords shelter from every wind. Of such are St. Iago, Guantanamo, Escondido, Baitiqueri, Mata, and Baracoa; but the entrance of the latter is bold-to ; again, Iaco, Yaguan- eque, Cebollas, Tanamo, Cabo- nico and Livisa, Nipe, Banes, Naranjo, Vita, Jururu, Del Pa- dre, Malagueta, Manati, Nuevi- tas, Havana, Mariel, Bahia- Honda, and Jagua. From the Surveys of Captain R. Owen R.N.. 1835, and more modern suiweys of particular localities. 7« POSITIONS OF PLACES. CUBA, JAMAICA, ETC.— Continued. LONG. W. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Port Moiant, Bowden Pier Morant Town Church .... Lamottes Bank (4 fathoms) Cow Bay Point Plum Point Light PORT ROYAL,Ft.Charles, Flagstaff [6] Kingston, Fort Augusta Light „ St. Michael Ch. Portland Bight, Pigeon Id., centre Portland Point Carlisle Bay, Pier Round Hill Alligator Reef, N.E. end.. Pedro Bluff, S.W. extreme Black R. Anrh., Church . . Savanna la Mer fort, ruin . Negril Bay, Wharf in South part St. Lucia, Fort Montego Bay, Fort Falmouth, Fort St. Anne Bay, Long Wharf Port Maria, N.W. Wharf Port Antonio, Fort flagstaff Machioneal H arbour, South entrance point Red Cliffs Pedro Bank, East end, Portland Rock [7] „ S.W. Breakers „ N.W. edge . . Baxo Nuevo, Sandy Cay [8] Grand Cayman, Fort George, West end . . [9] Little Cayman, West point Cayman Brae, S.W. point „ N.E. point Pickle Bank, Centre Serranilla, S.W. Cay[10] C i ,, 17 53 15 17 52 do 17 50 10 17 52 20 17 55 40 17 56 6 17 58 17 58 17 47 40 17 42 12 17 46 20 17 51 17 49 17 51 12 18 1 18 12 15 18 16 50 | 18 27 45 18 29 25 18 30 34 18 26 24 18 23 18 11 15 18 2 50 17 59 30 17 8 16 48 17 36 15 53 19 17 45 19 39 10 19 40 35 19 44 30 20 23 20 15 47 45 78 22 24 78 11 24 77 56 48 77 40 24 77 13 24 76 54 54 76 27 24 76 17 35 76 15 20 77 27 78 13 78 52 78 39 4 81 23 54 80 7 54 79 54 59 79 43 53 80 29 50 79 50 43 „ 76 19 55 76 25 30 76 30 30 76 37 5 76 47 15 76 51 10 76 51 30 76 47 30 77 5 77 10 77 17 30 77 23 77 32 20 77 45 12 77 52 10 78 8 50 From the Surveys of Captain 11. Owen, R.N., 1835, and more modern Surveys of particular localities. 4 4 30 NOTES. 1. Cape Maysi. — Captain Foster places Cape Maysi in 74° 5' 18', considering Chagres as 78° 57' 19'. Captain Owen made it 74° 8' 0'. 2. St. Iago de Cuba.— Mr. Nicholls, Master of the Shearwater brig of war, in 1819, communicated the situation of the Morro Castle of St. Iago, from obsei rations made in that ship, as follows :— Latitude observed, 19° 57' 50" ; longitude by lunars, 76 u 2' 45" ; by chronometer, 76° 0'. The Spanish Chart of the harbour represents the Morro as in 76" 55' 33' W. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 77 Telegraphic determination from Havana, by U.S. Hydrographic Office in 1875, places the Morro Lighthouse in long. 75° 52' 6" W. 3. Cape Antonio, Isle of Pines, &c. — On the 12th of August, 1817, Capt. Livingstone came to an anchor off Cape Antonio, in 7 fathoms ; and by an excellent observation, found his latitude to be 21° 53' 54" ; this confirms that which has been given by the Spanish officers. The longitude is well established between 84° 57' and 84" 58'. The Baron von Humboldt gives 84° 57' ; Captain Owen, 84° 58' ; the Spanish officers had previously given it as 84° 57' 30". 4. Havana and Lighthouse.— The longitudes in the western part of the Caribbean Sea depend upon the position of the Morro Lighthouse, Havana, given by Don Jose Joaquin de Ferrer, Astro, Soc. Mem. iv. 586 ; Ion. 82° 22' 12" W. — Note : Telegraphic de- termination from Washington, U.S., by U.S. Hydrographic Office in 1875, places Morro Lighthouse in long. 82° 21' 23" W. The position of the Engineer's post, near the steam wharf under fort No. 4, Havana Harbour, has been deduced from the Morro Lighthouse, and is here given as being conve- nient for rating chronometers, lat. 23" 8' 53" N., long. 82° 20' 43" W. The position formerly given was lat. 23° 8' 18' N., long. 82° 22' 4" W. The longitude being the mean of twenty results from stars eclipsed by the moon, by Don Josef Joachim de Ferrer, 1809-10-11-12. This place, which is taken by Lieutenant Raper as a secondary meridian, is considered by him as in long. 82° 21' 57" W. The difference, 17", between this and Mr. Purdy's position, as given in our previous editions, is but trifling, and the difference between Mr. Purdy's position in 1850 and that determined electrically from Washington in 1875, is but 17", the latter position placing it in 82° 21' 23", or 27" less than shown in the Tables. 5. JAMAICA in general. — "In his outline of Jamaica, 1821, Mr. De Mayne gives Morant, or the eastern point/in longitude 76° 12', and South Negril, or the western point, in 78° 25' W. Mr. Leard, in his survey of 1791, gave Morant Point in 79° 3', and South Negril in 78° 33' ; consequently he represented the island more than 15' longer than it has since been exhibited. 6. Port Royal. — Telegraphic determination from Havana, by U.S. Hyd. Office in 1875, places the flagstaff at Port Royal in long. 76° 50' 31" W. The northern coast, it appears, was placed too far North from 1 to 2 miles. 7. Portland Rogk. — The Portland Rock is a single kay, 15 to 20 feet above the sea. and covered with small bushes. It has been variously represented in from lat. 17° 7j' to 17° 13' and from long. 76° 32' to 77° 31'. In Mr. De Mayne's Chart it appears in 17° 7£' N., and 77° 29' W. The position given in our Table cannot, we think, be far from the .truth. The officers of H.M.S. Winchester, in 1834, by numerous altitudes, &c, gained the lati- tude of the rock as 17° 7' 25", and long. 77° 27' 4". 8. Baxo Nuevo. — According to the Spanish officers, 1804, the extent of this shoal is about 7 miles from North to South, and 14 miles from East to West. All the eastern part is a reef, very steep-to, but on the West the depth diminishes gradually. At 1^ mile from the northern extremity is the Sandy Cay, given in the Table. The Baxo del Comboy, which is represented on the charts to the E.S.E. of the New Shoal, has been particularly searched for, but could not be found. The shoal was examined by H.M. surveying ship Thunder, March, 1835; the small kay, given in the Table, was found to be 4 feet high, and a cable's length East and West, at miles N.E. from the southern breakers. It presents no appearance of vegetation, and is composed of coarse coral, sand, and stones. 9. Grand Cayman. — The latitude of the S.W. kay of the Grand Cayman, as observed by Captain Livingstone, August 5th 1817, appeared to be 19° 14', not 19° 11', the parallel formerly assigned ; the longitude was communicated to us by the late Captain Hurd, as 78 POSITIONS OF PLACES. a determination to be relied on, and it appears to have been confirmed by Captain J. W. Monteith. Don J. M. Herrera, of the Spanish Navy, places the East extreme of the Eastern Little Cayman (Cayman Brae) in lat. 19° 45' 15" N., long. 79° 46' 24" E., 1863. The S.E. point, as communicated by Mr. Dunsterville, lies in lat. 19° 16' N., and long. 81° 6' 40" W, The village on the West, formerly the Ilogsties, is called Georgetown, but the most populous village is Boddentown, on the South. 10. Serranilla. — This bank, with its kays, formerly much misrepresented, lies between the parallels of 15° 35' and 15° 55' N., and the meridians of 79° 41' and 80° 5'. On its eastern and southern sides are several kays and reefs. On the N.E. side is a detached patch of rocks, on which the sea constantly breaks ; it is just awash, but, in fine weather, a rock will show about 2 feet out of the water. Between it and the main bank is a safe passage, of not less than 6 fathoms, bordering close to the western side of the reef. In clear weather, by day, all the rocky patches are easily avoided, but it is very dangerous to approach by night. The Variations of the compass are very slowly decreasing. 19.— STO. DOMINGO OE HAYTI, POETO-EICO, AND THE VIEGIN ISLANDS. VAR. LAT. N. LONG. W. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. STO. DOMINGO. O 4 h i O ' Isle of Mona, the Middle. . 18 6 67 54 1 10 Hobero, Bight Bank 18 58 50 69 3 37 Sir Robert H. Schomburgk, Punta Macao, ranchos .... 18 50 68 35 F.R.G.S., 1852. Isle of Saona, W. point . . 18 14 68 53 30 Qiriabon. It. entrance 18 20 20 68 53 23 18 22 68 56 37 18 25 50 69 10 25 Isles of Santa CaLamtfc, W. 18 19 69 City of Santo Domingo, Cathedral, W. portal [1] 18 28 17 69 52 26 1 40 Neiva Bay, River entrance 18 22 10 71 Captain Richard Owen, R.N., Alta-Vela, or the High and Edward Dunsterville, Sail [2] 18 29 30 71 38 Esq., R.N., 1826, 27, 32. Cape Jacquemel, or Jacmei 18 11 20 72 35 15 2 38 Pta. Ajugas, or False Cape 17 47 71 41 Frayle Rocks, S. end .... 17 36 71 41 Aquin Bay, Grosse Kay, 18 13 30 18 14 27 73 27 73 35 30 St. Louis, the Old Fort . . Aux Cayes, the Town 18 11 10 73 46 Isle a Vache, E. Point 18 4 73 36 30 18 2 18 2 20 18 22 73 50 73 58 30 74 28 32 2 50 Point a Gravois Cape Tiburon, extremity . Irois Bay, House on the 18 23 48 18 25 45 74 29 33 75 3 Isle of Navaza, middle Cape Dame Marie, or Donna Maria . . . . 18 37 30 18 38 74 27 31 74 5 45 Staff Comm. Kiddle, R.N., Jeremie Bay, Wharf. . . . . . 1873. POSITIONS OF PLACES. 79 STO. DOMINGO, PORTO RICO, &c— Continued. LAT. N. LONG. W. VAR. EAST, 1878-9. AUTHORITIES. Miragoane Harbour, Town "Pirogues, on the Rochelois Keef Hummock of Petit Gonave Isle o f Gonave, West Point Tort au Prince, Fort Bigithon ,Arcadins. north ernmost St. Marc, or St. Mark's Pt. Port Piment St. Nicholas Mole, Fort George Port a l'Ecu Port Paix, Carenge Point l'ortue ji Tortuga Isle, W Point „ Fast Point City of Cape Haytien, Watering Place Manzanillo Bay, Manzanillo Point The Grange Point Point Isabeliea Isabella Bay, Islet Port Plata, E. Point.... Old Cape Francais .... Cape Cabron . . ....... Cape Samana Cape Raphael Cape Engaiio, extreme. . . . Point Espada ISLAND OF PORTO- RICO. Cape St. Juan, or N.E. Pt. Morro Castle of St. Juan [3] Point Brugucn, or N.W. Point Isle Desecho or Zacheo Aguadilla Town [4] Mayaguez Bay, Light . . Aguila Point, S.W. pt. . . Port Ponce Custom House Puerto Guanica, E. Point Caxa de Muertos, or Coffin, S.W. Point The VIRGIN ISLANDS. Anegada, W. Point , East Point [5] Soldier, or North Point . . „ Horse-shoe Reef, S.E. end 18 28 18 38 20 18 26 51 18 55 26 Ifr 32 12 18 48 19 2 10 19 37 73 4 30 73 14 72 45 39 73 18 30 72 22 25 72 38 72 51 73 1 19 49 30 73 27 33 19 55 10 73 5 30 19 58 72 48 45 • 20 20 3 20 1 19 4(> 40 19 45 34 19 54 45 19 58 4 nting only the thinnest possible edge towards any point of the horizon. These spiral bands hold the pane of glass, which is also bent to the curve of the light-room, and accurately ground to the size of the frame; and the lantern is thus built up of separate elements, which unite to form a cylinder of the strongest character, and the frame- work of which, from a short distance, will be entirely invisible when seen in front. Dioptric lights are divided into four, or rather six orders, according to their magnitude : — 1. The Jlrst order apparatus is 6 feet 0.5 inch in diameter, and is illuminated by a lamp with four wicks, of 3-39 inches, 2*52 inches, 1*69 inches, and - 83 inch in diameter, respectively. It is indicated in the following list by the figure 1. 2. The second order apparatus is 4 feet 7" 13 inches in diameter, and is illuminated by a lamp with three wicks, of 2 - 6 inches, 1*8 inches, and "9 inch in diameter, respectively, and is indicated by the figure 2. 3. The third order is sub-divided into two sizes, larger and smaller. The first apparatus (grand modele) is 3 feet 3-38 inches in diameter; and the second (petit modele) 1 foot 7 69 inches in diameter. They are each illuminated by a lamp with two wicks, the larger of 1*61 and -807 inches in diameter, respectively, and the smaller of T20 and - 589 inches in diameter. They are shown in the list by the figure 3. All the lights of this order in the English Channel are of the larger size. * "Holophotal" from two Greek words, signifying " whole light.' LIGHTHOUSES AND THEIR ILLUMINATION. 9", 4. The fourth order, or harbour light, is also subdivided into two sizes, the larger (grand moiele) 1 foot 277 inches in diameter, the smaller (petit modele) 11-81 inches in diameter. They are illuminated by a single cylindrical wicked lamp of -94 inch or -85 inch in diameter. As the sub-division of this order is unnecessary to the sailer, it is distinguished in the list by the figure 4. In addition to the magnitude of the apparatus, the description of it will also serve usefully to distinguish one light from another. Therefore, the different systems employed, as described in the foregoing paragraphs, are designated by the letters a, b, c, attached to the figures indicating their sizes, as follows: — a. & fixed dioptric light apparatus, having a dioptric belt and cata-dioptric prismatic zones. This is the most perfect system for fixed light apparatus. b. A revolving light apparatus, consisting of polyzonal lenses, surmounted by the cata-dioptric prisms. The appearance of this light, beyond the distance of 8 or 10 miles, according to the size of the apparatus, is that of a brilliant flash of 7 to 9 seconds' duration. Within that distance the fainter light between the flashes is visible. c. A fixed light, varied by flashes. Its appearance, which distinguishes it from any oth«r, upon close attention, is, 1st, the intensity and duration of the fixed light ; and, 2nd, by the short duration of the eclipse which precedes and follows each brighter flash. The range (portee) of the different lights, as given in the table, represents this element very incompletely, inasmuch as the distance there given is dependent on the elevation of the light, and consequent distance of the horizon. The flashes of the principal revolving dioptric lights may be, and have been, seen 50 or 50 miles off, when they are above the horizon, and it may be taken for granted that, should the atmosphere be favourable, any of the larger lights may be seen from whatever distance they may be sought for from the greatest attainable elevation. The height of the lights above the sea-level is given in the tables from the level of high water at spring tides, and consequently in their minimum height. This will cause the distance to which they are visible to be increased (with the exception of floating lights) when it is low water, by an amount equivalent to the depression of the sea surface at that period. Atmospheric changes, of course, have the most important effect on the range, visibility, and appearance of lights. In a very clear transparent atmosphere they will have nearly a white appearance ; during foggy weather, particularly the dry haze sometimes predominant on sound- ings, they will have more or less of a yellow or reddish tinge. Lights may be divided into three classes according to their mutual importance: — 1. Coast lights, those which serve for the mariner to recognise the land on approaching it, and are thus of the greatest power ; they are marked in the following lists in capital letters, thus — USHANT, LIZARD, &c. • 2. Harbour and leading Lights. — These of less importance than the former in the general system, are used to indicate a port or narrower channel. Some of these, though more limited in their immediate object, may be as important as the first class. Thus the Gull Stream light- vessel, though of limited approaches, is most useful in marking the centre of the Goodwin ; it is therefore placed among the first class. The second class is shown in smaller letters, as— Shoreham, Cherbourg, &c. 3. Tide lights show when the harbour has a certain depth of water, and is accessible. They are frequently red, and, consequently, are of less power. They are marked in italics, as Ramsgate, Boulogne, &c. Further details are given in the New Edition of our Work, " A Description and List ol the Lighthouses of the World," to which the reader is referred. N. A. o. — Lights. EXPLANATION OF THE TABLES. NAME AND CHARACTER OF LIGHT-First Column. The principal coast lights are given in capitals, as N. FORELAND. Secondary lights in smaller characters, as Shoreham Harbour. Tide lights in italics, as Ramsgate. The character of the light follows its name. GEOGRAPHICAL POSITION— Second Column. The latitudes and longitudes here given are presumed to he accurate, within less than 1', for all the coasts of the Atlantic Ocean and its Seas. In other parts of the world it may vary somewhat more ; hut there is no great discrepancy, such as would lead to serious consequences, by taking any one of them as a point of departure. DESCRIPTION OF THE LIGHT, &c— Third Column. In this, any peculiarity of the light, or period of a Tide light, is noticed ; and also the direction of double lights. In many cases the bearing of two lights when in one will lead clear of a danger, as the South Foreland in one, W. by N., clears South end of the Goodwin, &c. Special directions will explain this. The limits of visibility of the lights are given by com- pass bearings from the light, and not those from seaward. DESCRIPTION OF APPARATUS -Fourth Column. In this, the signs used to indicate the sort of light apparatus in use in each case : — • signifies a catoptric, or reflector light. — (See page 14, &c.) la, 2, 3 b, &c, indicate dioptric, or lens lights, the figure showing the order or size, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, to 6th order.— (See page 19.) a, a fixed lenticular light. — (See page 21.) b, a revolving lenticular light. — (See page 25.) c, a fixed and flashing light. — (See page 23). These figures and letters will serve to explain the peculiarities of the Lenticular System, as in operation therein. HEIGHT ABOVE HIGH WATER.— Fifth Column. This gives the height of the flame in feet above the highest tide level, consequently it is its minimum height, and is increased by the tidal range of the place. The height of the Lighthouse itself, from base to summit, is given sometimes in the third column. VISIBLE IN MILES— Sixth Column. This gives the minimum distance to which the light can be seen, in clear weather, from a height of 10 feet above the sea level. But in the case of the principal lights this but imperfectly represents their range, as they could be seen at any distance attainable by increased elevation. In the use of coloured lights this range is given according to their presumed power. YEAR ESTABLISHED— Seventh Column. The date of the first exhibition of the light is usually given; but its character, &c, may have been frequently changed in the interval. LIGHTHOUSES. 1881. ENGLAND. Thames Month i Lat. N. 1 Long. E. Name and Character of Light. ■ o ' 1 Description, &c. (Bearings hy compass from the light.) O X3 3 £ brX .a . .3 S T3 3.3 EIVER THAMES Northfleet Hope Point Fort Mucking Flat One occulting light, \ min. Chapman Head One occulting light, \ min. Southend Pier-head Sheerness Bright light in fairway of Northfleet Hope and Gravesend Reach ; red over anchorage in Gravesend Keach and Broadness Queenborough Whitstable NORE LIGHTVESSEL One br. rev. It. | min. Girdler Lightvessel One br. rev. It. \ min. Princes Channel Lt.-Ves. One red rev. It. 20 sees. Tongue Lightvessel Upper bright, lower red, fixed b'ghts Margate Pier One red fixed light Mouse Lightvessel One green rev. It. 20 s. Maplin Pile Lighthouse One red fixed li^ht Swin Middle Lightvessel One br. rev. It. \ min. Gunfleet Pile Lighthouse One red rev. It. \ min. A single lamp for colliers. 5i 45- On piles; bright East of N.E. by E.,red toW. ; also red ray toward Blyth buoy to S. k E , and red North of E.S.E. to clear Scars and Chapman Head. Lt. eclipsed 3 sees, in J min. On piles. Bright in fairway channel, red over Leigh Middle to N. of S.E. by E. J E. Lt. eclipsed for 3 sees, twice in every ^ minute Bed fixed light Bed s::is lt. on N.W. face of fort on Garrison Point. Not vis. S. of N.N.W. bearing. 1. Two red leading lights on pier 2. A bright It., vis. through 45°, is shown from beacon on Queenborough Spit, in 6 ft. water, HO yds S.W. from Spit buoy Bright fixed light on tall chimney In 3| fathoms at East end of the Nore Sand. In 3} fathoms W. Girdler Sand at W. entrance of Princes Channel. In 3.1 fms. N. side of channel, betw. Girdler & Tongue lightvessels. In 10 fms. at East Tongue Sand ; one red ball. Lts. at unequal heights. Column at W. end of Pier; also a small green light on Jarvis Jetty In 4 fms., at W. end of Sand. Painted red ; lt. not vis. over the sand; a br. ray to S. § W. betw. Girdler Lt. & Shivering Sand buoy. Br. lt. shown 13 ft. below main lt. to S.E. by E. | E. over Spit buoy. In o£ fathoms at West end of Sand. On S.E. side of Sand ; keep J mile off, and do not pass to North. 2a 2a Ga 2a 40 | 11 40 I 11 50 | 5 30 56 j 9 38 | 10 38 | 10 38 | 10 38 I 10 14 I 4 85 | 10 38 | 10 36 | 10 38 | 10 41 | 10 1359 1S52 1849 1849 1840 1859 1876 1876 1850 1732 1848 1S56 1848 1829 1838 183S 1837 1850 cto J ? V g ^^ be longin{rto the , Tnmty House ' and those of Ireland, show a bright riding lt. on the fore, stay, at a height of 6 ft. above the rail, to show the direction in which they are riding. Should the vessel drive from her proper position, she will only show a fix. red lt. at each end of tne vessel, and a red flai e ev. J of an hour. thpiwp V nn S ™ h • P w. to , sh< ?T k Wrecks ' and painted green, will show 3 bright Its. or 3 balls, two vertically on the side on which they should be passed, and one on the other. ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. South-East Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. X. Long. E. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light J C 3 .2 8 S £■ ft; 33 ^ « o i3 .5 ■6 0) Sunk Lightvessel One rev. light, 45 sees. Kentish Knock Lt.-Vessel One br. rev. It. 1 min. GALLOPER LIGHT-VES. Two bright fixed lights NORTH FORELAND One occulting br. or red It., ^ min. Ramsgate, Tide Lights 1. Red or »-reen light on West pier 2. Green It. on W. cliff 3. Green It. on E. cliff 4. Sparkling It. 10 sees., on East pier 5' 49 6 1 31.1 51 41. I 41. 5' 1 45- 56. 5* 1 22.5 26.8 la I li 5' 19.7 2 5-4 GOODWIN LT.-VESSEL | 51 19 4 One br. rev. It. 1 min. EAST GOOWIN LT.-V. One green rev. It. 15 s. GULL STREAM LT.-VES. One br. rev. It., 20 sees. S. SAND HEAD LT.-VES. One bright fixed light Deal Iron Pier SOUTH FORELAND Two ELECT L:IC .FIX. LTS. DOVER Admiralty Pier Fix. & 11. br. It. 7| s. Dover Harbour One green light Red Tide Lights Folkestone Tide Lights 1. Red and bright Its. 2. Green light VARNE LIGHTVESSEL One red rev. It. 20 sees. DUNGENESS 1. One fixed light 2. One br. flash. It. ev. 5 seca. Eye Tide Linhts 1. Two bright fixed Its. 2. Two red fixed lights. 3. One green fixed light 1 35-5 51 I 36.4 51 16.5 I 3°- 5' 1 9.2 28.2 5» R.4 1 22.4 5 J 6.5 1 19. 51 4- 11.6 5<» 56- 3 1 16.7 5° 54-8 ° 5«-3 .5° 57- o 44. In 9J fathoms ; red and bright flash alter- nately ; half ball above ball. Has two red balls vertically. In 11 fms., on E. side of Sand. In 20 fathoms, on S.W. side of Shoal ; lights horizontal. White tower. 85 ft. high. A strip of red It. to E. end of Margate Sand, betw. N. | E. and N. by W. J- W. Lt. eclipsed for 5 sees, in every ^ minute 1. Red lt. while more than 10 ft. in entrance, or from 2fli. before, and 3|h. after high water ; changed to green lt. when less than 10 ft 2. Green lt. in one with W. pier lt. leads through Old Cudd Channel 3. Green lt. in one with ditto leads through Ramsgate Channel 4. Visible 5 sees., invisible 5 sees Off N. end of the Goodwin Sands, in 10 fms. Lt. shows 3 flashes in quick succession, and is obscuied for 36 sees, in ev. min. Three masts & balls by day. About 1J mile to the eastward of the Goodwin Sands, in 30 fathoms. Half diamond over diamond at mast-head. On the West side of the Goodwin Sands, in 8 fathoms. Off the South end of the Good .in Sands, in 14 fathoms. 1 Red light on pier head I In one W. by N.. 1,347 ft. apart ; in one. clear | 3 a I S. of Goodwin. High lt. cut off on a S.W. •> by S. bearing. Magneto-electric apparatus ' Red tower, 30 ft. high, on end of Admiralty Pier. • I 37 I 10 I 1S02 O I 37 I 10 I 1840 O I 36 I 10 I 1803 19 I 1636 4a I 38 I 7 36 37 1793 1S76 I 1874 36 I 10 I 1809 34 I 10 I 1832 One red lt. on N. pier while 7 ft. ; one red lt. on S. pier while 7 to 10 ft. ; two red Its. while above 10 ft. The green lt. at the W. side of entr. to Granville Dock 1. On S. pier head a red light while 10 ft. ; a white light below it when above 1G ft. ; when red lt. is blinked occasionally use caution ... 2. On new pier a green light seaward, but white inshore of danger In 16 fathoms at West end of the shoal. 372 275 2^ 23 1 © "1 6c 1 44 | 6| • 37 33 6 I 5a 31 1865 1793 1812 1842 1852 187fl 1810 1S60 O I 38 I 10 1 1SG0 1. Tower with red and white belts, 240 yds. I Ja f.om extr. of point. Redlt. over W. anchor- age northward of W., and red lt. over E. anchorage W. of N.E. by E. g E | 2. New tower on extr. of pt. S.S.E. 2 E. 675 ft. j from main lt. 1. Camber, on N. side of the entrance while 10 feet ; in one X. A W 2. Near old pier head from half flood to half ebb 3. West entrance to harbour half flood to kalf ebb 92 15 1791 1861 1867 28 1875 26 ] 41 .... 16 | 3 I 32 • • 1 ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. South Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) c «j & « ? .9 . .=r = ■SB o £ 3 g ■S-~ O- ^ > Eastings Otie bri«h.f, one re° 10.8 4 *5-9 2a On Frince of Wales breakwater. 1716 17S9 18G7 1851 is; 6 38 I 10 I 1859 11 I 4 1 1853 21 J .. I .... 34 I 4 I 1845 20 I 6 I 1839 15 I 5 I 1852 I 1870 I 85 I 11 j 1864 I 70 |.. I .... la I 204 I 20 I 1S36 63 I 9 I 1844 48 .. .... 29 I 6 1 1822 2a I 72 I 13 I 1759 1835 1865 I860 ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. South-West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) LIZARD Two electric fixed Its. WOLF EOCK One rev. It. 30 sees. 49 57-6 5 "-I Two white towers, each 61 ft. high, W. bv N. ic E. by S., 223 ft. apart, on the Lizard Cliff. In one lead clear of the Manacles. A signal and telegraph station on Beast Point, about | of a mile to E. 229 232 •20 20 1751 49 5^-7 I A nome f? ran ite tower. Flashes red and white I lb I 110 I 16 I 1870 5 48.2 ] alternately. Penzance Tide Light A fixed red or br. lisrht, while IS ft. inside; green -while less L0NGSHIPS One fixed light SEVEN STONES LT.-VES. One group-flashing br. light SCILLY One br. rev. It. 2 tdxcl. BISHOP EOCK One fixed bright light St. Ives Tide Liqht lbr.fix.lt. while 10 ft. Hayle Tide Lights 1. Two fixed bright Its. 2. One fixed red light GODEEVY Onebr. flash. It., lOsecs. Lower red light Padstow 50 7- 5 3i. On the S. pier-head. Shows red to E. by S. J S. to 8. by W. \ W. The remainder a bright light. By day, a ball while 15 feet 5° 4- 5 44-7 3-2 5-3 New tower, 1873. White It. seaward, from N.N.E. k E., or \ mile W. of Bnsons Rocks, to S. by~E., or J mile W. of Runnelstone; red in-shore of these bearings. On E. side of rncks, in 40 fms. ; two red balls. Shows 3 quick flashes, followed by 36 sees, darkness ev. min. A white tower, 74 ft. Irish, on summit of St. Agnes' Id. ; obscured by Ids. from X. by E. toE. 40 52.5 I On the S.W. rock. A noble stone tower, 147 h ->f\ A f° et high- Invisible to eastward between o 20.0 1 N £ b - E> and £ by g ^ s _ On the pier head. Lighted from Sept. 1 to April 30. Also a red light on end of outer wooden pier 1. On W. side of entr. ; in one S.S.W. \ W., 297 ft. apart, while 12 It. water 2. On jetty of Lelant Quays 49 Sl-5 6 20.7 S° 12. 5 28. 50 "•/> 5 26. 50 14- 5 24. On the island. Lower red It. to N.W. over the Stones Kocks, between N.W. and N. by W I A red or green light on quay head TEEVOSE HEAD I 50 32.9 | The lower light is 50 feet to seaward of the Two bright fixed lights J 5 2.1 j u PP er BRISTOL CHANNEL. HAETLAND POINT One rev. It., \ min. LDNDY ISLAND Upper It , rev. ev. 2 m. Lower fixed light Bideford Two bright fixed lights BULL POINT 1. One group-flashing bright light 2. Lower red 11 . fixed Ilfracombe H'atchet Breakwater Burnham, or Bridgewater Up. It. intermit. 4 min. Lower light fixed 5i i-4 4 3i-5 New tower, showing at intervals of 30 sees, two bright and one red flash. 51 10.0 In one tower, 96 ft. high. Low light visible to 4 40.3 W - ljetwee n N.N.W. and W.S.W. On Braunton Sands, N. side of entr. In one, S.E. \ S., lead over bar. High It. vis. betw. W.S.W. &N.N.W. ; obscured betw. N.N.W. & E. i N., over Baggy Le.ip & Asp Rks. ; a It. of less power vis. in harb. from E. j N., through S.. to W.S. W. Low It. shown only from half flood to half ebb .'. 51 4- 4 12, .5' 11.9 4 12. 1 1. Light shows three quick flashes, followed by 18 sees, darkness, ev. h min 2. Lt., 18 ft. lower, shows betw. W. by S. and N.W. by W. £ W., to mark Morte Stone. 5a I 33 I 9 I 1S17 la J 110 I 16 I 1795 b I 36 ,0 1841 1879 133 16 1680 la 110 10 lS5i' • 23 7 1831 O 81 1 59 1 •?l 1840 lc 120 93 15 1859 I .. I .. I .. I 1868 la I 204 la 129 20 I 1847 17 .... lb I 120 I 16 I 1874 1820 Ol 86 I 14 I 1S20 .. 40 11 1879 lb I 154 I 20 I 1879 J One red light on Lantern Hill 1 q i 107 1 7 1 J Tide light fixed, 8 ft. flood to 10 ft. ebb .. 5« 149 2 59-9 In one, E. by S. £ S., 1,500 ft. apart. Low lt. bright, visible westward from W. by N. to N.W. by W. 1 W. ; a red lt. from low tower shows over the bar from W. J N. to W. { N. ; and a red lt. up the river from S. by W. to S. by W. k W I .. I 30 91 23 I 1862 1832 ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Lat. N. o £ «a^ .S 5 Long. W. Description, &c. — rt 7M .2 £ Name and Character of Light. o » (Bearings by compass from the light.) » f o« ^2 1*3 C'o s Clevedon Portishead Breaksea Lightvessel One br. rev. It. 15 sees. One red fixed light Avon One occulting br., red, or green light, \ min. English & "Welsh Grounds Lightvessel One br. rev. It. 1 min. New Passage Eiver Severn 1. Sharpness Docks 2. Severn iilwy. Bridge FLATHOLM One occulting bright or ra£ light, | rnin. Briton Ferry | | Red light on pier-head | .. | 27 | 5 | 1869 I Bright light on pier | •• | .. | .. | .... Cardiff Two red fixed lights NASH POINT Two bright fixed lights One red light Porthcawl One br., two mf tide Its. Swansea Harbour 1. One red fixed tide It. 2. One fixed bright It. 3. Two green or red ha. 4. Two green or red Its. Scarweather Sand Lt.-V. Onered rev. It., 20 sees. Mumbles One bright fixed light In 8 fms. 2 miles W. by N. .$ N. from One- fathom Bank buoy; one ball; red it. shown from after part. White tower, 6.5 ft., on E. side of channel. A red sector to N.W., and a green ray from W. to W. by S. at turn of channel. Lt. eclipsed 3 sees, in every £ minute On S. side of Bristol Channel, in 14 fathoms red ball, Lights on pier and Charstone Rock for railway steamers 1. One fix. tidelt. onN. pier-hd. of tidal basin. 1 red lt. N.E. of pier when specially required 2. Ked lt. on centre pier, nd br. lt. at land- ward extreme of e ich wide arch On South point. Light is red from S. £ E. to N. by W. £ W. Lt. eclipsed 3 sees, twice in every J minute 38 I 10 I 1S66 14 7 .... 2a | 70 | 13 | 1840 • | 38 | 10 | 1838 .. | .. | .. | 1863 .. I ..I .. 11879 la I 156 18 I 1737 .. 1839 TTsk, Newport I 51 32. One bright or red light | 3 3. North side of dock entrance ; red light when passage is clear ; green light when not open West side. Light bright in channel, red over I Welsh Grounds anil Welsh Hook; bright North to land; bright up river I 51 27.8 I About 23 yards apart. One on pier-head 3 9-7 I 5i =4- 3 33- 5i 37- 3 5 6 - 51 26 9 3 55-i White towers 1,000 ft. apart, S.E. by E. 4 E., and N.W. by W. } W Bed light from high lighthouse from N.W. by W. J W. to N.W. A W 30 167 122 On ends of breakwater I 5a I 34 1. White tower on W. pier-head ; shown while 8 ft. water. black ball by day 2. Additional bright It. sho'.ui 430 yds. from extreme of W. pier, visible only to' eastward 3. At South dock, vertically 4. At North dock, horizontally, red when closed, green when open Off W. end of Sand, in 14 fms. above usual globe. A half globe . I 24 38 J 51 34. I A white tower. 56 ft. high, adjoining the fort I a I 114 I I 3 5S.2 I I 10 I 1821 .. I 18G8 .. I 18G6 18 I 1831 16 11 I 18W 9 : 10 I 1862 15 I 1798 Helwick Lightvessel I 51 31. I In 16A. fathoms, off W. end of Sand. One br. rev. lt. 1 min. | 4 24. 38 I 10 I 1846 • I 36 f 7 1 1850 .. J 55 J 9 I 1854 Llnnelly I 5 1 40. I One on Whiteford Point (on piles) from \ flood 1 wo faxed Tide lights 4104 to £ ebb ; from & Hood to i ebb on 8. end of ■ t t 1 breakwater Burry Port I 51 41. I Near head of W. pier while 10 feet water 1 s I 351 91 One fixed tide light | 4 15. | * ' ' ' •••■ Saundersfoot, South Pier | | One red light or yellow ball while 8 feet | . . | 15 | . . | . . . . I .. I 14 I 3 1 1S56 Tenby Tier Bead < One red tide light for BtcflMM**, Sit. ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Lat. X. Hjj* in lied. Long. W. Description, &c. .£•3 stS JS o 3.3 Name and Character of Light. o / (Bearings by compass from the light.) 3 3*1 M ""■ .2 « ^ a ol -S > 9) CALDY ISLAND One br. or red fixed It. MILFORD HAVEN ST. ANN'S POINT Two bright fixed Its. Great Castle Head Two bright fixed Its. Pembroke Dockyard Neyland Pier SMALLS One bright (or red) fix. light SOUTH BISHOP ROCK One br. rev. It. 20 sees. New Quay- One bright fixed lit>ht 5* 37-9 4 4°-9 5 1 4°-9 J 10.5 5i 43-3 5 4°-i 5* i 2 -9 4 21.8 The It. is bright seaward, but is red toward Old Castle Head, from X. 70° W. to X. 56° W., and is red over Woolhouse Shoal from N. 55° E. to N. 15° E White towers, 75 and 42 ft., 610 ft. apart, on W. side. In one X. by W. £ \V., lead in clear of Crow and Toes Rocks. A red ray from high lighthouse shows over Chapel and Har- bour Rocks to between S.E. \ S. and E. £ S. In one, N.E. by E. § E., lead in mid-channel Two red Its. in one lead up. High It. shown betw. W. by X. j X. & N.W. £ X. Low It. betw. W. by X. h X. &N.N.E. A green sector betw. X. ! W. and X. by W. £ W. is shown over Carr Spit Bright light near end of landing pier ; red It. occasionally on railway pier Granite tower, 141 ft., red & white bands. Lt. bright seaward, from E. k S. to S.E. £ E. The lt. is red over Hats and Barrels Rocks. A white tower, 36 feet high. To southward of E. i S. the la | 210 | 19 | 1829 la 6a 192 I 19 159 17 112 I .. 76 | .. 48 | 5 la I 125 I 16 1714 18il 1870 1862 1878 1868 1778 lbol lb | V4 | 18 | 1839 On pier-head light is red CARDIGAN BAY LT.-V. One rev. red lt. 30 sees. In 35 fathoms, at 20 miles northward from I q Port Cardigan 40 9 I 1860 1870 Aberystwith One fixed lisht Two bright fixed lights St. Tudwall Roads 1. One br. and red It. 2. One lower red lt. BARDSEY ISLAND One bright fixed light Llanddwyn Point Caernarvon Harbour entrance, lt. red to S. and W., bright to N.W. and X.E. Two Its. in a held, over inner end of harbour, while sufficient water 1. Vis. S sees., obscured 2 sees. White to west- ward betw. X. by E. and S. by W. Red from S. by W. to S.E. White from S.E. to N.E. by E. .J E., and thence red to N. by E. Ob- scured by East Island, betw. N.E. £ E. and E. by N. £ X 2. A ray with an arc of 15° is shown over Carrcg-y-trai, from E. by S. to E. g N., from window 16 ft. below main light A square white tower, 99 ft. high. I A red light all night I One bright light on pier-head I 151 | 8 | 1877 la 129 50 17 | 1821 5 | 1845 .. I 1858 CAERNARVON BAY LT.- VESSEL One rev. light 20 sees. SOUTH STACK ROCK One br. rev. It., 1 min. Holyhead 1. One red flash. It. 7* s. 2. One bright fixed It. 3. One small red light 4. Red and green lights SKERRIES One bright fixed light Lower red li ■S" 3 i— o a- o f* Lime River Two bright fixed lights Clark Wharf Spit Lt.-Ves. One fixed red light Morecambe Harbour 1. One fixed bright It. 2. Red and green lights 3. Two red lights 4. One blue and red It. Morecambe Bay Lt.-Ves. One red revolving light WALNEY ISLAND One br. rev. It., 1 min. One red fixed light Piel Harbour 1. One fixed bright It. 2. One red and br. It. Barrow 1 . One fixed light 2. One red light S. One flashing It. ST. BEES HEAD One bright fixed light Whitehaven 1. One rev. It. 2 min. 2. Two fixed lights Harrington Tide Light One fixed light Workington Tide Lights 1. Two bright fix. Its. 2. Two green lights Maryport One br., one tide light One green, one red light Solway Lightvessel One red fixed light Lee Scar One bright fixed light Skinburness One red fixed light Carlisle Port Tide Light 53 2 54 3 59- 53, o. 53 1 3 54- 1 3i. 1 2.9 10.6 54 30-8 3 38. 54 33-2 3 35-8 54 37- 3 34- 54 39- 3 35- 54 43- 3 30-7 54 4 8 - 3 3*- 54 5i-8 3 24-7 54 52-5 3 23. On Coekeiham Point and Plover Scar Rock, while 8 ft. water Also shows a bright light, while 8 ft. 1. At extremity of W. or stone pier 2. At pier heads, green to westward, red to northward 3. One 130 yds. from end of stone pier, in line with another 1 cable from end of wooden jetty, lead over ba. 4. Fr m end of promenade pier, blue seaward, red to harbour In 12 fms. ; flash ev. £ min. On the S. point. In one, N.W. by W. f W., 440 yds. apart. A red light also on Railway Viaduct; and a bright light on Piel Pier ... 1. On Michel Scar 2. Bright to S.S.E. and N.W. in direction of channel 1. On E. side of chnnnel to Barrow, 1 mile N.W. of Piel pier light 2. At dock entrance, 2 hours before to 2 hours after high water 3. From chimney of Hindpool Ironworks, N. of Barrow A white tower, 55 ft. high 1. A white tower, 37 ft. high, on W. pier-head. 2. Blue It. on N. pier ; red It. on Old Quay, while 9 ft., in entrance; red flag by day On the pier-head, while 8 ft. water. Red drum while 8 feet 1. On the ends of St. John's & Wooden piers, E. and W., while 8 ft. water 2. Two green Its. in one E.S.E. lead in Fixed light on outer pier-head. Tide light, while 8 ft., on inner pier. Red light on star- board side, and green light on North Tongue In 4J fathoms in Robin Rigg Channel. Black ball. On piles on the rocks. A white building, 32 ft. high, on Cott or Sil- loth Point la la I A lamp on the pier-head 54 I 9 I 1847 20 I .. I .... 30 I 5 I 1854 31 70 336 52 44 53 51 25 25 ■10 10 I 1863 13 I 1790 25 1821 1866 11 I 1823 11 I 1848 11 I 1825 .. J 1866 12 I 1796 10 1856 6 I 1841 6 J 1841 9 I 1841 .. I 1841 ENGLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) .2 5 S,J 'u b. Ip'n n-3 ISLE OF MAN. POINT OF AYRE A rev. It., br. and red, alternately Peel Harbour One fixed red ligbt One fixed light Port Erin One green fixed light CHICKEN ROCK Revolving br. It. \ min. St. Mary Port Castletown Harbour LANGNESS One br. flash. It., 5 sees. Derby Haven Two bright fixed lights DOUGLAS One bright fixed light Douglas Harbour Douglas Bay Ramsey Harbour BAHAMA BANK LT.-V. One group-flashing br. light 54 4 24.9 1 22. 1 54 i3- 4 4 2 - o p>. .O s> START POINT I 59 16.6 One fixed red light | 2 22.4 NORTH RONALDSHA I 59 23.2 One br. flash. It. 10 sees. | 2 23.6 SHETLAND ISLANDS. SUMBURGH HEAD One bright fixed light BRESSAY One rev. It., 1 min. ; red and white alternately WHALSEY SKERRIES One br. rev. It., 1 min. NORTH UNST One bright or red light 59 5i- 1 16. 60 6.2 ' 7-5 60 25.4 o 44. 60 51.3 o 53- A new stone tower, on East point of Sanda I 4a Island, Ronaldsha Firth | 1 A brick tower, 139 ft. high, on N. point of | a Orkney Islands A stone tower, 55 ft. high, on the S. point of I 9 Zetland White tower, 53 ft. high, on E. side of entrance 2b to Lerwick A white tower, 98 ft. high, on Bound Skerry... I lb A white tower, 64 ft. high, on Muckle Flugga, N. part of island. The It. is red towards the Skaw of Unst. Red between S.S.E. g E., and S.E. by E. | E la CAPE WRATH One revol. It., 1 min. RU STOER One br. intermitting It, SOUTH RONA One bright flash. It. 12 s. Kyle Akin, Loch Alsh One br. or red fixed It. Oronsay Island One br. or red fixed It. HEBRIDES ISLANDS. BUTT OF LEWIS One bright fixed light Stomoway 1. One br. rev. It. £ min. 2. A reflected light East Loch Tarbert MONACH ISLES Upper It., flashing 10. s. Lower It., fixed red GLASS ISLAND One fixed bright light USHENISH One fixed red light BARRA HEAD One intermitting light iKERRYVORE One rev. light, 1 min. 58 37.5 4 59-7 58 5 14.2 23. 57 34-5 5 57'4 57 i 6 -6 5 44-5 57 5 9- 47- )S. 58 6 3°-7 16. White tower, 65 ft. high. Flashes white and | 9 red alternately I White tower, 47 ft. high, on S. Ear. Visible I a 1 min. Eclipsed £ min White tower, 42 ft. high, on N.E. point of I 2e island On S.W. point of Gillean Island. Lt. bright in fairways of Applecross Sound and Loch Alsh. Red elsewhere White tower, 63 ft. high, on island, N.W. part | 4a of Sleat Sound 58 II.5 6 22.2 57 3'- 6 7 4i-6 57 51 A white tower, 20 ft. high. Visible seaward from S. by E. £ E. to W. by S. £ S 1. White tower, 45 ft. high, onAmish Point... 2. A prism on beacon, on S.E. end of reef, re- flects light from a lower window ; visible in entering Red light on breakwater In one tower, 133 ft. high, on Shillay Island. Redlt. shown to northward, froniN.W. byN. to N.E. by E 80 140 300 105 145 235 400 195 222 53 58 la I 170 2b I 56 27 150 62 6 38 57 17 7 " 56 48 7 38 S^ 19 7 6 White tower, 100 ft. high, on E. pt. of Scalpay, Harris Isles East side of S. Uist. Shown between N.E. | N. and S.S.W Visible 2J min., and dark \ min. On top of Bernera Island Granite tower, 158 ft. high, on the rock . la I 130 la J 176 • I 680 lc I 150 14 I 1806 1870 18 I 1854 22 15 18 21 23 20 20 11 12 19 1812 1858 1854 1854 1828 1871 1870 1857 1857 1857 1862 1852 1876 1864 17S9 1857 1833 1844 SCOTLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Lat. Long N. W. Description, &c. s 3 la* c Name and Character of Light. ' (Bearings by compass from the light.) M o H| DUBH ARTACH ROCKS One fix. bright or red It. ARDNAMURCHAN One fixed bright light Sound of Mull One fixed light LISMORE One fixed bright light Loch Eil One fix. br. or red It. Oban Phladda Island One fix. br. or red It. Crinan Canal Sgeir Maoileor Iron Rock One br. rev. It. 5 niin. Rudha Mhail One fixed br. or red It. M'Arthur's Head One fixed br. or red It. 56 8. 6 38. Tower, 98 ft. high, on rock off Iona Sound. Light is rid towards S. coast of Iona and Torranan Rocks, or to between E. £ S. and N. by E. £ E. ; the rest bright all round. c6 4,-j 6 I Stone tower, 118 ft. high, on the point. Shown g j . ,. between N.E. by E. f E., and S.S.W. £ W. 56 38. 6 4. i6 27.3 5 36.3 5 6 43 3 5 J 4S On Runa Gal Rock. Red It. N. to seaward ; green towards rocks ; white towards Mull Sound White tower, 86 ft. high, on Musdile Island ... la la 4a 56 19. 5 39-5 I On Corran Point. Light is red to E., between S.W. by W., and N.E. by E. § E., and is br. I to westward I A lantern on the pier for steamers North end of Scarba Sound. The It. is red northward, over Bogha Nuadh Rock, betw. N. by E. \ E. & N.N.E. | E. ; thence bright landward to S.S.W. £ W. 4a I One red light on East side 55 S*-5 5 49-5 Tower, 83 ft. high, on Sgeir Maoile or Sker- I 2b vuile, at S. entrance to Sound of Jura I 55 5^-1 I White tower, 113 ft. high, on N. pt. of Islay fi 7 - I Island. Light is red to westward between '•5 N.N.E. £ E. and W. by N. Bright in all 1 other directions 55 45-8 6 2.8 White tower, 42 ft. high, on S. end of Islay Island. Light bright up Sound to N. J E. ; thence red towards Jura to East. The rest bright la RHYNNS OF ISLAY I 55 40.3 One flashing It., 5 sees. | 6 30.8 Lochandail f 55 44.7 One bright, or red fix. It. | 6 22.2 Port Ellen One fixed red light MULL OF CANTYRE One fixed bright light SANDA ISLAND One fixed red light DAVAR ISLAND One br. rev. It., \ min. Campbellton Ardrishaig PLADDA ISLAND Two fixed bright lights 55 36. 6 12. 55 186 5 48. 55 16.5 5 34-9 55 25-7 5 322 White tower, 96 ft. high, on Oversay Island, I £ off S.W. point of Islay On Dun Point, N. of Port Charlotte. Light is I 4a bright to S., from S.W. by W. to S. by W. ; thence red to E. h S. ; then br. to N.E. by E. |E I Square tower, 60 ft. high, on Carraig Fadda Point, West entrance S.W. headland of Cantyre On the Ship Rock. Not seen to N. of S.E. by I la E. \ E. ; kept in sight, clears Patterson Rk. I Stone tower, 65 ft. high, on East part I 2b Red It. on old pier-head, shows from S.S.E. to E.N.E. ; green It. on new pier-head, shows from S.S.E. to N.E. by E. \ E ^ | 145 13 | | 180 1 18 1 | 55 1 12 | | 103 15 j | 3G 10 | 1 42 U 1 | 25 4 | | 73 14 | 1 •• 1 .. 1 1 128 | 17 | 1 150 17 | | 50 12 | | 45 11 1 | 297 22 | | 165 15 | | 120 17 | 1 is j 2 | I A fixed white light on pier-head I .. I 25 I 4 I 1850 55 26. 5 7-» One 52 ft. above the other. On island, off S.E. I pt. of Arran Island. Shown seaward, from — N.W. by W. to N.E. by E. ' • 130 77 17 I 1790 14 .... SCOTLAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c, (Bearings by compass from the light.) FIRTH OF CLYDE. Lamlash Harbour One fix. green It., nnd one fixed red light CTJMBRAE One fixed bright It. Toward One br. rev. It. 1 m. Cloch One fixed bright It. Greenock, Garvel Point One occulting br. It. Two red, & one bright lighJ Helensborough Port Glasgow Carbross Auchenleeh Bowling Bay Garmoyle Light vessel Dumbuck Dickie's Light Donald's Quay Park Quay Near Newshot Island Glasgow, Brooniielaw Ardrossan One bright flashing It. Saltcoats Troon Harbour Bev. br. It. & fix. red It. Ayr Harbour Upper br., lower red It. Red Tide Light Turnberry Point One br. flash. It. 12 sees. Loch Ryan One fixed bright light Stranraer White, red & green Its. CORSEWALL One red and white rev. light, 1 min. Port Patrick One fixed bright light MULL OF GALLOWAY One intermitting br. It. LITTLE ROSS One flash, light, 6 sees. Annan Hirer One fixed white light 55 33-3 5 4.0 55 43 3 4 5»- 55 5i-7 4 59-3 55 56.6 4 5 2 - 6 55 57- 4 45- Lt.-ho. on S.W. end of Holy Id., E. side of S. entr. to harbour. Lts. shown seaward from S.E. j E. to S.W. by S., and in harbour. High It. green. FuUerton Rock W. f S. 530 yards from lighthouse White tower, 36 ft. high, W. side of Little Cum- brae Id. White tower, 63 ft. high, on the point White tower, 76 ft. high, on pt. Shown from a lt.-ves., in 2fms., 3| cables N.E. by E.from Garvel house; br. 4 sees., eclipsed twice in next 4 sees The red Its., 1 mile N.N.W. of custom-ho., 140 yds. apart. In one, W. by S.J S., lead to an- chorage. The bright It. in front of custom-ho. Red It. on pier-head, green It. on inner end of pier, between are two bright lights One fixed bright It. off entrance, and another on steam-boat quay j Red light on the Pillar Bank I Bright light f mile above Port Glasgow I Small light in Forth and Clyde Canal I Bright light 3 miles above Port Glasgow I South side of channel I Bright light 1 mile above Dumbarton I Red and bright light I At bend of channel I Red light on North bank Gaslight 55 3^-4 4 49-5 55 37-9 55 33- 4 4i- 55 28.2 4 38.2 On breakwater ; bright 2 sees. ; eclipsed 1 sec. Shown betw. W. and W.S.W. Bright bull's-eye in red glass plate, on pier ... Revolves, 40 sees, bright, 20 sees hidden. In one, S.W. £ S., 350 yards apart At N. side of harbour. Red tide light N.W. by W. i W., 283 yds. distant ; while 8 ft. on bar 55 o-5 5 9-5 A white tower, 110 ft. high, on West side of entrance to Loch Ryan II f-2 4a 46 12 I 1877 .. 1 1880 2a 115 15 | 1793 • 55 11 | 1812 O 76 .. | 1707 .. I 40 .. I 26 .. I .. 4a 1 18 I .. I 1879 .. I 1834 4 I 1829 ..| .... 3 I 1861 5a I 22 I 4 I 1849 .. I .. |..|.... .. I 12 I 2 I 1849 .. j 24 I .. j 1868 .. I .. j .. j 1868 ..| .-I- ..| 26 I . ••I 24 I . .. I 24 I . .. j 22 j 4 I 1844 a I 25 I 5 1 1840 I 1870 .. I 26 I 6 j 1840 .. [ 35 9 1 1827 .. 35 6 1843 1790 1826 1849 1869 1869 6a 56 10 . , 19 7 .. 14 5 5? 19.5 I White brick tower, 64 feet high, at ruined | b 4 50.3 I castle I 54 57-7 I Wa ^ te tower, 50 ft. high, on Caim Ryan Point I 4a 5 2 - I I 54 54.7 I On East pier; West pier, and inner end I ,, 5 1-7 I I C4. co ■; I White stone tower, 30 feet high, at S.E. angle I 6a °J • 3 7 ^ J of harbour j 54 38.1 I On S.E. point. Visible J min. ; invisible i min. I 9 4 51-3 I I 54 46. 4 5 54 57-7 3 16. White tower, 65 ft. high, on the island | 1c On Barnkirk or Annan Foot, from half flood to half ebb 96 I 15 I 1873 46 I 10 I 1847 9|..|.... 112 I 15 j 1817 37 I 10 I 1856 I 1870 325 j 23 j 1830 175 I 18 I 1843 .. I .. I 1841 IRELAND. LIGHTHOUSES. South Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. O f Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) Description ofApparatus Height above II. W. Visible in Miles. a S 5 FASTNET One rev. light, 1 min. GALLEY HEAD One revol. It. ev. min. KINSALE OLD HEAD One bright or red light Kinsale Harbour One bright fixed light Daunt's Rock Lt.-Ves. One red fixed light CORK HARBOUR Roche Point Upper It. intermit, br. Lower light, fix. br. Queenstown Spit Bank One fixed red light Meelough Spit One fixed red light Si 9 23-3 36.4 5' 8 31.8 57- 2 .5' 8 36.2 31-9 5i 43- 8 17. 5i 47-5 8 15.2 50-7 16.4 Circular white tower, 92 ft. high, with red belt, on the summit of the rock White lt,-ho. on extr. of head. Lt. shows 6 or 7 flashes during 16 sees., and is obscured 44 sees. Visible between W. and E. by S A white tower, 100 ft. high, with two red belts. A red ray is sent over the outer part of Court- macsherry Bay, between N.W. by W. \ W. to W. f N., or from the Seven Heads to the Horse Rocks lb I 148 I 18 J 1854 c I 174 I 19 I 1877 la I 236 I 21 I 1853 From window on Fort Charles, on East side. I • | 28 ] 10 | 1804 Vessel black, in 14 fms., at J mile S. by E. from Daunt's Bock, and 4| miles S.W. from entrance to Cork Harbour. White tower, 49 ft. high. Upper lt. shows br. for 15 sees., and is eclipsed 5 sees. Lower br. lt. shows only from S.W. by W. to S.W. £ S., over Daunt's Bk. On piles, in 9 ft. water, on E. elbow of bank. Lt. red, with a sector of br. lt. over Bar Rock, between N.E. by E. £ E. and N.E. £ N On piles, 100 ft. from the channel. • I 39 I 8 I 1874 O I 98 2a 60 10 I 1817 8 1864 8 I 1848 1853 4a I 32 I 4a I 25 I 3 I 1859 Bright, red, & green Its. A green lt. is shown on the N. side of the channel ;it Donkettle ; a bright lt. at Black Rock Castle ; and a red lt. at Dundain, and also at Tivoli BALLYC0TTIN Flashing light, 10 sees. Youghal 1. One bright fixed lt. 2. Lower red tide light 3. Additional red tide It. MINEHEAD Interm. light, 1 min. Dungarvan Red, green, and br. lt. WATERF0RD Hook Tower One bright fixed lt, Dunmore, Pier Head One red light Duncannon Fort Two fixed lights Duncannon N. One fixed lii*.E. by N. ; red to westward On snnd'iir.s, S of River Bovne. ChnnTeahle assandbinksliifts. E. & W.'lts.inone.leadin On perches in inner channel 1824 1878 38 j 8 j 1880 101 I 15 I 1815 33 j 9 j 1S6S 33 I 9 I 1857 I 1867 39 I 10 I 1824 I 1867 38 J 10 I 1867 1879 121 j 16 ! 1S18 I 1867 39 I 10 I 1867 38 I 10 I 1811 I 1865 41 I 9 I 1822 36 j 2 j 1845 29 1820 68 I 12 I 1708 50 I 10 I 1880 134 I 15 I 1671 1 1813 43 j 11 j 1813 42 I 10 I 17G9 148 I 18 j 1860 .. I 6 j 1843 a. a. o. — Liyhts. IRELAND. LIGHTHOUSES. East & North Coasts. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) |2 ^* (3 C 2 tia SI '£ o. ■3 >• Dundalk One Hash, light, 15 sees. Eight beacon lights LOUGH CARLINGFORD 1. Two bright fixed Its. 2. Two br. fixed leading lights 3. One br. rev. It. J m. 4. Red Pier light DUNDRUM BAY One intermit, red light Ardglass Harbour SOUTH ROCK LT.-VES. One re vol. bright It. Donaghadee One red or br. fixed It. COPELAND One fixed bright light Belfast Bay One Int. It., and others Lame Lough One fix. bright or red It. MAIDENS Two fixed bright lights RATHLIN One intenn., 1 fixed It. LOUGH FOYLE Inishowen Two fixed bright Its. "Warren Point Med and bright light Red Castle One fixed bright It. White Castle One fixed bright It. Ture One fixed bright It. Cunnyberry One fixed bright It. Culmore Point 53 58-7 6 18. 54 131 5 4°- Keel screw piles in entrance. Bright It. seaward I 4b I 33 I 9 | 1855 from E. to S. f E. ; thence masked over | Dunany Reefs to S.S.W. 4 W. ; thence red over S.W. banks to N.N.W. 4 W. Bright It. to channel, but masked from N. J W. to E., over N.W. sandbanks. Between the bar and quay | •• | ••!•••« 1. In one tower, 111 ft. high, on Haulbowline | Rock. Lower It. from half flood to half ebb A small red light shown to N.E. 2. Two iron pile lighthouses, J mile N. by W. from No. 1, 500 yards apart. In one N.N.W. % W. lead through new cut in 15 ft 3. On Greenore Point 4. On Greenore Pier .* On St. John's Point. Red 45 sees., dark 15 sees. Shaded across the bay to N. of W. by N. \ N. 1 • 101 15 8a 40 6 23 5 • 29 9 8a 33 5 One fixed red light at its head 54 24.7 I Supersedes S. Rock It. -ho., and shows revol. I - It. every 1? min. In 30 fins., 1 mile E. of 5 zz -3 I Ridge Shoal. I C4. 18 6 I On pier-head. Red to seaward, fromS.S.E. to I . ,, N.E. ; br. It. obscured betw. S. £ E. & shore 5 3 2, I I 54 417 I A white tower, 52 ft. high, on Small Copeland 5 32! I Island - Pile ltho., with \v It., on Hollywood Bank ; green It., al^o on the Bank ; 9 more green Its. towards Belfast; and a red It. S.W. of Stone Beacon White It. -ho. on Farres Point. A red sector is shown over reef off Barr Point, and over Hunter Rock, betw. N.E. by E. and N.E. by E. J E. Obscured E. of latter bearing by land 54 39- 5 53- 54 5 47-3 54 55 8 5 45^3 S5 6 lS.2 10.7 53 i3- 6 6 55-6 Tower, 88 ft. high, with red belt, on Altacarry or N.E. point. Upper It. intermit., br. 50 sees. ; dark, 10 sees. Shown northward, from N.W. £ N. to S.E. by S, and to S. on Rathlin Island, from S.W. by W. £ W. to \V. £ S. Red It. over Carrickvanan Rock. Lower fixed It. does not show in Rathlin Sound. E. tower, 49 ft. ; W. tower, 74 ft. On Duna- gree Point. In one, West, 153 yds. apart. A. red sector fiom W. tower, 25 ft. below br. It. over Tuns Bank, from E.S.E. to S.E. \ E. Red to S betw. W. by S. \ S. & E. \ N. ; white seaward trom E. J N. towardi land, and up Lougu Foyle from W. by S. i S. to W. £ S. On red piles, on outer edge of Ridge Shoal , On black piles, East side of ehannel , I On black piles, S.E. side of channel I On red piles, N.W. side of channel .».„. I A lantern on a mast lb I 62 I 12 1823 1873 1830 1873 1844 1860 I 18 .. I 38 6 I 1851 10 I 1877 I 56 I 12 I I 131 J 16 1826 1796 27 I 6 I 1848 • I 42 I 11 Towers, 76 and 68 ft. hisrh, white, with red I 9 belt. In one, N.W. by W., 800 yds. apart... 9 95 82 14 13 lb ! 243 I 21 182 .. 1839 1828 1856 • 1 67 13 1 1837 • 92 15 1 .... ..1 -I .. |.... 1 "' 25 | .. | 1852 1 " ' 20 .. | 1848 1" ' 25 | .. | 1850 1 '* ' 2-5 .. | 1848 1 .. 45 .. |1848 IRELAND. LIGHTHOUSES. North & West Coasts. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &o. (Bearings by compass from the light.) S 3 .2* a biS .9 . *> "n a & .o r^. Q 'o -D > u LOUGH FOYLE— (continued). Culkeeragh | Boom Hall | ... Rosse Bay | ... Rock Mill I ... INNISTRAHULL One br. rev. It., ^ min. LOUGH SWILLEY Dunree Head One fixed bright It. Buncrana Pier One small red light Fannet Point One red or bright It. TORY ISLAND One fixed bright light ARANMORE ISLAND One rev. red and br. It. Lower red light RATHLIN-O-BIRNE Ono fixed br. or red It. Killybegs St. John's Point Rotten Island 8LIG0 ss 25-9 13.6 55 11. 8 7 33-2 55 16.6 7 37-9 55 8 16.4 15- 55 8 0.9 33-6 54 39-8 8 49-9 54 8 34-i 27.6 Black Rock Oyster Island 54 18. 8 37- Killala Bay One fixed red light 54 13-9 9 11.8 Broadhaven One br. or red fixed It. 54 16. 9 53- EAGLE ISLAND I 54 17. Two bright fixed lights | 10 5.5 BLACK ROCK One flashing It., | min. Black Sod Quay One fixed br. or red It. 54 4-2 10 19.3 54 5-9 3-6 CLEW BAY. CLARE ISLAND I 53 49.5 One fixed bright light I 959.5 INISHQORT I8LAND | Bright light East side of entrance | #> One fixed bright light [ ,, One fixed bright light | ., One fixed red light, near the mill | ,, A white tower, 41 ft. high; on N.E. part of I lb island I Shown from a dwelling-house, visible betw. j 9 N.N.E. £ E. and S. £ E. From pillar on pier extremity, betw. N. by W. k W. and W. by S. { S. Tower, 2G ft. high ; light red seaward ; bright I 9 towards the Lough I White tower, 87 ft. high, on theN.W. point of I Ja island. Ooscured by island to S.S.E Tower, 76 ft. high, on Rinawros Pt. Lt. shows lb altera, red & br. flashes (of equal intensity) ev. 20 sees. Lower lt. red to eastward over Stag Rocks, betw. N.E. by E. J E. & E. by N. Tower, 65 ft. high, on W. side. Lt. is bright I 9 seaward from N.E. £ N. to S.S.E. £ E. Red towards mainland and sound ' White tower, 47 ft. high. One bright fixed lt. I * One br. fix. It., with red sector, over Bullock- i * moreRk., betw.S.W.jS. &S.W.byW.f W. One fixed bright light in the bay % Two fixed bright lights ; in one, S.S.E. f E. ... « Shown from a window in the tower of Ross I , , Coastguard Station, betw. E. by N. 5 N. and E. by S. i S., through E I On Gubacashel Point. White to seaward ; red I 3a towards West side of harbour I White towers, 87 and 64 ft. high. In one, I « E. by N. and W. by S., 132 yds. apart, clears all rocks off Black Sod Bay and Broadhaven ' Tower, SO ft. high, on W. extremity of Black Rock; red toward land, from N.E. by E. i E. to S.E. by E. £ E On North Point la On Blacksod Point. Light bright, but red I 3a between S.W. by W. and S.W. | S One fixed bright light 50 I .. 12 I .. 20 I .. 15 |.. 181 I 18 150 I 13 90 125 233 200 I 14 I 16 I 25 116 j 16 6G [14 I 12 79 I 13 40 I 11 87 I 12 220 I 20 283 I 22 37 I 10 341 I 27 36 J 10 1851 1859 1859 1859 1812 1876 1876 1816 1832 1865 187/' 1864 1831 1838 1835 1837 1880 1855 1864 1866 1806 1827 SLYNE HEAD One rev. light, 2 min. One fixed bright lt. 53 23.9 10 14. On Illaunimmul Island. N. light-tower, 79 ft. high. Lt. rev. ; once red, and twice bright. S. light-tower, 79 ft. high ; fixed light. In one, N. J E., 142 yds. apart, lead outside of rocks • I 126 I 15 I 1836 .. 115 14 .... IRELAND. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) §1 5 2 t* — ,0 > 2. S 34 GALWAY BAY. EERAGH ISLAND One rev. br. It., 1 m. 1 53 8-9 1 9 5'-5 Straw Island One fixed red light 1 53 6.9 1 9 37-8 Inisheer One bright or red It. 1 53 2.7 1 9 31-5 Mutton Island One fixed bright It. 1 53 152 1 9 3' SHANNON RIVER. LOOP HEAD One intermit, br. It. 1 5* 33-6 1 9 55-9 Tower, 101 ft. high, white, with red belts, on I lb | 115 | 16 | 1857 West point I Shown betw. W. by N. \ N. & S.E. Vis. from inside Arran Isles. Buildings white Tower, 112 ft. high, with broad red belt, on S. | la pt. Lt. is red in direction of Finnis Rock ... On centre of island, oflf Galway. Kilcradan I 52 34.8 One bright or red lt. | 9 42.6 Scattery Island One fix. br. or red lt. Tarhert I 52 35.5 One bright fixed lt. | 9 21.8 Beeves Rocks I 52 39. One bright or red lt. | 9 1.3 White tower, 75 ft. high, 500 yds. from extr. | la of head. Lt. bright 20 sees., eclipsed 4 sees. Shown from N.E. by E. £ E. to S.E. by E.... ' On the point. Red to seaward; bright to 9 river 5a Tower on S. end of island, River Shannon. Lt. is red over Rinana Shoal, between N. N.E. and N.E. by E. £ E. Bright light eclipsed landward between N.E. i E. and N.W. by W. 4 W On the rock I 3a Red to N. of rock. Sixteen small lights below I 3a Limerick Tralee One bright or red light 52 16.2 9 52-9 TEARAGHT ISLAND Light revolving I5 min. 52 4-5 10 40. Valentia One fixed bright light 5i 56. 10 19.3 6KELLIGS One fixed bright light 51 46.2 10 32.7 CALF ROCK One br. flash, lt. 15 sees. 5 1 34-2 10 14.8 Bantry Bay One fixed bright light 5i 39-2 9 44-8 Crookhaven One bright or red light 51 28 .6 9 42.6 FASTNET ROCK One rev. light, 1 min. 5i 2 3.3 9 36.4 On Little Samphire Island. Br. lt. seaward, from N. i W. to W. by N. \ N., and red over anchorage from W. by N. \ N. to E. by S. § S 4a Lighthouse, 57 ft. high. Lt. shown between f lb S. £ E. to E. by N. j N White tower, 48 ft. high, on Cromwell's Fort On highest rock, 7? miles from shore. Lt. shown from lower tower, only visible to the south- ward between N.W. £ N. and E. by S. £ S. Upper tower not lighted Tower red, with white belt, 102 ft. high I lb White tower, 62 ft., with red belt, at East I 9 entrance to Bearhaven. Light shown from E. I S. to N.W. by W. \ W « On Rock Island Point. Tower, 112 ft. high, with broad red belt, on S. point. Lt. red across rocks to Streek Head, from S. \ W. to S.E.byE. Bright to southward 3a Circular white tower, 92 ft. high, with red belt, I lb I 148 I 18 | 1854 on the summit of the rock | 30 6 | | 110 15 | | 33 1 10 1 | 277 22 | | 133 16 | | 50 10 | | 58 13 | | 40 10 | | 56 9 | | 275 22 | | 54 12 | 1 175 | 18] 1 141 1 17 | 1 55 | 12 | 1 67 | 13 | 1 " 8 1 18 | 1878 1857 1817 1853 1824 1834 1854 1850 1841 1826 1866 1847 1860 WHITE SEA LIGHTHOUSES. AND NORWAY. Lat. N. II J? n -s Long. E. Description, &c. 6sW * £ s- a Name and Character of Light. o / (Bearings by compass from the light.) o £• *5 a/ *■§ o^ > a> SWIATOI NOSS One fixed bright light Sosnovets Island One fixed bright light ARK 3 ANGEL GULF On; fixed & flashing It. every 30 sees. JIJGINSK One fixed bright light MOUDIUGA 1. One fixed bright It. 2. Two fix. leading Its. 68 8.8 I Light yellow tower ; a beacon tower near. 39 47-7 I 66 29.3 40 43.4 65 28.2 39 44-3 Light yellow tower, 82 ft. high , Octagonal yellow lt.-ho., of wood, on Zimnia Hills, right bank of Kamrueni River. Visible horn N. 27° E. to S. 2l£° E 298 J 20 I 1863 139 I 13 I 1863 • I 349 I 20 I 1878 65 12.3 I Tower, 58 ft. high, on the N. height of island I « | 140 | 17 | 1842 36 51 5 I I 64 54-8 40 '7- 64 5 1 - 40 19.7 Sol Shoujmuia Island One bright fixed light Solovetski One fixed bright light Morjovets One fixed bright light OELOV One fixed bright light 1 64 40.2 1 35 35-5 1 6 5 7- 1 35 37-5 1 66 45.9 1 42 3°- 1 67 11. 2 1 4i 20.5 ICELAND Reykjanes Point One fixed bright It. 1 63 48.2 1 2 2 4'-3 1. On a sandy hillock on W. side of island ... 2. AtS. endof Moudiuga Id. Southern It. from black tower, 57 ft. high, shown from S. by E. I E., by the W., to N.W. 4 N. Northern It. is red, shownbetw. N.W. I W. & N.W. £ N. from white tower, 13 ft. high, 470 yds. N.W. of former. Lts. in line S.E. lead over Beresov Bar Yellow tower, 76 ft. high, on island in Gulf of Onega From upper part of church on Sekirnoi Hill... 9 1410 • 140 16 4a 66 9 6a 20 5 • I 146 540 yds. in-shore of N.W. point of island Stone tower, 64 ft. high, on N.E. point of Cape I Orlov, 1,200 yds. from the beach. Arkhangel pilots On S.W. extr. of Iceland. Shown from Aug. 1st. to May 15th 150 222 180 NORWAY (West PRUHOLM One bright fixed light Hammerfest One tixed bright light Hekkingen One bright fixed light ANDEN.ES One fix. and flashing It. Lodingens Harbour One fixed bright light Stangholm One bright fixed light LOFOTEN ISLANDS.- KjeoeD, South Point Orsvaag Harbour Sjaaholmen Stamsund HENNINGSV.ER One fixed & flash. It. Svino Eeine Harbour Elopen, or Gloppen One fixed bright It. Vcero One fixed bright It. Vaago, or N. Hellig Vasr. Gryto, or S. Hellig Vaur. Nyholm Island One fix. white & red It. Coast). 71 5-8 23 59-4 70 40.2 23 40. 69 36. 17 5°-5 69 19-5 16 9- 68 24-5 16 3- 68 10.6 '5 38. Red iron tower, 38 feet high, with white belt, near Ingo .. Aug. 25 to March 31 On extreme point of Fuglenses. April 19th Aug. 25th to Yellow wooden lt.-ho., 24 ft. high, N. side of Hekking Id., Malang Fiord. Lt. shown from N. by W. § W., through E.,to S.S.E. (Aug. 15th to May 1st) Iron tower, red, 114 ft. high. Flash every 3 minutes. August 15th to May 1st On East side of Hjertholm Near Trano-Vest Fiord. (Lights not shown in summer, May 1st to August 2 I One fixed red light on Svolvaer 7 J One fixed bright lt. on N.E. side of Sagoen Id. 5 J One fixed red light at Skraaven's Harbour ... 2 I Tornholm, South point. Keep the lt. in sight, to avoid the Stabben Rock Quitverden, in Salvorings Sound. Flash every 3 minutes One fixed red light near Balstad g J One fix. bright lt. on S. pt. of Olenilsoens Id. Lt.-ho., 23 ft. high, at Sorvaagen, S. of entr. Lt. shown from W.S.W. (through S.) to N.E. } N., except where obscured by land betw. W.S.W. and S.W. \ W White concrete lt.-ho., 36 ft. high, on E. fide of Rostnoesvaagen. Lt. shown fromN.E. }E. to W. j S. (Shown from Sept. 1 to April 14) J One fixed red light on N.E. point of island ... 3 j One fixed bright light on S.E. point I Stone tower on E. pt. of Id. Lt. shown from I Aug. 15 to April 30. In W. channel, white betw. S.W. by W. J W. & W. by S. ; red from W. by 8. to W. In n. channel, white from N. bv E. J E. to N F.. j N. 1 wo j 68 11. | 68 9- 68 7- 168 8. I14 14. 68 2. 67 55-i 67 53-. '3 4- 67 39- 12 45-. 67 26. 67 2 3-: 67 17- 14 24. la I 148 6a I 30 4a I 66 I 2d I 143 I 6a I 67 4a I 42 15th.) • I 54 • I 92 .. I 31 • I 56 • I 113 I 6a I 196 I .. I 41 3a j 134 I 6a I 31 I 5a I 45 j 3a j 106 6a j 62 1875 1875 12 I 1871 20 I 1863 14 j 1842 17 I 1S42 19 I 1879 20 I 1866 11 I 1859 11 I 1859 20 J 1859 10 I 1862 11 j 1S64 4 I 1856 6 j 1862 4 I 1856 7 I 1859 16 I 1857 8 I 1857 6 I 1862 IS j 1857 8 I 1880 12 I 1859 17 j 1865 8 I 1676 NORWAY. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) J J C a. a< Height above H. \V. Visible in Miles. ■o • cs.2 3 8 6T0T One fixed & flashing It. TBAE ISLANDS Revol. br. It. ev, min. ANDEBSBAK ISLAND One fixed red and br. It. Bronosund One fixed bright light Praesto One fixed bright light GJOESLINGERNES One fixed red and br. It. VILLA One fixed and flash. It. Bb'do One fixed bright light HALTEN ISLAND One flash. It. ev. 4 sees. Kjeungen Bock One fix. red or br. It. Trondhjem One fixed bright light Agdenas One fixed bright light Bora One fix. white or red It. Terningen One fixed bright light Eingholm Rock One fixed bright light CHBISTIANSTJND Stavnaes One fixed bright It Leervig One fixed bright It. EVITNCES One fix. br. or red It. Eest Islet One fix. red or br. It., or flashing br. It., 2 sees. QVITEOLM One fixed and flash. It. Biorno Sound One bright fixed light OENA One br. It., red flash Ulla One fixed bright light 66 56.6 13 28.9 66 258 11 59- 8 64 43 S 10 5i 5 64 32 8 10 4' 9 64 22 .5 10 27 4 64 10 9 27 5 63 43 7 9 35 3 63 27-5 10 27.5 63 38. 9 49-5 63 44.2 9 18. 63 3°- 9 9- 63 19-3 8 14.5 63 6.8 7 40- » 63 6.3 7 43-5 63 7-9 7 48-8 63 5- 7 30- 63 i-3 7 '4-5 62 53-9 6 49-3 62 51.8 6 33- 62 41.2 6 10.2 66 15.8 12 19. 65 12 28.5 13-5 \\\ 47-4 7.8 On centre Seskiner; guide to the harbour from I 4 c the North. Flash every 2 minutes Iron It. -ho., painted red, on Sue Id. Lt. vis. I 2b 12 sees, in ev. min. Shown irom Aug. 15 to I April 30 following ' White concrete lt.-ho. on N.E. Id. of Aas Vser 4a Group. Lt. shows br. betw. W. by N. \ N., through North, to E. by S. i S. ; thence red to S.E. bv E. ^ E. ; and thence bright to S. byW.JW. (Aug. 15 to April 30) On North side of Buholmen, at N. entrance... I 6a On the islet, in Folden Fiord. August 1st to I 6a May 16th White stone tower on Haroldso Kraaka Rock. 4a Lt. shows br. seaward betw. W. bv S. and S. by W. J W. ; red thence to 8.S.B. f E. ; bright thence to E. \ N. ; and red thence to E. by N. i N. (Aug. 15 to April 30) On the island. A flash every 4 min. Aug. 1 I 2d to May 16. Pilot station near On highest point of island. Aug. 1 to May 15 I 4a White stone tower. Lt. shown from Aug. 1 to 2c May 15 Approach to Biugn Fiord. Octagonal red lt.- ho., 57 ft. hiirti. Lt. is bright betw. S. 41° W. and S. 36° W. ; red thence to S. 30° W. ; bright betw. S. 13° W. and N. 86° E. ; red thence to N. 30° E.; bright thence to N. 77° W. (Aug. 1 to May 15) On the .ortress, onMunk Holm, opposite the 6a town. Aug. 1 to May 16 On the pt. Visible int and out of Trondhjem Fiord. Aug. 1 to May 16 At East end of Hitteren Island, entrance of Skioren Fiord ; red sector between N.E. and N.N.E. over Sles Skar On the island. Aug. 1 to May 16 I 5 a Yellow wood tower, 30 ft. high, half a mile from E. point of Eddo. Aug. 1 to May 16... On N.E. point of Avero. Aug. 1 to May 16 .... On North side of island. Aug. 1 to May 16 ... Wooden tower, painted white, on extr. of pt., at entr of N. channel to Christiansund. Lt. shows red betw. W.S.W. and N.W. by N. leading N. of Haask Rock ; w hite from N.W. by N. to N. by E. | E., leading 3 cables W. of Golmodden; and red from N. by E. f E. to E.S.E. (Aug. 1 to May 15) White square tower. Lt. shown betw. W. by S. and E. by N. | N., fix. br. over the Ravn- gab and otber navigable channels, and flash- ing br. (short eclipses ev. altern. sec), orfix. red, over dangerous ground Stone tower, 96 ft. high, on N.W. pt. of island. A flash of 12 sees, every minute 5a .5a 3a 2c On the eastern part of Mooen 1 g a Red iron tower, 40 feet high, on Ohna Calf. I 2c Red flash every J min I Fishing lt. on Kvaernholm, S.W. of Ullaholm; I 6a from Jan. 25th to April 8th 1 49 | 12 | | 119 17 | | 50 11 | 1 42 10 | | 36 12 | | 72 11 [ | 127 20 | | 27S 16 | | 127 17 | | 46 11 | 1 44 1 18 1 | 116 1 9 1 1 | 48 1 9 1 1 | 100 1 12 1 1 | 51 1 14 1 | 65 12 | | 60 9 | 1 75 | 15 | 1 134 | 19 | 1 94 | 11 | 1 " 3 1 18 | 1 6 ' } 1 S | NORWAY. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. E. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light. S43 'Q a c a 6fW Lepsorev One fixed bright or red light Erkna Island Synses, Wiggeren Island Walderhong One fixed red light Aalesunds Alnass, Godo Island Hogsten One fixed and flash. It. RUNDO One fixed bright light Flaeevar One fix. or changing It. Freko* Island One fix. br. and red It. Wagso One fixed red light Hjertnesstrand One bright fixed light Smb'rhavn One red or bright light Stabben One fixed light Kind Island One bright fixed light 6* 35-4 6 15-5 White it.-ho. on head of Gamlemshaug Mole. Lt. br. from W.S.W., through W. & N., to N.E. £ N., red betw. N.E. g N. & N.E. by E. i E., & br. betw. N.E. by E. J E. & E.N.E. From Aug. i to May 31. I *>2 33.3 I Red light, spring fishery light I 62 32.5 I Bright fixed light, spring fishery light | 6a I 62 30 1 I On South point of Walderci. Aug. 1 to May 16 | % I 6 74 I I 4a I 28 6 a I 62 28.7 I One red fixed light on Moloen Point I 62 30. I Bright fixed light, spring fishery light Ga 62 28. I Flash every 3 min. On S.E. of Godo Island, | 4d g , , I Bred Sound 62 25. 5 35-i 5 36-5 62 10.5 5 22.7 62 2. S 7-8 61 59. 5 »°- 61 45. 4 55- Iron tower, 93 ft. high, white, with red be'.t, on W. point of island, Bred Sound. Aug. 1 to May 16 Bright It., except towards Skiiiggen, when it changes to red every 3 sees. Bright It. from white tower, vis. betw. N. by W. f W. and E. by N. £ N., but red from N.W. J N. to N.VV. by \\ ., and from E. | S. . to E. J N. From Aug. 1 to May 15 I On Skog Niis, N.E. point of island. Over I Krseka and Melflua Shoals; or from N. bv \V. £ W. to N.N. W. .J W.,itis eclipsed every 2 or 3 sees. From Aug. 1 to May 15 I Yellow wooden lt.-ho., 33 ft. high, on E. side of Ulve Sound. Lt. shown betw. N. |E. & E.N.E., also betw. N. by W. and W. by N. £ N.over Skare Bay anchorage la (la On Froesoen. Lt. red from N.N.W. f W. to I 3a N.W. I N. ; thence bright to E. f S Ronglevar One fixed br. or red lt. 60 48. 448. HELLISO One br. rev. It., 1 min. 60 45.1 4 43-i 8KIJELLANGER One fixed bright light 1 60 36.6 1 4 57-2 Bergen One fixed red light | 60 24. 1 5 18.3 Leerb'en One fixed bright light 60 14.3 5 io-3 MARSTENEN ROCK One revolving red light 1 60 7.8 1 5 i- Piir Holm One fixed bright light 60 5.2 1 5 n-5 61 36. I Bright It.; red towards Floro from E. \ S. ... | 5a 4 57-6 I I 6 J 3 1. 6 I On S.E. part. Shown eastward between I 6a 4 46.7 1 tf-tyE- to s - b y w I 60 48. I On Bratholm. Bright seaward, but red to S. I 6a channel, or from S. f W. to S.S.W Iron tower, 100 ft. high, red, with white belt. | 2b Beyond 8 miles it is dark between flashes N.W. side of Holzeno Island. Guide to N. channel to Bergen. July 15 to May 16 On mole. Guide to Vaagen and chief anchor- ages. Aug. 15 to April 30 West side of island. Shown westward, from S. by W. to N.E. £ N. Obscured over Roug- nene. July 15 to May 16 „ Stone tower on highest part of Id., at Kors Fiord entr. Flash of 8 sees, every 20 sees.... Bagholm Sound. July 15 to May 16 5 a O e b © Oxhammer One fixed bright light 59 59-3 I East sic * e of Se 'bo\ Eclipsed in direction of I 9 Nvleden over an arc of 17°. July 15 to I May 16 I f-S 1 160 1 11 | 1 so 1 9 | 1 41 1 4 I 1 12 | 5 | 1 30 | 9 1 1 41 | 12 | | 161 21 | 1 5G | 12 | 1 68 | 11 | 1 57 12 | | 58 10 | •• 1 | 50 12 | | 33 10 1 | 53 10 | | 154 19 1 | 58 13 | 1 41 1 4 | 1 5 7 1 4 1 ) | 120 1 17 1 | 32 | 4 | | 130 1 4 | 9 I 1879 1870 1870 I860 1863 1870 1858 1870 1876 1870 1870 1871 1867 1867 1870 1855 1853 1839 1855 1877 1849 1860 5 «3-7 NORWAY. LIGHTHOUSES. South-West Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. E. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) 3.9 SLOTTERO One fixed bright light KLngholmen Island One fixed bright light Folgerb'en One fixed bright light leervig One fixed bright light Midtholmen One fixed red light Langevaad One fixed bright light Espevar One fixed bright light Ryvarden One bright fixed light Roesar One fixed bright light Sarhoug One fixed bright light Hdievarde One fixed bright light Faeo One fixed light TJDSIRE Two fixed bright lights Kobbervig One fixed red light Bukke Sand One fixed bright light Skudes Ness Havn Skude Ness One fixed bright light Vigholmen One bright red light Fieldo One bright fixed light HVIDINGSO One fixed and flash. It. Dusevig One bright fixed light Stavanger One bright fixed light 1 59 54-5 1 15 45 1 1 59 53-2 1 1 5 »3-3 1 59 48- 5 18.7 59 46.8 5 3 2 -9 [ 59 4 2 - 1 1 5 2 4- 2 1 1 59 36-7 1 1 5 i5- 2 1 1 59 35-i 1 15 9-3 1 1 59 3 r -7 1 1 5 13-6 1 | 59 26x 1 1 5 7- 6 1 1 59 2 5- 2 1 1 5 H 7 1 1 59 '9-5 1 1 5 19-5 1 1 59 22 -7 1 1 5 i°-7 1 | 59 l8 -3 1 1 4 5 2 -7 1 1 59 *7- 2 1 1 5 19-7 1 1 59 '3-4 1 1 J 2 7- 6 1 f 59 8.4 1 1 5 18. 1 1 59 8.4 1 1 5 16.8 | 1 59 5-3 1 1 5 34-4 I I 59 3-7 I 1 5 2 4-4 1 1 58 59-8 J 5 4'-3 1 55 5 8 - 2 1 1 5 44-3 1 Iron tower, 72 ft. high, red, with white belt, I 2a on N.W. pt. of islet. S. entrance to Selbo I Fiord ' Lt.-ho. on W. end of id. Lt. vis. from N. ^ W., | 4a Clearing Tranu' Id. toS. f E. From July 13 to May 15 ' On island at Stoksund. July 15 to May 16 S.E. coast of Stordilen Id. From gable of 5a white dwelling on S. pt. of Midto Islet. Lt. shown betw. 8.W. by W. and N.N.E. July 15 to May 15 following Mosterhavn. Shown eastward, from N.N.E. I to S.W. by W. July 15 to May 16 Lille Blegen. East side of Bommelo Island. I 9 July 15 to May 16 S. entrance of harbour. Oct. 1 to April 1 I © On point leading into Bommel Fiord. July 15 I 9 to May 16 OnGittero Rock, East side of entrance. Shown] 9 eastward, from N. f E. to W. by S. f S On rock at N. entrance of Karroo Sound I 5a East side of Karmo Bright It., but is red over Gangvar Rock Two red stone towers. 40 ft. high, on W. side I 2a of island. N.W. and S.E., 220 yards apart, throughout the year ' On E. side of Karmo ; on N. side of entrance... | 9 E. side of Bukkcn Island. Oct. 1 to April 1... [ q One fixed bright light. Oct. 1 to April 1 S.E. point of Karmi>. Kept in sight, clears | 9 the Ostboen. Oct. 1 to April 1 On islet, off Skudes Ness Harbour ; must be I 9 kept in sight, on the port hand, when ap- proaching ' On Vindhoug, Klubben Islet, North side of I 9 channel to Stavanger. July 15 to May 15 ... White stone tower, 85 ft. high. Bright flash, | 2d every 4 min., throughout the year On Varnses, S. point of bay. For pilots' use... On Valberg tower. Sept. 15 to March 15 1.52 30 51 49 39 16 7.3 63 02 72 66 45 25a 31 77 149 NORWAY. LIGHTHOUSES South Coast - 3 •d Lat. N. 2 *r. .2 <-■% Long. E. Description, &c. rs boW .2 o) S-J3 Name and Character of Light. 3 ' (Bearings by compass from the light.) 1 5 ££ ss *V "5 J3 >• o Tunge Ness One bright fixed light Fladholmen Out; fixed bright light Lille Feistecn One fixed red light Obrestadbraekka One fix. & flash. It. \ rn. EGERO One fixed bright light Grundsund Holm One fixed br. light Vibberodden One fixed br. light Varnas One fixed bright light LISTER Oat- br. flash. It. 4 sees. South Katland Islet One fixed red or br. It. 59 2.i J On S. part of Bukke Fiord; on West side of I 6a channel to Stavanger. July 15 to May 15... 5 34 2 I I c% rr.3 I OnN.W. point; eastward of Rot I 6a 5 33 7 I I c8 4Q ? I On S.E. pt. of islet, at 4J miles N.E. from I 4a - —, q Joederens Point. All the year | «8 7q c I Od gable of stone-house ; It. obscured to S. to I 3c . -.'- h mile from land ofi pt. near Haa. Lite-boat 5 33 5 I 2 58 26 5 522 Iron tower, 105 ft. high, red. with white belt, | la on W. point of island. Throughout the year <;8 27 8 I On N.W. point of island, on S. side* of channel I 5a J S. of Egeru. Throughout the year S.E. point of Egero, West side of Egersund... I 5a South point of entrance to Lister Fiord I 5a ,-s 5 25-3 59 6 58 10.6 6 37-3 5* 6 6-5 34-2 58 6 35 50.6 NAZE OF NORWAY, or 57 59* LINDESN2ES 7 3- One fixed and flash. It. Mandals Ryvingen 57 58.1 One bright It., red flash 7 29-7 Hatholm ! 58 0.2 One briirht fixed light 7 27-2 CHRISTTANSAHD FIORI > Oddero 58 8.2 One fixed bright It. 1 8 05 0X0 58 44 One fixed bright It. 8 3-6 Gronningen Isiet 158 5-i One fixed red light 1 8 5 8 Store-Grb'nningen Island 58 i5-3 One fix. & flash, br. It. 8 Z*.2 Arendal 58 26.3 e rix.^d bright light 8 47-4 TORUNGEN ISLANDS 58 24 1 Two fixed bright lights 8 47-7 Ejeholmen 1 58 38.3 One fix. & flush, red It. 1 9 9-5 Stangholmen Island 1 58 42.7 One fixed red light 9 ! 5- Kills Fiord Two red fixed lights a. a. 0. — Liy!d s. One flashing It. every 4 sees., instead of three 2a fixed lights on Gunnarsi.oug, West point of Lister Land. Throughout the year. Farsvind Channel. Shown from wh. bldng. at 4a S. > . pt. of islet, br. seaward b tw. s.W . and S., red betw. S. and S.xE. ^ E., & br. Irom S.S.E. { E. to E Alsobr. tonorthwd. betw. N.W. by W. 4 W. and N. A E., and towards FaeroUalven betw. W. and W. £ N At N. extr. of FaeiOhalven a reflector is placed to reflect a sectorot 12° of lighttowards E.N.E. White and red tower, 33 ft. high. Flash every Id minute. Throughout the year On S.W. part of Ryvingen; red flash every | 3d half minute On S. point of island, in Manne Fiord Ca On S.W. point of island Round white tower, 92 ft. high, on S. pt. of 1 2a island, tntrance of Christiausand Fiord Chvistiansand Fiord, E. side of entr. White I 4a building on summit of islet. 1 iirht shown west aid bern.-en S.E and N.N.W ' White It. -ho., on S.W. extr. of Id., E. of Horn- | 3c borg'i. Lt. fix. for 30 sees., followed by 4 flasues occupying 30 sees ' Yellow building on Sandvig Point, W. side of | 6a cnani.el. The lt. is red to W. of S. £ E. ... On Outer Torungen and Inner Torungcn, 1 2a N.N.E., 1,200 yards apart ,, White It. -ho. on S.W. extr., N.E. of Lyngo. I 3 C Red flash every alternate minute I Y'ilow building on East point. Light shown I .ja from X. $ E. by N. and E. to S. JW On on Sta'seng; onernStroiutantren, nr. Rab- I 5a bet Pt. In one, lead tkrouga btangbo Ch.iu. g„ 31 10 1828 43 10 1862 68 12 1859 109 16 1873 154 24 1854 43 J 11 73 J 12 90 I 12 130 J 19 61 I 10 164 I 24 135 I 18 64 I 10 27 I 10 139 I 19 50 I 9 71 I 15 43 I 11 134 I 20 134 I 20 68 I 10 34 I 10 1855 1855 1836 1853 1878 1853 1867 1867 1832 1853 1878 1879 1844 1344 1879 1855 80 j 7 ! 1874 Z5 6 1874 FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast Lat. N. §1 J B . • Long. E. Description, &c. P. 3 ■-i~ .•23 3 3 Name and Character of Light. O t (Bearings by compass from the light.) o< hi o H a =3 .O » DUNKERQTJF 1. One rev. br. It., 1 m. 2. One bright fixed It. 3. One tidal light 4. One fixed green It. DUWKERQTJE ROAD. Out Ruytingen Lt.-Ves. One rev. red It., § m. Dyck Lightvessel Two bright fixed Its. Snouw Lightvessel One fixed red light GEAVELINES 1 . One fixed bright It. 2. Two bright fixed Its. Walde Point Flash. It., red & br. fl. alternately ev. 20 s. 3- 21.8 1. Brick tower, 177 ft. high, between W. jetty and Kisbon old fort. Lifeboat station 2. On Heuguenar tower, at 2,400 yds. S. by E. i E irom entrance; shows only in the channel to N. by \V. £ W 3. Lt.-ho. wh., 27 ft. high, 49 ft. within extr. of W. mole. Tide at less than 6£ ft. above low water, & falling, It. shows green, rising red. Tide over 6j ft. above low water, & rising It. shows white, varied by flashes. 4. On East jetty head I 194 I 85 I 33 I 26 I 24 12 I 9 I 3 5' o-3 6-5 5° 59-7 1 55-i 1. Tower, 89 ft. high, on Little Fort Philippe. 2. Tide Its., 65 yds. apart, on S.W. mole, from 2h. before to 2h. after high water. Life- boat station Iron beacon, 59 ft. high, on edge of sands 1845 1878 i863 ci 12 o I Painted red. In 8 to 11 fathoms. Bears I • I 33 | 11 f 1863 •> 1, , N - b V W. I W. 11} miles from Dunkeique 2 12Z I lighthouse ' (• 1 1 1 I In 11 fathoms, at 3.1 miles N. by W. J W. from I » I 34 I 10 I 1869 2 *'\ Gravelines lighthouse | •• I 23 | .. | .... a 3 r I In 11 fathoms, at 5 miles E.N.E. from Grave- [ 9 | 33 | 7 " 2 12 6 lines lighthouse 3a I 9-5 I 15 I 1843 9 I 20 I 6 I 1854 3b I 34 I 10 I 18C* CALAIS One fixed and flash. It. 50 57-7 1 51.* Flash every 4 minutes. Octagonal brick tower, 167 ft. high, at N.E. end of old fortifications Id I 190 J 20 Calais Tide Lights 1. One br. fix. It., & two red lights 2. One red light 1. On end of E. jetty ; br. It. 10 ft. ; red below br. It., 13 ft. ; red above br. It., 16 ft. ; three Its., 20 ft. 2. On end of W. jetty ; all night. Lifeboat station 4a J 39 I 10 I .., CAPE GRISNEZ i 50 52.2 One rev. br. It., 5 min. | 1 34.9 Boulogne Tide Lights 50 43.9 1. Two fixed bright Its. 1 35. 2. One red, one green It. ALPRECK POINT One fixed and flash. It. CANCHE or Etaples River Carniers Sandhills Two fixed lights Point Tonquet Two fixed bright Its. ' Point Haut Banc of Berck One br. intermitting It. 50 I 41.9 33-7 r 1 33-i 36.8 5° 1 31-4 35-5 5° 1 24. 335 Tower, 79 ft. high, \ mile S. of cape. A I lb I 226 I 25 powerful MAGNETO-ELECTRIC light 1. In one tower, on S.W. jetty head; higher It. while 9i it. ; lower It., from high water to 9 feet ebb. Lifeboat. 2. On N.E jetty. Green It. while 9| (t. water. In line with red It. indicates direction of stone foundation of the jetty. Life-boat station... 4a I 43 I 9 .. 33 I . 4a I 46 J 7 Abrightlt., with red flash every 2 min. Tower, I 4d I 161 I 12 I 1842 33 ft. high, 2£ miles S.W. of Boulogne ... Shown from white towers on N. side of river; when in line, bear E. northerly ; formerly served as leading Its. Lower It. is red. In line, lead over Tonquet Bank Two fine brick towers, 171 ft. high, at S. side of mouth of river, N. by E. | K. and S. by W. I W. ,273 yds. apart 121 54 10 9 1874 1874 la I 174 I 20 I Tower. 92 ft. high, on N. pt. of River Authie; I 4o | 115 | 14 | 1868 It. visible and 1 clipsed every 6 sees. ; obscured toward S. j E., and over danger* Life boat ' FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. h. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) « > SOMME RIVER. Crotoy tide light One fixed bright light Hourdel Point tide light I One fixed bright It. | CAYEUX One fixed & flash. It. Cayeux tide light One fixed bright It. St. Valery-sur-Somme 1. One red fixed It. 2. One fixed green It. Treport 1. One red fixed light 2. Onejix. br. tide light \ Dieppe "West Mole One fixed bright It. East Mole Tide Lights Three fixed bright Its. 50 12.0 I On N. side of entrance. Tide light, while 3 ft. I • I 25 I 4 1 1851 j «_ _ water in entrance 50 12.9 [ On mast, 33 ft. high, on S. side of entrance. I • | 36 | 6 | 1852 1 33 9 Tide light, while 2 ft 50 1 1.7 I Tower, 89 ft. high, on S. side of entrance. I 3d I 92 I 15 I 1835 x , _ Fixed It., with flash every 4 minutes 5° "-5 1 37-5 50 3-9 1 22.1 49 5 6 - 1 4.9 On a mast, at 812 yds. S.W. of Cayeux light, I • I 36 I 6 1 1856 from 3i hrs. flood to l£ hrs. ebb ' ' ' 1. On iron stand, in front of Harold's Tower., 2. Frum pillar, on mole-head , 1. On iron stand, on end of East jetty 2. Brick tower, 27 ft. high, on W. mole. Bright tide light, while 6 £ ft., in the channel Stone tower, 32 ft. high. Flag by day. On a mast. Lowest It. all night ; highest It. from 2^ hrs. before to 2 hrs. after high water ; middle It. from 2 hrs. before until high water. The two latter not shown when harbour is inaccessible 2o 25 5 I 1868 5 1877 22 I 5 I 1861 36 J 10 J 1806 4a I 39 I 10 I 1834 4 1843 AILLY POINT One rev. br. It., 1 min. St. Valery-en-Canx 1. One red fixed lin W. pier... 3. From brick tower on end of K. pier. Shown while 64 ft. or more water in channel. Addi- tional depth shown by flashes ; each nd flash indicates 3 tt. 3} in. (1 metie) additional, and each green flash 10 in. d metre) 4. At extreme of breakwater constructing 5a j 33 I 10 j 1862 49 24.9 1 19.4 I 49 25 5 13.6 4 a 180 18 1867 .. •• .. | 1863 4a •• 33 7 | 1867 5 | 1850 Id 420 20 | 1850 Id 420 20 | 1850 3a 82 14 1857 33 6 1876 , . 39 9 1876 49 21. 5 o 4.7 1. On W. side of entrance to Touques River. Visible between N. by E. and SV. by N. £ N 2. Near end of East Pier Long. W. 49 '7-7 O 5-3 49 16.6 15.6 3. Near end of W. Pier; lighted when 6^ ft. in in channel. Br. seaward, red to E. of N.E. by N. up Villerville Chan., and inside entr. On BeuzevalMount and Fort, while 6 ft. water. In one, lead in Bright Its. on church and redoubt of Oyestre- h 'in, W. side of entrance. In one, S.W. \ S., 1.203 yds. apart. Red t ; de It. on \V. jetty, from 3 hrs. be ore to 3 hrs. after h : gh water On E. side of channel, at Oyestreham; shown from 3 hrs. before to 3 hrs. after high water 4 a 4 a 62 33 10 I 1853 | 18"5 7 1 1860 5a 26 8 | 1875 •• j 148 1 10 1 9 1 1866 1 7| 5a 92 10 • 39 5 • 4 • 30 4 49 19.3 I In one, S. by \V. J W., 306 yds. apart, lead in I 6.7 I 4Q ao.6 I Bright It. at Brevand ; red It. on sea bank. 1 1 1.3 I ^ one ' SW# i W, » lead "* 1843 1855 1678 49 20.3 I On a mast, on W. jetty head 1*1 30 | 6 | 1857 o 27-5 I I 49 20.5 I Square tower, 43 ft. high, on a hillock, 800 I 3d I 138 I 15 I .... , . 2 yards from the shore. Fixed It., with flash ■» • ' every 4 minutes I 49 21. 1 I In one, S.W. by W., 79 yds. apart. High tide I £ I 131 I 8 I 1854 4C 6 1*" * s red ' wn ^ e 12 ft. on the bar I 90 I 6 49 23.4 I On a mast, 875 yds. West of church 1*1 26 [ 3 | 1856 1 2.6 46 I 10 I 1852 23 I 8 I 49 I 7 I 1861 16? FRANCE, &c. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) 2g 6t. Marcouf One fixed bright light Morsaline One fixed bright light St. Vaast La Hougue One red lixed light La Hougue One fixed bright light Saire Point One fixed bright light Barfleur Two fixed bright lights CAPE BARFLEUR One br. rev. It., 5 min. Levi Cape One fixed and flash. It. Bequet Port One bright, one red It. CHERBOURG. Port de Commerce Pelee Island One fixed bright It, 49 29 9 I On the fort, East of Sand-fly Island 1 8.9 I 49 ■34. 3 I On the mound ; much higher than La Hougue , ._ . light. In one with it. shows N. limit of roads 1 19.4 I 49 34.2 I A small tower, 29 ft. high, on jetty. 1 15.6 I 49 34.3 I Square turret, 29 ft. high, at S. end of fort ... 1 16.4 I 49 36.4 I On Reville Redoubt. In one with Cape Bar- It II Q ^ eur lt; '' snows K - kmrt of dangers off Ta- •*'" ' tihou Island 49 40.1 I On South side of entrance, S.W. by W. £ W., 1 1 ? 8 ^ 09 y* s ' a P art - I 11 oue > l ea0 - " 1 - Lifehoat ... 49 41.8 I Circular tower, 233 ft. high, on the cape. . ,£ Eclipses not total within 12 miles 49 41.8 I Tower, 103 ft. high. Light bright, with red 1 2S.5 flash every 3 minutes 49 39.2 I In one, S.W. J S., 76 yds. apart, lead into the .",,,, harbour 1 S z -y I Red It. on E. jetty, green It. on head of W. jetty 4a | 56 | 10 | 1840 5a | 282 | 10 | 1836 .. 1 36 5| 1865 4a | 36 10 | 1836 4a | 36 10 1836 6a 1 6a | 23 43 8 9 1844 lb| 236 22 1836 4d| lid 12 1858 .'I 28 24 ? 1862 „, 33 15 3 2 1838 1876 49 40. 3 I On Fort Imperial 1 35- l 5a I 85 I 10 I La Digue 1. Oue fix. & flash. It. 2. One fixed green It. 3. One red light Querqueville Fort One fixed bright It. CAPE DE LA HAGUE One fixed bright light 49 40.1 1 37.2 49 40-3 1 41. 1 1. A white stone tower, 54 ft. high. Lt. br. fixed, with flash every 3 min., on central fort 2. Green light on eastern head 3. Red light on W. head of breakwater Turret, 52 ft. high, on the guard-house. Life- boat station 5d 66 10 • 63 4 • 39 10 40 4.3 4. ! Circular tower, 154 ft. high, on the top of Gros j „ T ! du Raz Rock, half a mile W. £ S. from the •57 -J I cape 4a la 59 I 10 157 I 18 1839 18.3 1853 1837 CHANNEL ISLANDS (British). Alderney Bray Harbour Two red lights 49 43-3 2 12. 1 One on old pier ; screened over all dangers. The other to S. W. by W. In one, they lead in 55 1 5 25 3 1859 CASKETS or Casquets One flashing bright It. HANOIS ROCKS One red rev. It., 45 sees. Guernsey St. Peter Port 1. One red fixed lt. 2. One br. fixed lt. 49 43-3 2 22.7 49 26. 2 42.2 49 27.2 2 31* Tower on the highest rock. Light shows 3 flashes of 2 seconds, in quick succession, once in ev. | min. A grey granite tower, 117 ft. high, on S.W. rock ; obscured by Guernsey, from W. by S. to N.W. 1. At entrance of inner harbour ; bearing W. by N. J N., it leads in 2. On E. extremity of Castle Cornet break- water. A temporary green lt. on N. jetty... 113 I 15 1723 1877 lb I 100 I 14 I 1862 40 I 6 59 12 1832 1867 FRANCE, &c. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) |1 1= |l If s| gS s pa CHANNEL ISLANDS (British)— continued. Jersey Verclut Breakwater One fixed bright It St. Heller 1. One fixed br. It. 2. One fixed red It. 3. One fixed red It. 4. Two grten lights Goeray Pier Head LA CORBIERE ROCK One br. or red fix. It. Dielette 1. One fix. red or "br. It. 2. One fixed red light 3. One fixed green It. CAPE CAETERET One rev. br. It., \ min. Portbail One bright, one red It. Senequet One fixed red light Eegneville One fixed bright light CHAUSEY ISLANDS One fixed and flash. It. MINQUIERS LT.-VES. Two bright fixed lights GRANVILLE 1. One fixed bright It. 2. One fixed red light Conesnon River One fixed red light La Pierre de Herpin Proposed light La Houle One fixed red light "2 4* 41.1 | 2 19.2 | 4 S 322 1 z 43-2 | 48 40. 2 48.6 48 36-1 2 49. 48 38.8 2 49 5 +S 47-5 3 1-7 4 S 50.2 3 3-2 4* 5»-9 2 59-3 49 6-5 2 489 48 54-5 3 5-3 Octagonal tower, 72 ft. high, on the cape, S.W. lb | 259 from old tower Round tower, 40 ft. high, on the jetty at Point 4 a | 45 Aigle, St. Brieuc. Tower, 33 ft. high, on Harbour Island 4 a | 49 Round tower, 33 ft. high, on Penthievre mole 4 a | 36 White tower, 33 ft. high, on end of new pier., o J 29 On Portzdon Point, N. side of entr. to harbour. . . I 35 Red betw. S.E. by E. £ E. and E. by S. \ S., bright thence to E. by S. \ S. ; obscured in all other directions. Approaching Paimpol, keep within sector of bright light 1. On Bodic heights, on W. side of channel; and on La Croix Hock, on E. side ; 2 miles apart. Shown only m channel 2. On end of Coat-Mer Peninsula. In one, S. 39 E., lead up from La Croix It. to the anchorage On Paon Point and Rosedo Hill. In one, W. J S., 5 mile apart. Paon Pt. It. shows a sector of br. It., vis. 12 miles, betw. S.E. by S. \ S. and S.E. by S. Keep within br. It. till Portz- don bright It. is seen. Lifeboat station A fine iron tower, painted white, 118 ft. high. Eclipsed every 4 sees. A circular tower, 157 ft. high, on N.E. side of rocks. A red flashing It. is shown to N.E. overBarnouic Ledge, betw. E.N.E. & E. 4 N. A red fax. It. is shown to S.E. over the dan- gers betw. S E. \ S. & E. by S. f S. Between these two sections of red It. is a space of 23° clear of danger, except the Roch-ar-Bel , # 176 12 45 10 151 8 22 I 1847 10 I 1857 10 I 1850 10 I 1854 7 I 1853 7 I 1880 1867 1869 4a I 67 I 6 1 1860 •| 90 I 8 I .... lb I ISO I 25 I 1869 la I 148 I .. I 1835 \% 52.7 Tower, 52 ft. high, on E. end of lie aux I 3d X 20 z \ aioines - Plash every 3 min. Hidden to y-J ' E. i :N. by Rouzic Island, &c ' l8 52.3 I Tower, 92 ft. high, on Guen Bras Rock; red | 3d 3 38.9 and bl 'i# nt fla shes alternately every .£ min. 51-5 Perros Road 1. One fixed bright It. 2. One fixed bright It. 48 48.1 3 23.9 3. One bright fixed It. 4. One bright fixed It. 48 46.7 3 28.4 Ploumanac'h Port One fixed red light 48 50.3 3 29.1 Morlaix 1. He Noire One fixed & flash. It. 48 40.4 3 52-6 2. Tour la Lande One fixed bright It. 48 38.2 3 53-2 3. One red fixed light 4. One bright fixed It. RoscofF One tixad bright light 48 43-5 3 58.8 1, 2. Bright light on Harbour Mill ; red It. on St. Antoine Mill. In one, S.S.E., lead into the Grand Passe 3. Shown from La Come Rock. Sector of 7^° gieen It. in channel to E.N.E., red S. of that bearing. A sector of 7£° br. It. over inner anchorage to W.S.W. 1. Near Nantouar Bridge 2. Near Kerjean Farm, 750 yds. S.E. of No. 1. In one, they lead up the western channel ... 3 Behind Pigeon-house, on S. shore of bay... 4. Near Kerprigent Mill, 3,133 yds. S.W. of Pigeon-house It. In one, they show the direction of the eastern channel, and into the road 184 I 15 I 1835 98 I 12 I 1862 1864 1876 4a 105 9 4 a 46 38 6 33 253 89 259 10 12 12 14 1860 1860 1R60 I860 Square tower, 36 ft. high, on the point I 4 a I 69 I 5 1 1S60 Light, with Tidal signals 1. Square tower, 43 ft. high flash every 2 min. for Treguier Channel 2. Square tower, 56 ft. high. Nos. 1 and 2 in I one, show the direction of the eastern channel ' 3. On the Chateau du Taureau for the anchor- I age in N. part of Morlaix Road 4. On Jardin or Louet Island. Nos. 4 and 2 in one, show the entrance of the western or Grand channel. Pilots necessary Shown from an iron standard on the extreme end of the mole 4d I 46 I 10 I .... •I .. |.. I .... 4a J 34 52 10 I 1860 1880 FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. North-West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. \V. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light/ & :>' . s c. '~ V gj .0 l> ILE DE BAS One rev. br. It., 1 min. Pte. de Pontusval One bright fixed light ILE VIERGE One fixed and flash. It. Abervrac'h 1. One red fixed light 2. One bright fixed It. 3. One green fixed It. 4. One bright fixed It. 48 44.7 I Circular tower, 131 ft. high, on W. part. I lb [ 233 | 24 | 1836 4 1-7 I I 48 40.7 I Square building, 43 ft. high, on the point I a | 59 J 10 | 1869 4 21.2 I I 48 38.4 I Square tower, 101ft. Irish, on E. point. Bright 1 3d. I 108 | 15 | 1845 fixed light, with red flash every 4 minutes... I 48 36.9 4 34-7 1. White tower, 36 ft. high, on "Vrac'h Island. Life-boat station 2. On W. side of Plouguerneau Steeple, at 70 ft. ; both Its. shown down the channel. In one, S.E. by E. A, E., \\ mile apart, lead into the channel 48 35.8 I 3. On E. point of Palue Beach . . - , 4. At head of St. Antoine Creek. In one, lead 4 33*5 1 t anchorage 4a 1 S9| 71 1845 4a 1 170 | 12 | 1863 4a 131 l\ 1845 OUESSANT, orUSHANT 1. One bright fixed It. 2. One rev. It., 20 sees. 48 28.5 5 3-5 1. Two towers united, 85 ft. high, ontheN.E. point 2. Circular tower, 152 ft. high, black and white bands, on Creac'h, or N.W. point. Light twice bright, once red. la I 272 I 24 I .... lb I 223 I 22 I 1864 LE FOUR ROCK One nlteraiating fixed or fl ishing light Corsen Point One fixed bright light Conquet Port One fixed bright litrht LES PIERRE3 NOIRES One red flashing light ST. MATHIEU One rev. br. It., A min. BREST Minou Point One fixed bright It. Portzic Point One fixed & flash. It., 3 min. Brest 1. One green, 1 red It. 2. One bright, 1 redlt. Brest, Bay of One bright fixed It. Toulinguet Point One fixed red light Douarnenez Bay One fixed bright light Port Douarnenez One fixed red light ILE DE SEIN One fixed and flash. It. Ar-men Rock (Flashing bright light proposed, 1881) 4S 31-3 4 47-5 48 24.9 4 47- 8 48 21.7 4 47-5 4 S 18.7 4 55- 48 19.8 4 46.7 48 20.2 4 37- 48 21.5 4 32.2 48 22.7 4 29.2 48 ] 9 .2 4 34 6 48 16.8 4 37-9 48 6.2 4 2i-4 Stone tower, 22 ft. high. Lt. bright and fixed 3b for 30 sees., then S flashes for 30 sees Chenal du Four. On S. wall of Semaphore build- ing. Shown over an arc of 8 3 , indicating channel betw. Grand Vinotiere to W., and Petite Vinotiere and Basse des Renarda to E. Square tower, 59 feet high, on Kermorvan ] 3a Point. Lifeboat station Square tower, 82 ft. high, on Le Diamant Rock. I 3h Flash ev. 10 sees. Rocks stretch ^ mile to S.W. Tower, 82 ft. high, on the point I 2b Tower, 79 ft. high, on Petit Minou Point Tower, 108 ft. high, 4 miles E. 4 S. of Minou light. In one with Minou light, N. 69° E. true, leads clear to the entrance of Brest Channel 1. White iron towers on the jetty heads of Port Napoleon. 2. At Commercial Port. Br. lt. at end of E. pier, red lt. on W. end of S. pier On Capucins Pt., W, Mde of Kelern Peninsula. Lt. shown eastward betw. E. 1 N. & E. by S. To the northward a ray of lt. is shown over Les Fillettes Rocks Square tower. 39 feet high, on S.W. side of entrance. Lifeboat Round tower, 31 ft. high, on summit of He Tristan. Lifeboat station J.8 5.8 I Iron pillar on Rosraeur mole. 4 19-5 I 48 2.7 4 52- 48 3- 4 59- s Round tower, 142 ft. high, on North point of island. Bright flash every 4 min. Lifeboat station. (Proposed to be shifted to West extreme of Cmtussee) Lt.-ho. buildin.g on western part of Chaussee de Sem, 4 } s miles West of Isle de Seiu lt.-ho. 2d 3a 4a 4 a Id 92 I 15 105 I 14 72 90 177 105 I 15 184 I 18 33 I 7 207 I 13 161 I 10 114 I 10 23 I 5 7.48 I 20 90 1874 1881 1849 1872 1835 1848 1848 1868 1864 1849 1857 1872 1843 FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. "3 £ *f Q'B -Q " 3 RAZ DE SEIN TEVENNEC ISLAND One flashing It. every 4 sees. POINTE DTJ RAZ Two fixed bright Its. Audierne Port 1. One fixed raHight 2. One tixed bright It. PENMARC'H POINT One rev. br. It., ^ min, Guilfinec Two red fixed lights Loc-Tudy One liright fixed light Odet Eiver One fixed red light One l.ri.ht light GLENAN ISLANDS One fix. red, blight and green light FENFRET One fixed and flash. It. Concarneau Two fixed bright lights Lanriec Aven River White, red, or green It. Douelan Port Two bright fixed lights ILE DE GROIX 1. One fixed bright It. 2. One fixed & flash. It. L'Orient 1. Two fixed bright Its. 2. Two fixed bright Its. 3. Two fix. leading Its. 4. Two fix. leading Its. Etel River One fixed red light BELLE ILE Sauzon Port One fixed red light Palais Port One fixed bright It. 18 4.3 4 47-8 4.5 2.4 4 44- « 4 S 4 0.6 32-5 47 4 47-9 22.6 47 4 49-9 9.6 47 4 5^-3 6.8 47 4 4 6 3 1.8 47 43-3 3 57-3 52.2 55-2 44-5 463 35-7 38.9 30.8 47 44 9 3 20.8 On Croix Battery, and betw. Concarneau and I Beuzec. In one, N.E. 4 E., 2,052 yds. apart, show Concarneau Road ' Red light on E. shore of Coicarneau Port I On the Bec-ar-Veehen. Bright It. in fairway, I from W. by S. \ S. to S. by E. ; red to S. ; I green to N ' Turrets, 33 ft. high each, on E. & W. of entr. In one, S. J \V., 356 yds. apart, they lead in... 1. Square tower, 75 ft. high, on Penmen Pt., at N.W. end -f Wand, £ of a mile in-shore... 2. Square tower, 39 feet" high, on Fort de la Croix, on E. part of island. Keel flash every 3 minutes. Lifeboat station 1. One on church tower, one at Laperriere. In one, N.N.E. \ E., kad into Little Pass 2. E. side of Grand Passe. In one, E. £ N., lead into Grand or Western Passage 3. At Keroman Creek. High red It. ; lower green It., S. 12° W. from high It. In one, lead between Turc Bank and opposite shoals 4. At Kemevel Bay. High It. red; low It. green, N.E.f E., 328 yds. from highlt. Inline astern indicate channel, from their intei section with the line of Keroman Its. to Penmand anchorage 5a Lt.-ho. of brick, 52 ft. high ; It. shows white in channel to S., betw. S. £ W\ and S. by E. ; red from S. by E. to S.E. \ E. ; and white to N., from S.E. i E. to W. by N. J N.; ob- scured over the Chaussee de Sein. In one with He de Sein It., shows direction of Chaussee. High It. from square tower, 49 ft. high. Lower It., 220 yds. distant, shows only 2 sectors, one over La Vieille rocks, betw. W". and N.W. } W. ; the other betw. N. by W. J W. and N. by E. in channel to E. of Tevennec. These two Its. in line lead on to the Plate Buck W. of Tevennec. 1. On Raoulic Point 2. Near Capuchin Garden. In one, N.E. £ N., 1,203 yds. apart, lead clear of Gamelie Rocks Circular tower, 131 ft. high, on the point, near the church of St. Pierre At3' miles eastward of Penmarc'h. Shown only through the channel. In one, E. by N. £ N., 620 yds. apart, lead in Bound tower, 31 ft. high, on S. side of Pont l'Aube River entrance Round towers, 36 and 30 ft. high, on Coq Point. In onj, S. J W., 291 yds. apart, lead in Lt.-ho., a brick tower, 49 ft. high, on Isle aux Montons. Lt. red betw. N. by W. ? W. and W. by N.. green betw. W. by N. & W. by S. J S.. bi . over fairway betw. W. bv S. 'j S. & S.W. } W., red betw. S.W. } W. & S.E. { E., & br. betw. S.E. { E. and N. by W. f W. ... Square tower, 72 ft. high, on North point of | 3d island ; one of the Glenan Islands. Fixed It., with flash every 4 minutes ' .. I 92 I 13 I 187o la I 259 I 18 I 1S43 .. 207 10 1875 lb I 135 50 10 4a I 35 4a o 50 118 40 177 13-3 125 82 118 194 5 I 1856 12 .... 22 I 1835 9 I 1871 41 10 I 1863 7 I 1848 9 I 12 I 1878 8 7 15 I 1838 9 I 1S49 12 I 9 I 1857 8 J 1868 8 I 1861 18 J 1839 la 4d I 171 I 10 , 1845 © 148 75 20 62 44 I 10 30 6 12 1852 12 12 1850 1857 1877 1877 47 38.7 I On a house, at entrance of river. Lifeboat I 4a I 20 I 3 1 iSoK 3 12.9 I station J 47 22.4 I Circular turret, 27 ft. high, on end of mole. I 4a I 30 I 7 1 1859 , .- , Lifeboat station I 47 20.9 I Circular turret, 27 ft. high, on mole head, S. I 4a I 30 I 10 I 1836 . Qi side of entranoe x. a. o. — Light*. s FEANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) S3 Height above H. W. Visible in Miles. ■0 BELLE ILE — {continued). KERDONIS POINT 47 18.7 One fixed br. and red 3 3-7 flashing liuht GOULFAE BAY 47 18.7 One rev. br. It., 1 m. 3 13-7 PTE. DES POULAINS 47 2 3-3 One br. flash. It., 5 s. 3 '5-2 Les Grands Cardinaux 47 iq-3 One fixed bright It. 2 50.2 QT7IBER0N BAY La Teignouse I 47 27.4 One fix. & flashing It., 3 2.8 3 min. 1 Port Haliguen 1 47 29.2 One fixed bright It. 1 3 59 La Crac'h 1 47 34-1 One red, one br. It. 1 3 0.4 East extreme of island. Square stone lt.-ho., 36 ft. high, showing fixed bright light for 25 sees., followed by 5 red flashes in 25 sees. ... Circular tower, 151 ft. high, on S.W. part of island Square -white tower, 54 ft. high, on N. pt. In one with Goulfar Bay It. clears Birvideaux Cylindrical stone lt.-ho., 80 ft. high, on Gron- gue-Gues Kock, S.E. of Haedik Island Circular tower, 51 ft. high, on the rock, S.E. of Quiberon Peninsula. In one with Navalo light, leads to W. entrance of Pass c I 116 I 12 I 1879 lb I 276 3d I 112 a J 89 I 27 I 1836 I 14 I 1868 I 12 I 1880 4d I 59 I 12 I 1845 Navalo Port One fixed bright It. Penlan Point One fixed bright light LE FOUR One rev. br. It., \ min. Croisic Port Two fixed bright lights Trehic Jetty One br. or red fix. It. La Banche One fixed red light Port Pouliguen One fixed bright light LOIRE RIVER Point l'Eve One fixed red light Aiguillon Tower One fixed bright It. Commerce Tower One fixed & flash. It., 2 min. Tower, 37 ft. high, on station N. jetty. Lifeboat I 4 a | 40 J 10 | 1856 On left bank of river, N. by E. and S. by W., I 4 a 574 yds. apart ; red It. to S. In one, lead in ^ 29 I 9 I 1856 69 10 .... Tower, 33 ft. high, on the S. point of entrance to Morbihan. In one with Teignouse light, 54 - I leads to W. entrance 47 3 3 9 4a 47 3i- 2 30.2 47 2 17.9 38.1 47 17.9 2 3<-i 47 18.5 2 3i-5 47 10.6 2 27.2 47 16.5 2 25.8 47 2 14-5 16.1 72 1 15 I 1864 Tower, 31 ft. high, on the point I 4a | 62 | 10 J 1844 A round stone tower, 92 ft. high, on the rock I 2b | 79 | 18 | 1822 On a mast near the church, N T . and S., 50 yds. apart. In one, they lead in Stone tower, 33 ft high, at entrance to Port Croisic. Lt. bright to between N.N.W. and W.N.VV. ; the rest red Stone tower, 87 ft. high, on the Turc Bock ... On jetty head ; only visible from S. to S.E.... 13 I 6 I 1838 39 I 10 I 1874 70 I 9 I 1865 23 J 5 I 1871 47 15-4 i5-i Marks the channel to the town of St. Martin I 6a | 102 | 6 | 1856 118 I 12 I 1857 198 I 14 I 1857 47 14.6 I Circular tower, 67 ft. high 2 15-9 I 3a Circular tower, 108 ft. high. In one with j 3d | Aiguillon light, cuts E. part of Charpentier Bank ; therefore keep it open a little to East. Flash every 2 minutes I Stone tower, 41 ft. high I 3b | Ville-es-Martin Point I 47 15.4 Bed revol. It., 5 min. | 2 13.4 St. Nazaire I 47 16.3 One fixed bright lt. | 2 1 1 9 Paimboetif Port | 47 '7-4 One fixed bright lt. | 2 2. Pierre a l'CEil One fixed red light Lights are proposed at St. Nicholas Island and Mindin Tower. On new mole head. Tide Signals I 4a | End of mole ! 4a From stone tower, 4? cables W. of Piimboeuf It., in line with which, bearing S. 75° E., leads in main channel of Loire River 33 I 10 I 1865 26 I 8 I 1836 26 I 8 I 185.1 15 I 8 j 18 FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast 5 Lat. N. 5 2 •z Long. W. Description. &c a.- ~ J Z ' Name and Character of Light. O 1 (Bearings by compass from the light.) m 5" — > a; *i -_ a > o Pornic Port I 47 6.6 I Square tower, 36 ft. high, on Noveillard Point I 4a I 59 I 9 1 1846 One fixed bright light | 2 7. | PILIER ISLAND One fixed and flash. It. Noirmoutiers Island One bright or red light ILE D'YETJ One fixed bright light Breton Port 1. Ono flushing red or bright light 2. Two fix. bright Its. Pte. des Corbeaux One red fixed light St. Grilles-sur-Vie 1. One fixed bright It. 2. Two red leading Its. Sables d'Olonne 1. One fix. brisht It. 2. One fix. bright It. 3. Two fixed red Its. 47 2.6 2 21.7 47 o-7 2 12.9 Round tower, 97 ft. high, on N.W. point. Flash every 4 min. Red sector covering La Couronnes Reef; and another over the Plateau des Bceufs Square tower, 52 ft. high, on Pte. des Dames; white to seaward ; red It. to westward ; from E. by S. to N. by E. £ E. Red sector over Plateau des Bceufs 2d I 105 I 18 I 1829 111 I 10 .. 7 46 43.1 I Circular tower, 108 ft. high, on mound of I la I 177 I 18 2 2X Petit Foule, 1,860 yds. from N. point ' ' *3- 46 43-8 2 21. 46 41.4 2 17.2 46 41.8 I 5 6 -9 46 29.7 1 47-4 1. Octagonal red lt.-ho., 20 ft. high, on extr. of N.W. pier. Shows bright betw. S.E. by E. and N. f W. ; red thence to N.W. \ N 2. One on outer jetty, N. side of entr., and one at head of harbour, 284 yds. apart. In one, lead in. A red It. on S. 'side of entrance Stone tower, 38 ft. high, on S.E. point. Life- boat station 1. Tower, 27 ft. high, on extr. of Grand Mole 2. For entering the harb. Shown from square stone towers. Inner high It. 284 yds. N.E. by E. £ E. from low It., near Croix de Vie Quay 1. Tower, 85 ft. high, at La Chaume, on W. side of entrance to Olonne 2. On jetty, E. side of entrance, in one with La Chaume It., shows direction of Great Channel. Lifeboat station 3. S.E. of town. In line, E. by N. f N.i lead up S.W. pass. Two red Its. are also shown on Chaume quay, as leading lights between the jetties 20 105 23 12 1867 1S62 1880 1837 1845 4a I 64 I 7 I 1862 1852 18S0 1826 1855 4a 39 7 O 75 9 • 22 9 BARGES D'OLONNE One br. It., with red flash ROCHE BONNE LT.-VES. Two bright fixed lights PERTUIS BRETON Grouin du Con Point One fixed bright It. Aiguillon Point One fixed bright It. ILE DE RE BALEINES One rev. br. It., § m. HATJT-BANC DTT NORD One fixed bright It. Her du Fief One green, one br. It. St. Martin Port One fixed red light Port de la Flotte One fixed bright It. Chanveau Point One fixed briarht It. 46 1 29.7 5°-7 46 2 12. 20.8 46 I 20.7 28.1 46 I 16.2 12.4 46 I 14.7 33-8 46 I 15-8 35-3 46 I 14. 29. 46 I 12.4 21.9 46 I "•3 19.4 46 I 8. 16.5 Circular tower, 90 ft. high, on the Grand Bank ; red flash every 3 min. Painted red, in 26 fms., on E. part of plateau. Three masts of equal height, and balls on two of them. 3o I 75 I 15 I 1866 46 I 10 I 1864 33 .. .... Square tower, 46 feet high I 4 a Wooden beacon. 38 ft. high, bearing S. by E., I 4a leads on to middle channel Octagonal tower, 164 ft. high, on N.W. point. | lb Flashes of unequal brilliancy Circular tower, 96 ft. high, on the shoal, 1J I 3a mile north-westward of Baleines Point At W. side of entr. Upper It. green ; lower It. br., E. I S., 370 yds. from upper It. Inline, lead into Mer auFief. , On angle of demi-bastion. East of entrance. I 4 a Shown seaward from S. by E. to N.W. by W. true I Circular turret, 28 ft. high, on the new mole. I 4a Lifeboat station Circular tower, 75 ft. high, on S.E. point of I 3a island. R Rochelle Harbour I 46 One br., one red fix. It. | 1 9.4 9-3 Upper br. lt. on tower, 72 ft. hiq-h, on E. quay; I 5a I 59 lower It. red, on circular turret, 44 ft high, I . 46 257 yds. to \V. J S. In one, they lead in ... ' ' He d'Aix One fixed bright light Fouras One fixed brigbt light Charente River 1. One red, one green fixed light 2. Two red fixed lights Seudre River Une fixed bright light ILE D'OLERON One fixed blight light La Perotine | 45 5 8 - 2 Chateau Port 45 53.1 Two fixed bright Its. | 1 11.7 46 0.6 I Tower, 45 ft. high, on fort at S. point of island I 10.8 4a I 66 45 59- 8 1 1 6. | 45 5«- 1 4.4 45 47.8 1 8.7 46 2.8 1 1 24.7 1 21 a 45 10 • 2o , , • 44 9 RIVER GIRONDE C0RD0UAN I 45 One rev. br. It., 1 m. | 1 COTJBRE POINT One fixed bright It. 45 1 Gironde River Lt.-Ves. I 45 T .". bright fixed Its. Pte. de la Palmyre One alternating red & green It., 20 sees. Terre Negre One green light Royan Two fixed red lights Bright jetty light St. George Two fixed red lights St. Nicolas One fixed green light Pte. De Grave One Hash. It., 5 sees. 1 45 1 45 I 45 1 45 1 45 1 45 35-2 10.5 4i.5 15-4 399 15-8 40.9 8.6 388 6-5 37-3 2.8 Tallais Bank Lt.-Ves. I 45 One fixed bright It. \ o Richard I 45 One fixed red light | o Tour de By Lightvessel I 45 One fixed bright It. | o Mapon Lightvessel I 45 One fixed bright It. | o Calonge Canal I 45 One fixed red light | o Lazaret | ,. Basque Road. Iron pillar on end of pier, N. harbour 1. Red & green Its. in one, S.E., 756 yds. apart, shown only toward the Rade l'ile D'Aix ... 2. White towers, 536 yds. apart; Its. vis. toward the Port des Barques, from S. by K. j E. to S.E. by S. In one, lead to anchorage From lantern on Pointe de Musde Loun, entr. of river. Vis. betw. S.E. 1 S. & N.N.W. 4 W. Chassiron Tower, 141 ft. hish, on N.W. point I l a I 164 of island. A refuge beacon on Antioch Rock, I at 1} mile to N.E ' One fixed bright light at end of jetty | # | 38 One on citadel wall; the other 262 yards to j 4a I 33 N.E. & N. When in one, lead in I I *,* I 22 36. 0.6 33-7 5- 34.2 4-i 3°-7 59- 2 26.4 56. 27-7 45-3 1 17.6 459 17.2 42.1 A handsome structure, 207 ft. high, on rock. Lt. red between N. by E. J E. to E. by S. ... White tower, 100 ft. high, on N. point of river, N. point of entrance Inside Grand Banc, in 8 fathoms, S.E. of La Mauvaise Shoal On a tripod, 99 ft. high, on the dunes, 4J miles S.E. by E. & E. from Pte. de la Coubre It.... Circular tower, 76 ft. high ; not visible sea- ward, or to S. of W.S.W. and E.S.E One on black tower, at Chay, W. of Royan ; the other, painted in red and white bands, at St. Pierre, to the N. of Royan. In one, bearing N.E. by E. J E., lead into the river. Lts. only shown in that bearing One on Vailiere Point ; one on Suzac sand- hills, at 2,734 yards E.S.E. \ E., true, from former; on E. bank of river On the Dunes, W. \ S. from Pte. de Grave lt. Shown only to W. » s. In one with Pte. de Grave lt. leads through S. channel Square tower, 82 ft. high, on S. point of entrance In 2j fathoms, on N.W. side of bank. Circular turret, 53 ft. high, on S.W. side of river In 1\ fathoms, on W. bank of river, opposite the tower In 3J fathoms, on W. bank of river . From iron support near entrance of canal, right bank of river One bright fixed light 3 a 194 121 34 23 167 3a I 121 177 46 121 71 3a J 105 • I 33 • I 33 .. I 22 FRANCE. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) q 3 o 3 a ■a a »a 45. ~ 0) •<* .2 2 ■^ > 11 EIVER GIRONDE— (continued). Gaet I 45 12.2 Fixed bright & red It. J o 44.9 He de Fatiras I 45 12.4 One bright flashing It. | o 42. White iron beacon, 20 ft. high, red to eastward The light is | 4 a Square tcwer, on North end of island. Light flashes every 4 seconds Trompeloup Pauillac 1. One br. fixed It. 2. One br. or red fix. It. 8t. Lambert One red fixed light Blaye One red, one br. It. HOTTRTINS Two fixed bright lights ARCACHON BASIN One fixed bright light CONTIS One br. rev. It., | min. Port Cap Breton One fixed red light Adour River One fixed bright light Two green leading Its. BIARRITZ One alternating It., 20 s. Socoa Port One fixed bright light St. Jean de Luz Two fixed green lights Two fixed red lights I I Fixed light, on old chapel, on W. bank . 45 "-9 o 44.8 45 "-3 o 44.2 45 7-4 40.1 45 8.3 1 9.9 44 38-7 1 15-1 44 5-7 1 19.4 43 39-3 1 27. 43 3i-8 1 3i-4 43 2 9- 6 1 33-3 43 23-7 1 41. 1 1. On landing-place 2. E. of Mousset, and N. of Gaet ; red toward Gaet Tower, 39 ft. high , Red It. at entrance of harbour. Bright It. at landing-place. Yellow It. at end of dis- charging-place Square towers, each 77 ft. high, S. J W., 656 ft. apart, parallel with the coast Round tower, 125 ft. high, on sand hills, mid- way between Arcachon and Adour River ... On a wall on left bank of entrance 43 23.6 i 40.3 43 1 24. i 40. la Cireular brick tower, 156 ft. high, on Ferret | la Cape, N. side of entrance. Lifeboat station On signal tower, 45 ft. high, on S. jetty. Lt. is bright when entrance is practicable, but red when caution is necessary. Two green leading Its. when vessels can enter Brick tower, 144 ft. high, on Point St. Martin. Lt. white and red alternately. Flag when practicable. Lifeboat station Square tower, 33 ft. high, on W. point of St. Jean de Luz Bay. A red ray of 17g° shown to turning point of the two green leading Its. Lifeboat station One green It. on stone tower, 46 ft. high, 491 yds. behind E. jetty ; lt. shown 10° on each side of leading mark ; a second green lt. on E. jetty. In one, lead up till Socoa red lt. appears | Brick towers on Pointe St. Barbe, E. side of bay. In line. S.E. by E. i K., 411 yds. apart, lead into the bay, until the green Its. come in line _ lb 4a lb 4a 20 I 6 72 I 18 52 J 8 177 I 20 177 I .. 167 } 18 164 I 20 26 J 5 38 I 6 240 J 22 115 I 10 52 I 7 166 95 1858 1860 1860 1863 1840 1863 1872 1860 1861 1845 1872 1874 SPAIN. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast. Lat. N. Long. W. Name and Character of Light. ! Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) o £ 'Is. ■ 0) Cape Hignera One fixed bright light (Temporary) Paiages Port One fixed bright light BAN SEBASTIAN One iixcd and flash It. One fixed bright light Guetaria One fixed bright It. 8umaya One bright fixed It. (?) Lequeitio One bright fixed light MACHICHACO CAPE One fixed and flash. It. Bilbao One fixed bright light Castro Urdiales One fixed and flash. It. Santona 1. One fixed & flash. It. 2. One fixed red light Santander 1. One bright fixed It. 2. One red fixed light S. One fixed green It. CAPE MAYOR One rev. br. It., ev. m. Saances One fixed bright light San Vincente de la Barqnera One fixed red light Comillas TINA MAYOR One bright fixed light Llanes River One fixed bright light Rivadesella One fixed & flashing It. Villaviciosa One fixed bright light 4.1 l 23.8 47-9 4; 20.2 565 4.1 2 19-5 0.4 43 2 19.x 13. 1 43 2 18.7 15-5 43 2 23-4 33-5 43 2 27.3 49 4 43 3 22.6 4- 43 3 24-3 16.1 43 3 28.2 27.2 43 3 28.2 454 On ruin of old lt.-ho., W. side of Bidasoa Riv. For use of fishermen. (New lt.-ho. building, to be ready in spiing of 1881) On Cape La Plata, near W. entrance I 4a 259 ";Vhite tower, 46 ft. hi 47 • I when tug cannot put off ' 43 26 8 I At W. side of entrance to River San Martin de I 6a 4 o^| l aArena J 43 23.5 4 2J.8 White stone tower on Point de la Silla, at 6a entrance of harbour , I I Two towers for fixed Its. building on the cliffs I , , 143 25.2 I White tower, 33 ft. high, on Point San Emete- I 3a . „,'/; I rio, li mile W. of entrance 4 33° I I I 43 26.7 j Tower, 26 ft. high, on Point San Antonio, S. I 6a I . at f I side of entrance I 4 45-5 I I 43 31. I Tower, 25 ft. high, on Mount Somos. Lt. | 3c 5 7.1 fixed, with flash every 4 minutes 43 35-2 I Yellow tower, 36 ft. high, on Tazones Point, < 22 q| W. side of entrance | 486 14 | | 4 31 15 | | 171 9 | 295 10 | | 135 •• 1 | 148 10 1 | 260 18 J | 380 16 | | 131 7J | 126 12 | | 85 10 | 1 141 12 I 1 33 3 I 1 79 4 I | 298 20 | | 118 10 | | 142 9 | 1 •• • • 1 | 223 15 | | 64 9 | | 370 17 | | 220 7 1 10 I 1855 1879 1855 1855 1864 1863 1870 1862 1852 1852 1853 1S63 1863 1860 1863 1870 1839 1863 1871 1864 1861 1861 1864 SPAIN. LIGHTHOUSES. North Coast Name and Character of Light. L.it. N. Lou;:. W. Description. &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) c 2 o 3 £: _ a| *t 1-f — o .OS .gS c~ .0 SI Gijon 1. One fixed light 2. One fi.>ed mtf light PENAS CAPE One rev. br. It., | min. Aviles One fixed bright light Cudillero One fixed bright light CAPE BTJSTO One fixed & flashing It. Luarca One fixed light ORRIO DE TAPIA ID. One fixed & flashing It. Pancha Island One fixed bright light San Ciprian Peninsula One bright fixed light Barquero Harbour One bright fixed light CAPE ESTACA One rev. br. It., 1 min. Port Cedeira One fixed bright light CAPE PRIOR One fixed bright light Cape Priorino One fixed and flash. It. Ferrol (Jne red, one bright It. CORUNA One fixed and flash. It. Coruna BISARGAS ISLANDS One fixed and flash. It. Cape Villanos One fixed bright light CAPE FINISTERRE One rev. br. It., £ min, 43 35-2 5 38. 1. Tower, 30 ft. high, near Sta. Catalina Her- mitage 2. At end of new mole ; also a red It at N. mole of basin 4a I 167 4a 29 10 7 1 43 1 5 42.1 I 49.8 1 I 43 1 5 38-1 1 J 6 -4 1 |43 1 6 36.2 1 9.1 | 1 43 1 6 36.2 1 28.8 | 1 43 1 6 34-5 1 32-9 1 1 43 1 6 35-7 1 584 1 1 43 1 7 34-7 1 4-4 1 I 43 1 7 13- 1 28.5 | 1 43 1 7 45-6 1 40.3 1 1 43 1 7 47-3 1 44-3 1 1 43 1 s 39- 1 5 4 1 1 43 1 8 33-7 1 19.1 | 1 43 1 s 27.8 1 20.6 1 1 43 1 8 28.7 1 '5-5 1 1 43 1 8 23-3 1 24.1 | 1 43 1 8 21.8 1 5°- 2 1 1 43 1 9 9 .8 1 12.9 1 1 42 1 9 52-7 1 15-4 1 Tower, 33 ft. high, on the cape. Yellow tower, 49 ft. high, on Castillo Point, N. side of entrance '. Tower, 25 ft. high, on Revallera Point Tower, 34 ft. high, on the extremity of the cape. Lt. bright, with red flash every 2 min. Square tower, 30 ft. high, on Point La Blanca, or Atalaya, on E. side Octagonal tower, 32 ft. high, on the summit of the islet. Flash every 2 minutes On house, on W. point of entrance of Ribadeo and Figueiras On house, on Punta de Atalaya, N. extreme of peninsula Tower, 24 ft. high, on Conejera Island, on E. side of entrance Granite tower, 35 ft. high, on the cape On point of Robaleira Peninsula, S.W. of town On N. point of Cape Palma On Chico Priorino, entrance to Ferrol. Light bright fixed, with red flash every 2 min. ... Fixed red lt. near La Palma Castle. Bright light on Mercantile Wharf On tower of Hercules; quadrangular, 159 feet high. Light fixed, with flash every 3 min. Fixed lt. on St. Antonio Castle. A fixed red lt. on emhurkiition mole Tower on Isla Mayor, N. peak. Fixed bright light with red flash every 4 minutes At Camarillas, 2 mil^s northward of Cama- rinas Bav. Ouscured liv cliff from S. .J W. toS. 4 E. Tower, 56 it. high, on S. point of the cape. Obscured by land N. of N. i W lb | 338 21 | 6a 130 10 | 5a | 94 10 | 3d 307 12 | 6a 177 7| 3d 77 15 | 5a 79 9 | 6a 121 9 | 6a 273 12 | lb 307 20 | 6a 88 9 | 3a 448 15 | 4d 92 11 | 5a 38 8 1 23 4 1 31 331 16 | 4d 358 1 n 1 4a 243 10 | lb 468 20 | 1865 1866 1853 1863 1858 1858 1862 1859 1859 1864 1864 1850 1862 1854 1864 1862 1805 1847 1853 1854 1853 SPAIN. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast. | Lrvt. N. iLong. \V. Nome and Character of Light. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) — "3 _6pS 'o o C 3- •3 9 Cape Ce One red fixed light Monte Lonro One bright fixed light CAPE C0RR0BEDO One fixed bright light Salvora Island One fixed and flash. It. Sua Island One bright fixed light Arosa Island One fixed bright light Ons Island One fixed and flash. It. BAYONA or CIES IDS. One rev. br. It., \ min. Vigo One fixed & flash. It Guardia Port Boeiro Island CAPE SILLEIRO One fixed bright light 42 54.8 9 10. 1 42 44.3 9 3-8 42 34.6 9 48 42 27.8 9 °-4 42 32.8 8 55-4 4 2 34-i 8 52. 42 22.5 8 55-i 42 12.4 8 54-i 42 15-3 8 41. Grey tower on cape, W. of Corcubion Bay ... | 5a On Point Quiejal, N. entrance of Muros Bay I 5a Tower, 41 ft. high, on the cape I 3a South point. Lt. bright, with red flash every f 4d 2 minutes .". Grey tower, 52 ft. high, on island I 5a OntheN.W., or Caballo Point I 4a Tower, 35 ft. high, on the summit of the island | 5a in Pontevedra Bay. Flash every 2 min. .„ Tower, 35 ft. high, on Mount Faro, Middle Id. | 2b (Apparatus injured, light consequently irre- gular) On castle of La Guia, \\ mile N.E. of Vigo. | 4J Flash every 3 minutes • ••••• I Light proposed | ,. ■ ••••• I Light proposed I ., 42 6.1 I Granite tower, 34 ft. high, on extremity of S. I 4a 8 Ca 6 I P " 11 of Vigo Bay | 82 8 1 | 37 10 | | 103 12 | | 82 10 | | 78 11 | | 36 10 | | 421 12 | | 604 20 | | 102 10 | 1 * * •• I 1 • • •• 1 | 72 17 | 1860 1852 1853 1853 1869 1851 1865 1853 1844 1862 PORTUGAL. LIGHTHOUSES. West Coast Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings hy rompass from the light.) = - JZ 1 .9 .' &W 'o o .= .— CD < .2* Q o -O > a. a •"■2 3 PORTUGAL. lima Eiver One faxed raJ light Espozende River One red fixed light Povoa de Varzim OPORTO One rev. hr. It., 1 min. Aveiro Proposed light CAPE MONDEGO One fixed bright light BERLENGAS One rev. br. It., 3 min. CAPE CARVOEIRO One fixed bright light CAPE ROCA One rev. br. It., If min. RIVER TAGUS Guia One fixed bright It. Cascaes One red fixed light San Julian One fixed bright It. BUGIO One rev. br. It., If m. Caxias Two fixed red leading lights Belem One fixed red light CAPE ESPICHEL One fixed bright light Setuval, or St. TTbes One fixed bright light CAPE SINES One fixed bright light CAPE ST. VINCENT One rev. br. It., 2 min. CAPE SANTA MARIA One fixed bright light 41 41.3 I From Fort Vianna, N. bastion, N. side of river I a I 48 I 7 1 1878 8 44. J entrance | 41 31.4 I Iron column on platform of old fort I a I I 71 ig(;g 8 40.5 Fishing Its., 15 miles X. of Oporto I t. I .. I .. I 18-57 Square tower, white with red band, it Nossa I 4b I 170 I 15 I 1S34 Senhora da Luz. Tide signals 4* 8 24. 37- 4i 9.1 8 37.2 40 8 39- 43- 4° 12. 8 55-* 39 25. 9 3i-3 39 21.1 9 24 3 38 46.1 9 30. 3^ 9 41.7 24.6 3S 9 41. 26. 3* 40.3 9 20.5 38 9 39- 18.6 38 9 41.9 13-8 38 40.8 9 17.9 38 24.1 9 i3- 38 8 31.1 53- 37 57-4 8 5°-l 37 3- 9 0. 36 56.2 7 SS- Proposed ; on the pier, S. side A circular tower on the S. extremity of the cape; shown westward from N. to S Square tower, 100 ft. high, on Great Berlenga Island .'. Square tower, di ft. high, on highest part. Round tower, 52 ft. high, £ mile N.E. of the cape Hexagonal tower, 96 ft. high, at Nossa Sen- hora da Guia. Visible from N. bv W. f W., through W. and S., to N.E. f h. Signals... Square tower, with blue band, on S.E. angle ot Sta. Marta Fort I •• I- I I 330 I 20 J 1837 365 I 25 j 1848 1S2 I 15 I 1790 • j 598 I 21 I 1722 Hexagonal tower, 120 ft. high, in the fort., Tower of Lorenzo, 70 ft. high. Reported to revolve every 3£ minutes (1876) At 2£ miles W. of Belem Castle. In line, N.E. by E. I E., lead over bar until Bugi> It. bears S., when steer in mid-channel E. by S. to a position 4 cables S. of Belem Castle In fort, near Belem Castle Square tower, 100 ft. high, on the cape Circular tower, 36 ft. bi?h, on Fort d'Outao, at \V. entrance of harbour Three-storied It. -ho., 75 ft. high, upper part cylindrical. Light shown from N.E. | N., through N. and W„ to S.E. § E Circular tower, 52 ft. high, on the Convent, Cape San Vicente. Rep. ev. 1£ min. Lt. obscured by high land to the eastward Circular tower on the cape 3a | 167 | a | 52 | 4a | 128 | • | 110 | • I 310 • | 60 • I 30 | la | 627 | • | 490 | 2a | 130 1 © | 220 | • | 109 | 15 | 1771 6 | 1868 13 J 1775 | 1848 16 | 1775 18 I 1878 10 | .... 6 | 1847 25 I 1790 | 1848 16 | 1775 19 | 1880 20 | 1846 15 | 1850 N. A. O. — Ziff/its. SPAIN. LIGHTHOUSES. South Coast. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &e. (Bearings by compass from the light.) 'o a> ,a — GUADIANA RIVER Two red fixed lights 37 "-4 7 24.3 On W. end of Canela Id., on E. side of Aya- monte River. In one, they lead over the bar. 1 Medo Alto light, on \V. side of the river, is no longer a leading light over the bar) 22| I 8 1 1861 Cristina Island Two green lights Las Piedras River One fixed & flash. It. Cartaya Bar Two hright fixed Its. Odiel River Two fixed bright lights GUADALQUIVIR RIVER CHIPIONA One br. rev. It., 1 m. Espiritn Santo One fixed red light Malandar Point One fixed bright It. Bonanza CADIZ One fixed It., with flash. CAPE TRAFALGAR One rev. It., 5 min. TARIFA One fixed red It. Carnero Point One fixed green light Algeeiras One fixed bright light GIBRALTAR EUROPA POINT One fixed bright It. New Mole Ragged Staff Landing- pi ace MAROCCO. CAPE SPARTEL One fixed bright bight CEUTA One rev. bright light 37 1 1.1 I On the point S. of the town. In one, they _ 2Q - lead over the bar 37 "-8 7 1.1 37 13-4 6 51.6 3 6 44- 6 26.8 White tower, 36 ft. high, at Rompido de Cartaya, at entrance of river. Fixed light, with flash every 4 minutes On white beacons, 328 yds. apart, they lead across the bar In one, On Punta del Padre Santo, on E. shore, 1£ mile within the bar of river leading to Huelva. In line, they lead in best channel Yellowish-white tower, 205 ft. high, on the Cerro del Perro. The Salmedina Shoal lies 1£ mile W. by N. of it S. of the fort. N.N.E. of it. 26 I 7 I 1861 16 I .. I 3c I 79 I 14 I 1861 66 1.. .... 56 1 .. I .... 27 I 8 I 1861 lb La Riza Spit extends 1 mile Not shown seaward 36 47.6 I Tower, 30 ft. high, on the low point, opposite 6 21 q San Lucar de Barrameda I Fixed bright light, near the quay. 36 31.5 f White tower of San Sebastian, 127 ft. high, 6 1 o a on W. end of Cadiz. Bright It., with red flash every 2 minutes 19.4 36 10. Q I Tower, 116 ft. high, on extreme of the cape, g . Z\ at 1^ mile S.W. by W. true from the tower '3 1 on Altos de Mega 35 59-9 5 3 6 - 6 3 6 A 5 25 36 7 5 26 Circular tower, 112 ft. high, on S. end of peninsula. Shaded ^ a mile S. of Pearl Rock. r I Round yellow tower, 163 ft. high. Lt. shows o toS.andE.betw.N. 5 E. &S.W. by W.£ W. 2 I White tower, 29 ft. high, on mole end of Verde Island, on fort. Shown over entrance of bay, from S.E. by E. i E. to S. by W. 36 6.5 I On Victoria Tower, 61 feet high. A sector - , . of red light over the Pearl Rock, from 5 • ' S.W. by W. I W. to W. i S 36 7-3 I Stone column, 32 ft. high, near end. Red lt. temporary One green gas light 35 47-2 5 55-7 35 53-7 5 17-5 Stone tower, 79 ft. high, i a mile E. of the I la I 312 I 20 I 1864 cape, at S.W. of entrance to Gibraltar Straits ' Tower, 88 ft. high. on Mosqueros Hill, Almina I lb I 5S7 I 23 I 1856 Point. Flash every minute or 1£ min 225 I 23 I 1855 .. I .. I 1854 36 J 6 I 1854 52 I 7 I 1854 146 I 20 I 1855 168 I 19 I 1862 132 I 20 I 1813 I 1870 135 I 11 I 1874 62 J 9 1 18-50 1864 156 I 15 I 1840 j 1866 28 J 8 I 1867 ATLANTIC LIGHTHOUSES. ISLANDS. Name and Character of Light. Lat. N. Long. W. Description, &c. (Bearings by compass from the light.) t*3 ATLANTIC ISLANDS. MADEIRA "?2 43- 2 One brieht fixed light, 16 39-5 with flushes Funchal 1» n-i 1 One fixed red light ,6 5S-3 1 CANARY ISLES TENERIFE Santa Cruz 1. One fixed red It. 28 28. , 2. One fixed br. It. 16 14.9 ROQUE BERMEJO PT. 28 35- 2 One fixed & flash. It. 16 8.1 Tower, 41 ft. high, on Fora Island, Sao Lou- renzo, or E. point. Flashes every £ minute On the fort, on Ilheo or Loo Kock 1. Red light on mole-head 2. Blight light near extremity of m 'le Grey tower, 39 feet high, on AnagaCape, East extr. of Tenerife ; bright flash ev. 3 minutes 2c I 343 5a J 112 • I 26 6a I 38 lc I 810 25 I 1870 8 I 1866 5 I 1857 9 I 1863 35 I 1864 OBAN CAN ARIA | 28 11. 1. One fix. & flash.lt. I 15 25.3 2. One fixed red It. 1. Tower, 30 ft. high, on N.E. part of Isleta Peninsula. Red flash every 2 minutes 2. Red It. on mole, Palma Town 3c I 817 I 20 I 1866 .. I .. J 6 I 1859 Lobos Islet One fixed red light 28 45.4 «3 49- 1 On Martino Point, on N. side of islet f 6a f 95 | 9 | 1861 ALEGRANZA ISLAND One bright revol. It. 29 23.8 13 29.6 Grey tower, 49 ft. high, on Delgado Point, E. side of island. Flashes every .-■, min. Shown seaward, from N'.X.W. 4 W. to S.W. by W. f W. The Greigo Bank extends 1 mile to S.W 4b I 67 I 13 I 1866 LANZAROTE One bright fixed It. 28 30.9 13 52.2 Grey tower, 31 ft. high, on Pechiguera Point, S.W. extreme of island 4a I 51 I 12 I 1866 Port Naos | 28 57.4 One fix. red and one 12 32.9 fixed bright It. | On E. side of Lanzarote, 125 yds. apart. In one, N.W. by N. §N., lead in through narrow channel. S. or low light bright 47 35 7 I 1866 6 FUERTEVENTURA One rev. br. It., 1 m. 28 3. '4 31-4 Grey tower, 62 ft. high, on Jandia Point, S.W. extreme of island. Shown seawaid, from N.N.E. J E. to S.E. by E. f E 3b J 108 J 15 J 1866 PALMA One rev. br. It., 1 m. AZORES Ponta Delgada 1. One fixed red It. 2. Two bright fix. Its. Arnel Point One fix. & flash, br. It. every 2 min. CAPE VERDE ISLANDS Porto Praya 1. One fixed br. It. 2. One fixed red It. 3. One fixed red It. BERMUDA ISLANDS One rev. br. It., 1 min. St. David Head One fixed bright It. 28 50.1 I Tower, 112 ft. high, on Cumplida, or N.E. | 2b 17 0.6 q 1 point of Palma Island 207 I 25 J 1806 37 44- 24 41.2 37 49-3 25 8.5 3* 15- 1 64 51.6 32 21.7 64 40,6 9 I 1878 5 ! W4 St. Michael's Id. 1. Shown from tower, 26 ft. | 4a high, situated 200 yds. within extr. of break- water in progress. (Lighthouse destroyed, Dec. 1879. Temporary fix light) 2. One on Custom-house ; one on breakwater now constructing Tower and keeper's dwelling on N.E. coast of I 9o I 222 I 18 I 1S7C St. Michael Island. Flashes vis. 25 miles ' ' ' off through arc of 240° St. Jago. 1. A fix. br. It. on Qunil Id., S. pt. 2. A fixed red It. on Quail Island, N. pt 3. At new landing place, Porto Praya (These lights are private property, and " not to be depended on.) A white iron tower, 106 ft. high, on Gibbs Hill, on S. side. Seen all round, except where hidden by the hills to the eastward, from N.E. 4 E. to N.E. f E., and from N.E. by E. to N.E. by E. f E White octagonal lt.-ho., 55 ft. high, on Mount I 2a I 208 I 18 Hill, J, mile S.W. of St. David Head. Vis. from S.W. £ W., through South and East, to N.W. J N. On the bearing N.W. by N., over Noith Rock, the It. is obscured by the hia-li land of Fort Virtor:a, on St. George Isl;in